+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a...

Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a...

Date post: 30-May-2018
Category:
Upload: buingoc
View: 284 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
442
JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components Release 8 E47848-02 August 2014 In this tutorial, you learn how to build user interfaces in your JavaFX applications with the UI components available through the JavaFX API.
Transcript
Page 1: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

JavaFXWorking with JavaFX UI Components

Release 8

E47848-02

August 2014

In this tutorial, you learn how to build user interfaces in your JavaFX applications with the UI components available through the JavaFX API.

Page 2: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components Release 8

E47848-02

Copyright © 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Primary Author: Alla Redko, Irina Fedortsova

Primary Author:

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.

If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software License (December 2007). Oracle USA, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065.

This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.

Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

This software and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services.

Page 3: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Contents

Part I About This Tutorial

1 What Is New

Part II Using JavaFX UI Controls

2 Label

Creating a Label ........................................................................................................................................ 2-1Setting a Font............................................................................................................................................. 2-2Wrapping Text ........................................................................................................................................... 2-2Applying Effects ....................................................................................................................................... 2-3

3 Button

Creating a Button...................................................................................................................................... 3-1Assigning an Action................................................................................................................................. 3-2Applying Effects ....................................................................................................................................... 3-2Styling a Button ........................................................................................................................................ 3-3

4 Radio Button

Creating a Radio Button.......................................................................................................................... 4-1Adding Radio Buttons to Groups ......................................................................................................... 4-2Processing Events for Radio Buttons.................................................................................................... 4-2Requesting Focus for a Radio Button ................................................................................................... 4-3

Page 4: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

5 Toggle Button

Creating a Toggle Button ........................................................................................................................ 5-1Adding Toggle Buttons to a Group ....................................................................................................... 5-2Setting the Behavior................................................................................................................................. 5-2Styling Toggle Buttons ............................................................................................................................ 5-3

6 Checkbox

Creating Checkboxes ............................................................................................................................... 6-1Defining a State ........................................................................................................................................ 6-1Setting the Behavior................................................................................................................................. 6-2

7 Choice Box

Creating a Choice Box.............................................................................................................................. 7-1Setting the Behavior for a Choice Box.................................................................................................. 7-2Applying a Tooltip ................................................................................................................................... 7-3

8 Text Field

Creating a Text Field ................................................................................................................................ 8-1Building the UI with Text Fields ........................................................................................................... 8-1Processing Text Field Data...................................................................................................................... 8-3

9 Password Field

Creating a Password Field ...................................................................................................................... 9-1Evaluating the Password......................................................................................................................... 9-1

10 Scroll Bar

Creating a Scroll Bar ............................................................................................................................. 10-1Using a Scroll Bar in Your Application ............................................................................................. 10-2

11 Scroll Pane

Creating a Scroll Pane........................................................................................................................... 11-1Setting the Scroll Bar Policy for a Scroll Pane ................................................................................. 11-1Resizing Components in the Scroll Pane ......................................................................................... 11-2Sample Application with a Scroll Pane ............................................................................................ 11-3

12 List View

Creating a List View.............................................................................................................................. 12-1Populating a List View with Data ...................................................................................................... 12-2Customizing the Content of a List View........................................................................................... 12-4Processing the List Item Selection ..................................................................................................... 12-5

13 Table View

Creating a Table ..................................................................................................................................... 13-2Defining the Data Model..................................................................................................................... 13-4

Page 5: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Rows ................................................................................................................................ 13-8Sorting Data in Columns ................................................................................................................... 13-13Editing Data in the Table ................................................................................................................... 13-13Adding Maps of Data to the Table ................................................................................................... 13-22

14 Tree View

Creating Tree Views .............................................................................................................................. 14-1Implementing Cell Factories ............................................................................................................... 14-3Adding New Tree Items on Demand................................................................................................. 14-9Using Tree Cell Editors....................................................................................................................... 14-13

15 Tree Table View

Creating a TreeTableView control ...................................................................................................... 15-1Adding Several Columns..................................................................................................................... 15-3Altering Visual Appearance ................................................................................................................ 15-6Managing Selection Mode................................................................................................................... 15-7

16 Combo Box

Creating Combo Boxes ......................................................................................................................... 16-1Editable Combo Boxes.......................................................................................................................... 16-4Applying Cell Factories to Combo Boxes ......................................................................................... 16-7

17 Separator

Creating a Separator.............................................................................................................................. 17-1Adding Separators to the UI of Your Application .......................................................................... 17-2Styling Separators ................................................................................................................................. 17-4

18 Slider

Creating a Slider .................................................................................................................................... 18-1Using Sliders in Graphical Applications.......................................................................................... 18-2

19 Progress Bar and Progress Indicator

Creating Progress Controls.................................................................................................................. 19-1Indicating Progress in Your User Interface ...................................................................................... 19-3

20 Hyperlink

Creating a Hyperlink ............................................................................................................................ 20-1Linking the Local Content ................................................................................................................... 20-1Linking the Remote Content............................................................................................................... 20-4

21 HTML Editor

Adding an HTML Editor...................................................................................................................... 21-2Using an HTML Editor to Build the User Interface........................................................................ 21-3Obtaining HTML Content ................................................................................................................... 21-5

Page 6: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

22 Tooltip

Creating a Tooltip .................................................................................................................................. 22-1Presenting Application Data in Tooltips .......................................................................................... 22-2

23 Titled Pane and Accordion

Creating Titled Panes............................................................................................................................ 23-1Adding Titled Panes to an Accordion ............................................................................................... 23-3Processing Events for an Accordion with Titled Panes ................................................................. 23-4

24 Menu

Building Menus in JavaFX Applications .......................................................................................... 24-2Creating a Menu Bar ............................................................................................................................. 24-2Adding Menu Items.............................................................................................................................. 24-5Creating Submenus............................................................................................................................. 24-10Adding Context Menus ...................................................................................................................... 24-13

25 Color Picker

Design Overview................................................................................................................................... 25-1Color Chooser .................................................................................................................................. 25-2Color Palette..................................................................................................................................... 25-2Custom Color Dialog Window ..................................................................................................... 25-3

Using a Color Picker ............................................................................................................................. 25-4Changing the Appearance of a Color Picker .................................................................................... 25-7

26 Date Picker

Working with Time Data and Date Formats .................................................................................... 26-1Date Picker Design Overview............................................................................................................. 26-2Adding a Date Picker to an Application UI ..................................................................................... 26-2Customizing the Date Picker .............................................................................................................. 26-4Altering the Calendar System........................................................................................................... 26-11

27 Pagination Control

Creating a Pagination Control ............................................................................................................ 27-1Implementing Page Factories.............................................................................................................. 27-3Styling a Pagination Control............................................................................................................... 27-9

28 File Chooser

Opening Files ......................................................................................................................................... 28-1Configuring a File Chooser ................................................................................................................. 28-6Setting Extension Filters ...................................................................................................................... 28-9Saving Files........................................................................................................................................... 28-11

29 Customization of UI Controls

Applying CSS......................................................................................................................................... 29-1

Page 7: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Default Behavior ................................................................................................................... 29-4Implementing Cell Factories ............................................................................................................... 29-6

30 UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms

Embedded Runtime Features.............................................................................................................. 30-1Support for Touch-Enabled Devices ............................................................................................ 30-1Virtual Keyboard............................................................................................................................. 30-1

Appearance of UI Controls on Embedded Platforms..................................................................... 30-4Scrolling Controls............................................................................................................................ 30-4Text Input Controls......................................................................................................................... 30-5Context Menus................................................................................................................................. 30-5

UI Controls Features Available on the Embedded Platforms....................................................... 30-7UI Controls Features That Are Not Available on Embedded Touch Platforms ........................ 30-9Other Features That Are Not Available on Embedded Touch Platforms ................................... 30-9

Part III Working with JavaFX Charts

31 Pie Chart

Creating a Pie Chart .............................................................................................................................. 31-1Setting a Pie Chart and a Legend ....................................................................................................... 31-3Processing Events for a Pie Chart....................................................................................................... 31-4

32 Line Chart

Chart Settings......................................................................................................................................... 32-1Chart Data ............................................................................................................................................... 32-2Creating a Line Chart............................................................................................................................ 32-2Creating Categories for a Line Chart ................................................................................................. 32-4Adding Series to the Line Chart ......................................................................................................... 32-5

33 Area Chart

Creating an Area Chart......................................................................................................................... 33-1Creating a Stacked Area Chart............................................................................................................ 33-3Setting Axis and Tick Properties ........................................................................................................ 33-5Adding Negative Values ...................................................................................................................... 33-7Styling Area Charts ............................................................................................................................... 33-9

34 Bubble Chart

Creating a Bubble Chart....................................................................................................................... 34-1Using the Extra Value Property........................................................................................................... 34-4Changing the Appearance Visual Setting of the Plot and Tick Marks ....................................... 34-5

35 Scatter Chart

Creating a Scatter Chart ....................................................................................................................... 35-1Managing Chart Data ........................................................................................................................... 35-3Adding Effects to Charts ...................................................................................................................... 35-6

Page 8: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Chart Symbol................................................................................................................ 35-7

36 Bar Chart

Creating a Bar Chart.............................................................................................................................. 36-1Horizontal Bar Chart............................................................................................................................. 36-3Creating a Stacked Bar Chart .............................................................................................................. 36-5Animating Data in Charts.................................................................................................................... 36-8

Part IV Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS

37 Styling UI Controls with CSS

Default Style Sheet ............................................................................................................................... 37-2Creating Style Sheets ............................................................................................................................ 37-3Defining Styles ...................................................................................................................................... 37-3

Selectors ............................................................................................................................................ 37-4Rules and Properties ....................................................................................................................... 37-4

Skinning the Scene ............................................................................................................................... 37-5Skinning Controls ................................................................................................................................. 37-5

Overriding Default Styles .............................................................................................................. 37-5Creating Class Styles....................................................................................................................... 37-6Creating ID Styles ........................................................................................................................... 37-7Setting Styles in the Code............................................................................................................... 37-7

Additional Resources ........................................................................................................................... 37-7

38 Styling Charts with CSS

Modifying Basic Chart Elements ....................................................................................................... 38-1Altering Colors of the Chart Plot ....................................................................................................... 38-5Setting the Axes ..................................................................................................................................... 38-8Setting Chart Colors............................................................................................................................ 38-10Changing Chart Symbols................................................................................................................... 38-16

Part V Working with Text in JavaFX Applications

39 Using Text in JavaFX

Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 39-1Adding Text ............................................................................................................................................ 39-1

Setting Text Font and Color........................................................................................................... 39-2Making Text Bold or Italic ............................................................................................................. 39-2Using Custom Fonts ....................................................................................................................... 39-3Setting LCD Text Support.............................................................................................................. 39-3Rich Text and Bidirectional Support ............................................................................................ 39-4

40 Applying Effects to Text

Perspective Effect .................................................................................................................................. 40-1Blur Effect ............................................................................................................................................... 40-2

Page 9: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Drop Shadow Effect .............................................................................................................................. 40-2Inner Shadow Effect ............................................................................................................................. 40-3Reflection ................................................................................................................................................ 40-4Combining Several Effects .................................................................................................................. 40-4Application Files ................................................................................................................................... 40-6

Part VI Source Code for the UI Components Tutorials

A UI Control Samples

LabelSample.java .................................................................................................................................... A-2ButtonSample.java .................................................................................................................................. A-3RadioButtonSample.java ....................................................................................................................... A-6ToggleButtonSample.java ...................................................................................................................... A-8CheckboxSample.java .......................................................................................................................... A-10ChoiceBoxSample.java ......................................................................................................................... A-12TextFieldSample.java............................................................................................................................ A-13PasswordField.java ............................................................................................................................... A-15ScrollBarSample.java............................................................................................................................ A-17ScrollPaneSample.java ......................................................................................................................... A-19ListViewSample.java ............................................................................................................................ A-20TableViewSample.java ......................................................................................................................... A-22TreeViewSample.java ........................................................................................................................... A-25TreeTableViewSample.java ................................................................................................................. A-29ComboBoxSample.java ........................................................................................................................ A-32SeparatorSample.java ........................................................................................................................... A-34SliderSample.java ................................................................................................................................. A-37ProgressSample.java ............................................................................................................................. A-40HyperlinkSample.java ......................................................................................................................... A-41HyperlinkWebViewSample.java........................................................................................................ A-43HTMLEditorSample.java..................................................................................................................... A-45TooltipSample.java ............................................................................................................................... A-47TitledPaneSample.java......................................................................................................................... A-48MenuSample.java.................................................................................................................................. A-50ColorPickerSample.java....................................................................................................................... A-55DatePickerSample.java ........................................................................................................................ A-57PaginationSample.java......................................................................................................................... A-59FileChooserSample.java....................................................................................................................... A-61

B Chart Samples

PieChartSample.java............................................................................................................................... B-1LineChartSample.java ............................................................................................................................ B-3AreaChartSample.java............................................................................................................................ B-5BubbleChartSample.java ....................................................................................................................... B-6ScatterChartSample.java ........................................................................................................................ B-8BarChartSample.java ............................................................................................................................ B-10

Page 10: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

C CSS Samples

DownloadButton.java............................................................................................................................. C-1DownloadButtonStyle1.css ................................................................................................................... C-2DownloadButtonStyle2.css ................................................................................................................... C-3StyleStage.java ......................................................................................................................................... C-5UIControlCSS.java .................................................................................................................................. C-7controlStyle1.css .................................................................................................................................... C-10controlStyle2.css .................................................................................................................................... C-11

D Text Samples

TextEffects.java ........................................................................................................................................ D-1NeonSign.java .......................................................................................................................................... D-7

Page 11: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

xi

Preface

This preface describes the document accessibility features and conventions used in this tutorial - Working with JavaFX UI Components.

AudienceThis document is intended for JavaFX developers.

Documentation AccessibilityFor information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.

Access to Oracle SupportOracle customers have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.

Related DocumentsFor more information, see the following documents in the JavaFX documentation set:

■ Getting Started with JavaFX

■ Working with Layouts in JavaFX

■ Mastering FXML

■ Handling Events

ConventionsThe following text conventions are used in this document:

Convention Meaning

boldface Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated with an action, or terms defined in text or the glossary.

Page 12: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

xii

italic Italic type indicates book titles, emphasis, or placeholder variables for which you supply particular values.

monospace Monospace type indicates commands within a paragraph, URLs, code in examples, text that appears on the screen, or text that you enter.

Convention Meaning

Page 13: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Part IPart I About This Tutorial

This tutorial describes basic UI components available in JavaFX SDK and contains the following chapters:

■ Using JavaFX UI Controls

■ File Chooser

■ Working with JavaFX Charts

■ Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS

■ Working with Text in JavaFX Applications

Each chapter provides code samples and applications to illustrate how to use a particular component. You can find the source files of the applications and the corresponding NetBeans projects in the tutorial appendixes.

Page 14: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing
Page 15: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

1

What Is New 1-1

1What Is New

This chapter introduces the new user interface (UI) features available with JavaFX SDK 8.0.

Find the following additions:

■ Tree Table View

This chapter describes the TreeTableView user interface component, a control designed to visualize an unlimited number of rows of data, broken out into columns.

■ Date Packer

This chapter describes DatePicker, a control that enables selection of a day from the given calendar.

■ JavaFX UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms

This chapter describes the specific of using JavaFX UI controls in the embedded environments.

Page 16: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

1-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 17: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Part IIPart II Using JavaFX UI Controls

This tutorial covers built-in JavaFX UI controls available in the JavaFX API.

The document contains the following chapters:

■ Label

■ Button

■ Radio Button

■ Toggle Button

■ Checkbox

■ Choice Box

■ Text Field

■ Password Field

■ Scroll Bar

■ Scroll Pane

■ List View

■ Table View

■ Tree View

■ Tree Table View

■ Combo Box

■ Separator

■ Slider

■ Progress Bar and Progress Indicator

■ Hyperlink

■ Tooltip

■ HTML Editor

■ Titled Pane and Accordion

■ Menu

■ Color Picker

■ Date Picker

■ Pagination Control

Page 18: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

■ File Chooser

■ Customization of UI Controls

■ UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms

Each chapter provides code samples and applications to illustrate how a particular UI control functions. You can find the source files of the applications and the corresponding NetBeans projects in the table of contents.

Page 19: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

2

Label 2-1

2Label

This chapter explains how to use the Label class that resides in the javafx.scene.control package of the JavaFX API to display a text element. Learn how to wrap a text element to fit the specific space, add a graphical image, or apply visual effects.

Figure 2–1 shows three common label usages. The label at the left is a text element with an image, the label in the center represents rotated text, and the label at the right renders wrapped text.

Figure 2–1 Sample Application with Labels

Creating a LabelThe JavaFX API provides three constructors of the Label class for creating labels in your application, as shown in Example 2–1.

Example 2–1 Creating Labels

//An empty labelLabel label1 = new Label();//A label with the text elementLabel label2 = new Label("Search");//A label with the text element and graphical iconImage image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("labels.jpg"));Label label3 = new Label("Search", new ImageView(image));

Once you have created a label in your code, you can add textual and graphical content to it by using the following methods of the Labeled class.

■ The setText(String text) method – specifies the text caption for the label

■ setGraphic(Node graphic)– specifies the graphical icon

Page 20: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting a Font

2-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

The setTextFill method specifies the color to paint the text element of the label. Study Example 2–2. It creates a text label, adds an icon to it, and specifies a fill color for the text.

Example 2–2 Adding an Icon and Text Fill to a Label

Label label1 = new Label("Search");Image image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("labels.jpg"));label1.setGraphic(new ImageView(image));label1.setTextFill(Color.web("#0076a3"));

When this code fragment is added to the application, it produces the label shown in Figure 2–2.

Figure 2–2 Label with Icon

When defining both text and graphical content for your button, you can use the setGraphicTextGap method to set the gap between them.

Additionally, you can vary the position of the label content within its layout area by using the setTextAlignment method. You can also define the position of the graphic relative to the text by applying the setContentDisplay method and specifying one of the following ContentDisplay constant: LFFT, RIGHT, CENTER, TOP, BOTTOM.

Setting a FontCompare the Search labels in Figure 2–1 and Figure 2–2. Notice that the label in Figure 2–1 has a larger font size. This is because the code fragment shown in Example 2–2 does not specify any font settings for the label. It is rendered with the default font size.

To provide a font text size other than the default for your label use the setFont method of the Labeled class. The code fragment in Example 2–3 sets the size of the label1 text to 30 points and the font name to Arial. For label2 sets the text size to 32 points and the font name to Cambria.

Example 2–3 Applying Font Settings

//Use a constructor of the Font classlabel1.setFont(new Font("Arial", 30));//Use the font method of the Font classlabel2.setFont(Font.font("Cambria", 32));

Wrapping TextWhen you create a label, sometimes you must fit it within a space that is smaller than you need to render. To break up (wrap) the text so that is can fit into the layout area, set the true value for the setWrapText method, as shown in Example 2–4.

Page 21: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying Effects

Label 2-3

Example 2–4 Enable Text Wrapping

Label label3 = new Label("A label that needs to be wrapped");label3.setWrapText(true);

When label3 is added to the content of an application, it is rendered as shown in Figure 2–3.

Figure 2–3 Label with Wrapped Text

Suppose that the layout area of the label is limited not only by its width, but also by its height. You can specify the behavior of a label when it is impossible to render the entire required text string. Use the setTextOverrun method of the Labeled class and one of the available OverrunStyle types to define how to process the part of the text string that cannot be rendered properly. See the API documentation for more information about OverrunStyle types.

Applying EffectsAlthough a label is static content and cannot be edited, you can apply visual effects or transformations to it. The code fragment in Example 2–5 rotates label2 270 degrees and translates its position vertically.

Example 2–5 Rotating a Label

Label label2 = new Label ("Values");label2.setFont(new Font("Cambria", 32));label2.setRotate(270);label2.setTranslateY(50);

Rotation and translation are typical transformations available in the JavaFX API. Additionally, you can set up an effect that zooms (magnifies) the label when a user hovers the mouse cursor over it.

The code fragment shown in Example 2–6 applies the zoom effect to label3. When the MOUSE_ENTERED event is fired on the label, the scaling factor of 1.5 is set for the setScaleX and setScaleY methods. When a user moves the mouse cursor off of the label and the MOUSE_EXITED event occurs, the scale factor is set to 1.0, and the label is rendered in its original size.

Example 2–6 Applying the Zoom Effect

label3.setOnMouseEntered((MouseEvent e) -> { label3.setScaleX(1.5); label3.setScaleY(1.5);});

label3.setOnMouseExited((MouseEvent e) -> { label3.setScaleX(1); label3.setScaleY(1);});

Figure 2–4 shows the two states of label3.

Page 22: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying Effects

2-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 2–4 Zooming a Label

Related API Documentation

■ Label

■ Labeled

Page 23: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

3

Button 3-1

3Button

The Button class available through the JavaFX API enables developers to process an action when a user clicks a button. The Button class is an extension of the Labeled class. It can display text, an image, or both. Figure 3–1 shows buttons with various effects. In this chapter you will learn how to create each of these button types.

Figure 3–1 Types of Buttons

Creating a ButtonYou can create a Button control in a JavaFX application by using three constructors of the Button class as shown on Example 3–1.

Example 3–1 Creating a Button

//A button with an empty text caption.Button button1 = new Button();//A button with the specified text caption.Button button2 = new Button("Accept");//A button with the specified text caption and icon.Image imageOk = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("ok.png"));Button button3 = new Button("Accept", new ImageView(imageOk));

Because the Button class extends the Labeled class, you can use the following methods to specify content for a button that does not have an icon or text caption:

■ The setText(String text)method – specifies the text caption for the button

■ The setGraphic(Node graphic)method – specifies the graphical icon

Example 3–2 shows how to create a button with an icon but without a text caption.

Example 3–2 Adding an Icon to a Button

Image imageDecline = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("not.png"));

Page 24: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Assigning an Action

3-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Button button5 = new Button();button5.setGraphic(new ImageView(imageDecline));

When added to the application, this code fragment produces the button shown in Figure 3–2.

Figure 3–2 Button with Icon

In Example 3–2 and Figure 3–2, the icon is an ImageView object. However, you can use other graphical objects, for example, shapes that reside in the javafx.scene.shape package. When defining both text and graphical content for your button, you can use the setGraphicTextGap method to set the gap between them.

The default skin of the Button class distinguishes the following visual states of the button. Figure 3–3 shows the default states of a button with an icon.

Figure 3–3 Button States

Assigning an ActionThe primary function of each button is to produce an action when it is clicked. Use the setOnAction method of the Button class to define what will happen when a user clicks the button. Example 3–3 shows a code fragment that defines an action for button2.

Example 3–3 Defining an Action for a Button

button2.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText("Accepted");});

Example 3–3 shows how to process an ActionEvent, so that when a user presses button2 the text caption for a label is set to "Accepted."

You can use the Button class to set as many event-handling methods as you need to cause the specific behavior or apply visual effects.

Applying EffectsBecause the Button class extends the Node class, you can apply any of the effects in the javafx.scene.effect package to enhance the visual appearance of the button. In Example 3–4, the DropShadow effect is applied to button3 when the onMouseEntered event occurs.

Example 3–4 Applying the DropShadow Effect

DropShadow shadow = new DropShadow();//Adding the shadow when the mouse cursor is onbutton3.addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED, (MouseEvent e) -> {

Page 25: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling a Button

Button 3-3

button3.setEffect(shadow);}); //Removing the shadow when the mouse cursor is offbutton3.addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED, (MouseEvent e) -> { button3.setEffect(null);});

Figure 3–4 shows the states of button3 when the mouse cursor is on it and when it is off.

Figure 3–4 Button with Drop Shadow

Styling a ButtonThe next step to enhance the visual appearance of a button is to apply CSS styles defined by the Skin class. Using CSS in JavaFX 2 applications is similar to using CSS in HTML, because each case is based on the same CSS specification.

You can define styles in a separate CSS file and enable them in the application by using the getStyleClass method. This method is inherited from the Node class and is available for all UI controls. Example 3–5 and Figure 3–5 demonstrate this approach.

Example 3–5 Styling a Button

//Code added to the CSS file.button1{ -fx-font: 22 arial; -fx-base: #b6e7c9; }//Code in the ButtonSample.java filebutton1.getStyleClass().add("button1");

The -fx-font property sets the font name and size for button1. The -fx-base property overrides the default color applied to the button. As the result, button1 is light green with lager text size, as shown in Figure 3–5.

Figure 3–5 Button Styled with CSS

Related API Documentation

■ Button

■ Labeled

Page 26: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling a Button

3-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 27: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

4

Radio Button 4-1

4Radio Button

This chapter discusses the radio button control and the RadioButton class, a specialized implementation of the ToggleButton class.

A radio button control can be either selected or deselected. Typically radio buttons are combined into a group where only one button at a time can be selected. This behavior distinguishes them from toggle buttons, because all toggle buttons in a group can be in a deselected state.

Figure 4–1 shows three screen captures of the RadioButton sample, in which three radio buttons are added to a group.

Figure 4–1 RadioButton Sample

Study the following paragraphs to learn more about how to implement radio buttons in your applications.

Creating a Radio ButtonThe RadioButton class available in the javafx.scene.control package of the JavaFX SDK provides two constructors with which you can create a radio button. Example 4–1 shows two radio buttons. The constructor with no parameters is used to create rb1. The text caption for this radio button is set by using the setText method. The text caption for rb2 is defined within the corresponding constructor.

Example 4–1 Creating Radio Buttons

//A radio button with an empty string for its labelRadioButton rb1 = new RadioButton();//Setting a text labelrb1.setText("Home");//A radio button with the specified labelRadioButton rb2 = new RadioButton("Calendar");

You can explicitly make a radio button selected by using the setSelected method and specifying its value as true. If you need to check whether a particular radio button was selected by a user, apply the isSelected method.

Page 28: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Radio Buttons to Groups

4-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Because the RadioButton class is an extension of the Labeled class, you can specify not only a text caption, but also an image. Use the setGraphic method to specify an image. Example 4–2 demonstrates how to implement a graphical radio button in your application.

Example 4–2 Creating a Graphical Radio Button

Image image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("ok.jpg"));RadioButton rb = new RadioButton("Agree");rb.setGraphic(new ImageView(image));

Adding Radio Buttons to GroupsRadio buttons are typically used in a group to present several mutually exclusive options. The ToggleGroup object provides references to all radio buttons that are associated with it and manages them so that only one of the radio buttons can be selected at a time. Example 4–3 creates a toggle group, creates three radio buttons, adds each radio button to the toggle group, and specifies which button should be selected when the application starts.

Example 4–3 Creating a Group of Radio Buttons

final ToggleGroup group = new ToggleGroup();

RadioButton rb1 = new RadioButton("Home");rb1.setToggleGroup(group);rb1.setSelected(true);

RadioButton rb2 = new RadioButton("Calendar");rb2.setToggleGroup(group); RadioButton rb3 = new RadioButton("Contacts");rb3.setToggleGroup(group);

When these radio buttons are laid out by using the layout containers and added to the content of the application, the output should resemble Figure 4–2.

Figure 4–2 Three Radio Buttons Combined in a Group

Processing Events for Radio ButtonsTypically, the application performs an action when one of the radio buttons in the group is selected. Review the code fragment in Example 4–4 to learn how to change an icon according to which radio button is selected.

Example 4–4 Processing Action for Radio Buttons

ImageView image = new ImageView();

rb1.setUserData("Home")rb2.setUserData("Calendar");

Page 29: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Requesting Focus for a Radio Button

Radio Button 4-3

rb3.setUserData("Contacts");

final ToggleGroup group = new ToggleGroup();

group.selectedToggleProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle old_toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (group.getSelectedToggle() != null) { final Image image = new Image( getClass().getResourceAsStream( group.getSelectedToggle().getUserData().toString() + ".jpg")); icon.setImage(image); }});

The user data was assigned for each radio button. The ChangeListener<Toggle> object checks a selected toggle in the group. It uses the getSelectedToggle method to identify which radio button is currently selected and extracts its user data by calling the getUserData method. Then the user data is applied to construct an image file name to load.

For example, when rb3 is selected, the getSelectedToggle method returns "rb3," and the getUserData method returns "Contacts." Therefore, the getResourceAsStream method receives the value "Contacts.jpg." The application output is shown in Figure 4–1.

Requesting Focus for a Radio ButtonIn the group of radio buttons, the first button initially has the focus by default. If you apply the setSelected method to the second radio button in the group, you should expect the result shown in Figure 4–3.

Figure 4–3 Default Focus Settings

The second radio button is selected, and the first button remains in focus. Use the requestFocus function to change the focus, as shown in Example 4–5.

Example 4–5 Requesting Focus for the Second Radio Button

rb2.setSelected(true);rb2.requestFocus();

When applied, this code produces the result shown in Figure 4–4.

Page 30: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Requesting Focus for a Radio Button

4-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 4–4 Setting Focus for the Selected Radio Button

Related API Documentation

■ RadioButton

■ Labeled

■ ToggleGroup

Page 31: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

5

Toggle Button 5-1

5Toggle Button

In this chapter, you learn about the ToggleButton class, another type of buttons available through the JavaFX API.

Two or more toggle buttons can be combined into a group where only one button at a time can be selected, or where no selection is required. Figure 5–1 is a screen capture of an application that combines three toggle buttons in a group. The application paints the rectangle with a specific color according to on which toggle button is selected.

Figure 5–1 Three Toggle Buttons

Creating a Toggle ButtonYou can create a toggle button in your application by using any of the three constructors of the ToggleButton class, as shown in Example 5–1.

Example 5–1 Creating Toggle Buttons

//A toggle button without any caption or iconToggleButton tb1 = new ToggleButton();//A toggle button with a text captionToggleButton tb2 = new ToggleButton("Press me");//A toggle button with a text caption and an iconImage image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("icon.png"));ToggleButton tb3 = new ToggleButton ("Press me", new ImageView(image));

The ToggleButton class is an extension of the Labeled class, so you can specify a text caption, an image, or both image and text. You can use the setText and setGraphic methods of the Labeled class to specify textual and graphical content for a toggle button.

Once you have defined toggle buttons in your code, you can combine them in a group and set a specific behavior.

Page 32: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Toggle Buttons to a Group

5-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Adding Toggle Buttons to a GroupThe implementation of the ToggleButton class is very similar to the implementation the RadioButton class. However, unlike radio buttons, toggle buttons in a toggle group do not attempt to force the selection at least one button in the group. That is, clicking the selected toggle button causes it to become deselected, clicking the selected radio button in the group has no effect.

Take a moment to study the code fragment Example 5–2.

Example 5–2 Combining Toggle Buttons in a Group

final ToggleGroup group = new ToggleGroup();

ToggleButton tb1 = new ToggleButton("Minor");tb1.setToggleGroup(group);tb1.setSelected(true);

ToggleButton tb2 = new ToggleButton("Major");tb2.setToggleGroup(group);

ToggleButton tb3 = new ToggleButton("Critical");tb3.setToggleGroup(group);

Example 5–2 creates three toggle buttons and adds them to the toggle group. The setSelected method is called for the tb1 toggle button so that it is selected when the application starts. However, you can deselect the Minor toggle button so that no toggle buttons are selected in the group at startup, as shown in Figure 5–2.

Figure 5–2 Three Toggle Buttons in a Group

Typically, you use a group of toggle buttons to assign a specific behavior for each button. The next section explains how to use these toggle buttons to alter the color of a rectangle.

Setting the BehaviorThe setUserData method inherited by the ToggleButton class from the Node class helps you to associate any selected option with a particular value. In Example 5–3, the user data indicates which color should be used to paint the rectangle.

Example 5–3 Setting User Data for the Toggle Buttons

tb1.setUserData(Color.LIGHTGREEN);tb2.setUserData(Color.LIGHTBLUE);tb3.setUserData(Color.SALMON);

Rectangle rect = new Rectangle();rect.setHeight(50);rect.setFill(Color.WHITE);rect.setStroke(Color.DARKGRAY);rect.setStrokeWidth(2);rect.setArcHeight(10);

Page 33: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Toggle Buttons

Toggle Button 5-3

rect.setArcWidth(10);

final ToggleGroup group = new ToggleGroup();

group.selectedToggleProperty().addListener (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (new_toggle == null) rect.setFill(Color.WHITE); else rect.setFill((Color) group.getSelectedToggle().getUserData());});

rect.setWidth(hbox.getWidth());

The ChangeListener<Toggle> object checks a selected toggle in the group. If none of the toggle buttons is selected, the rectangle is painted with the white color. If one of the toggle button is selected, consecutive calls of the getSelectedToggle and getUserData methods return a color to paint the rectangle.

For example, if a user selects the tb2 toggle button, the setSelectedToggle().getUserData() call returns Color.LIGHTBLUE. The result is shown in Figure 5–3.

Figure 5–3 Using Toggle Buttons to Paint a Rectangle

See the ToggleButtonSample.java file to examine the complete code of the application.

Styling Toggle ButtonsYou can enhance this application by applying CSS styles to the toggle buttons. Using CSS in JavaFX applications is similar to using CSS in HTML, because each case is based on the same CSS specification.

First, you declare the styles of the toggle buttons in the ControlStyle.css file as shown in Example 5–4.

Example 5–4 Declaring Alternative Colors of the Toggle Button

.toggle-button1{ -fx-base: lightgreen; } .toggle-button2{ -fx-base: lightblue; } .toggle-button3{ -fx-base: salmon;

Page 34: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Toggle Buttons

5-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

}

Second, you enable the styles in the ToggleButtonSample application. See how this is implemented in Example 5–5.

Example 5–5 Applying CSS Styles to Toggle Buttons

scene.getStylesheets().add("togglebuttonsample/ControlStyle.css");

tb1.getStyleClass().add("toggle-button1");tb2.getStyleClass().add("toggle-button2");tb3.getStyleClass().add("toggle-button3");

When added to the application code these lines change the visual appearance of the toggle buttons as shown in Figure 5–4.

Figure 5–4 Painted Toggle Buttons

You might want to try other CSS properties of the ToggleButton class or apply animation, transformations, and visual effects available in the JavaFX API.

Related API Documentation

■ ToggleButton

■ ToggleGroup

Page 35: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

6

Checkbox 6-1

6Checkbox

This chapter teaches how to add checkboxes to your JavaFX applications.

Although checkboxes look similar to radio buttons, they cannot be combined into toggle groups to enable the selection of many options at one time. See the Radio Button and Toggle Button chapters for more information.

Figure 6–1 shows a screen capture of an application in which three checkboxes are used to enable or disable icons in an application toolbar.

Figure 6–1 Checkbox Sample

Creating CheckboxesExample 6–1 creates two simple checkboxes.

Example 6–1 Creating Checkboxes

//A checkbox without a captionCheckBox cb1 = new CheckBox();//A checkbox with a string captionCheckBox cb2 = new CheckBox("Second");

cb1.setText("First");cb1.setSelected(true);

Once you have created a checkbox, you can modify it by using methods available through the JavaFX APIs. In Example 6–1 the setText method defines the text caption of the c1 checkbox. The setSelected method is set to true so that the cb1 checkbox is selected when the application is started.

Defining a StateThe checkbox can be either defined or undefined. When it is defined, you can select or deselect it. However, when the checkbox is undefined, it cannot be selected or

Page 36: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting the Behavior

6-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

deselected. Use a combination of the setSelected and setIndeterminate methods of the CheckBox class to specify the state of the checkbox. Table 6–1 shows three states of a checkbox based on its INDETERMINATE and SELECTED properties.

You might need enabling three states for checkboxes in your application when they represent UI elements that can be in mixed states, for example, "Yes", "No", "Not Applicable." The allowIndeterminate property of the CheckBox object determines whether the checkbox should cycle through all three states: selected, deselected, and undefined. If the variable is true, the control will cycle through all the three states. If it is false, the control will cycle through the selected and deselected states. The application described in the next section constructs three checkboxes and enables only two states for them.

Setting the BehaviorThe code fragment in Example 6–2 creates three checkboxes, such that if a checkbox is selected, the corresponding icon appears in a toolbar.

Example 6–2 Setting the Behavior for the Checkboxes

final String[] names = new String[]{"Security", "Project", "Chart"};final Image[] images = new Image[names.length];final ImageView[] icons = new ImageView[names.length];final CheckBox[] cbs = new CheckBox[names.length];

for (int i = 0; i < names.length; i++) { final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(names[i] + ".png")); final ImageView icon = icons[i] = new ImageView(); final CheckBox cb = cbs[i] = new CheckBox(names[i]); cb.selectedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> ov, Boolean old_val, Boolean new_val) -> { icon.setImage(new_val ? image : null); });}

The names array uses a for loop to create an array of checkboxes and a corresponding array of icons. For example, cbs[0], the first checkbox, is assigned the "Security" text caption. At the same time, image[0] receives "Security.png" as a file name for the getResourceStream method when an image for the first icon is created. If a particular checkbox is selected, the corresponding image is assigned to the icon. If a checkbox is deselected, the icon receives a null image and the icon is not rendered.

Table 6–1 States of a Checkbox

Property Values Checkbox Appearance

INDETERMINATE = false

SELECTED = false

INDETERMINATE =false

SELECTED = true

INDETERMINATE = true

SELECTED = true/false

Page 37: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting the Behavior

Checkbox 6-3

Figure 6–2 shows an application when the Security and Chart checkboxes are selected and the Project checkbox is deselected.

Figure 6–2 Checkbox Application in Action

Related API Documentation

■ CheckBox

■ JavaFX CSS Specification

Page 38: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting the Behavior

6-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 39: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

7

Choice Box 7-1

7Choice Box

This chapter describes choice boxes, the UI controls that provide support for quickly selecting between a few options.

Use the ChoiceBox class to add choice boxes to your JavaFX applications. Its simple implementation is shown in Figure 7–1.

Figure 7–1 Creating a Choice Box with Three Items

Creating a Choice BoxExample 7–1 creates a choice box with three items.

Example 7–1 Creating a Choice Box

ChoiceBox cb = new ChoiceBox(FXCollections.observableArrayList( "First", "Second", "Third"));

Example 7–1 shows a list of items created and populated within a constructor of the ChoiceBox class. The list items are specified by using an observable array. Alternatively, you can use an empty constructor of the class and set the list items by using the setItems method shown in Example 7–2.

Example 7–2 Choice Box with Text Elements and a Separator

ChoiceBox cb = new ChoiceBox();cb.setItems(FXCollections.observableArrayList( "New Document", "Open ", new Separator(), "Save", "Save as"));

Note that a choice box can contain not only text elements, but other objects as well. A Separator control is used in Example 7–2 to separate the items. When this code fragment is integrated into the application, it produces the output shown in Figure 7–2.

Page 40: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting the Behavior for a Choice Box

7-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 7–2 Menu Created by Using a Choice Box

In real-life applications, the choice boxes are used to build multiple-choice lists.

Setting the Behavior for a Choice BoxThe application shown in Figure 7–3 provides a multiple-choice box with five options. When a particular language is selected, the corresponding greeting is rendered.

Figure 7–3 Multiple-Choice List

Figure 7–4 provides a code fragment to illustrate how an item selected from the choice box defines which greeting should be rendered.

Figure 7–4 Selecting a Choice Box Item

A ChangeListener<Number> object detects the index of the currently selected item by consecutive calls of the getSelectionModel and selectedIndexProperty methods. The getSelectionModel method returns the selected item, and the selectedIndexProperty method returns the SELECTED_INDEX property of the cb choice box. As a result, the integer value as an index defines an element of the greetings array and specifies a String text value for the label. If, for example, a user selects the second item, which corresponds to Spanish, the SELECTED_INDEX is equal to 1 and "Hola" is selected from the greetings array. Thus, the label renders "Hola."

You can make the ChoiceBox control more informative by assigning a tooltip to it. A tooltip is a UI control that is available in the javafx.scene.control package. A tooltip can be applied to any of the JavaFX UI controls.

Page 41: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying a Tooltip

Choice Box 7-3

Applying a TooltipThe Tooltip class provides a prefabricated tooltip that can be easily applied to a choice box (or any other control) by calling the setTooltip method shown in Example 7–3.

Example 7–3 Adding a Tooltip to a Choice Box

cb.setTooltip(new Tooltip("Select the language"));

Typically a user defines the text of the tooltip within a constructor of the Tooltip class. However, if the logic of your application requires UI to set the text dynamically, you can apply a tooltip by using an empty constructor and then assign the text to it by using the setText method.

After the tooltip is applied to the cb choice box, a user who positions the cursor over the choice box sees the image shown in Figure 7–5.

Figure 7–5 Choice Box with the Applied Tooltip

To further enhance your application, you can style the choice box with the CSS properties or apply visual effects or transformations.

Related API Documentation

■ ChoiceBox

■ Tooltip

Page 42: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying a Tooltip

7-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 43: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

8

Text Field 8-1

8Text Field

This chapter discusses the capabilities of the text field control.

The TextField class implements a UI control that accepts and displays text input. It provides capabilities to receive text input from a user. Along with another text input control, PasswordField, this class extends the TextInput class, a super class for all the text controls available through the JavaFX API.

Figure 8–1 shows a typical text field with a label.

Figure 8–1 Label and Text Field

Creating a Text FieldIn Example 8–1, a text field is used in combination with a label to indicate the type of content that should be typed in the field.

Example 8–1 Creating a Text Field

Label label1 = new Label("Name:");TextField textField = new TextField ();HBox hb = new HBox();hb.getChildren().addAll(label1, textField);hb.setSpacing(10);

You can create an empty text field as shown in Example 8–1 or a text field with a particular text data in it. To create a text field with the predefined text, use the following constructor of the TextField class: TextField("Hello World!"). You can obtain the value of a text field at any time by calling the getText method.

You can apply the setPrefColumnCount method of the TextInput class to set the size of the text field, defined as the maximum number of characters it can display at one time.

Building the UI with Text FieldsTypically, the TextField objects are used in forms to create several text fields. The application in Figure 8–2 displays three text fields and processes the data that a user enters in them.

Page 44: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Building the UI with Text Fields

8-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 8–2 TextFieldSample Application

The code fragment in Example 8–2 creates the three text fields and two buttons, and adds them to the application's scene by using the GridPane container. This container is particularly handy when you need to implement a flexible layout for your UI controls.

Example 8–2 Adding Text Fields to the Application

//Creating a GridPane containerGridPane grid = new GridPane();grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10));grid.setVgap(5);grid.setHgap(5);

//Defining the Name text fieldfinal TextField name = new TextField();name.setPromptText("Enter your first name.");GridPane.setConstraints(name, 0, 0);grid.getChildren().add(name);

//Defining the Last Name text fieldfinal TextField lastName = new TextField();lastName.setPromptText("Enter your last name.");GridPane.setConstraints(lastName, 0, 1);grid.getChildren().add(lastName);

//Defining the Comment text fieldfinal TextField comment = new TextField();comment.setPromptText("Enter your comment.");GridPane.setConstraints(comment, 0, 2);grid.getChildren().add(comment);

//Defining the Submit buttonButton submit = new Button("Submit");GridPane.setConstraints(submit, 1, 0);grid.getChildren().add(submit);

//Defining the Clear buttonButton clear = new Button("Clear");GridPane.setConstraints(clear, 1, 1);grid.getChildren().add(clear);

Take a moment to study the code fragment. The name, lastName, and comment text fields are created by using empty constructors of the TextField class. Unlike Example 8–1, labels do not accompany the text fields in this code fragment. Instead, prompt captions notify users what type of data to enter in the text fields. The setPromptText method defines the string that appears in the text field when the application is started. When Example 8–2 is added to the application, it produces the

Page 45: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Text Field Data

Text Field 8-3

output shown in Figure 8–3.

Figure 8–3 Three Text Fields with the Prompt Messages

The difference between the prompt text and the text entered in the text field is that the prompt text cannot be obtained through the getText method.

In real-life applications, data entered into the text fields is processed according to an application’s logic as required by a specific business task. The next section explains how to use text fields to evaluate the entered data and generate a response to a user.

Processing Text Field DataAs mentioned earlier, the text data entered by a user into the text fields can be obtained by the getText method of the TextInput class.

Study Example 8–3 to learn how to process the data of the TextField object.

Example 8–3 Defining Actions for the Submit and Clear Buttons

//Adding a Labelfinal Label label = new Label();GridPane.setConstraints(label, 0, 3);GridPane.setColumnSpan(label, 2);grid.getChildren().add(label);

submit.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if ( (comment.getText() != null && !comment.getText().isEmpty()) ) { label.setText(name.getText() + " " + lastName.getText() + ", " + "thank you for your comment!"); } else { label.setText("You have not left a comment."); }});

clear.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { name.clear(); lastName.clear(); comment.clear(); label.setText(null);});

The Label control added to the GridPane container renders an application’s response to users. When a user clicks the Submit button, the setOnAction method checks the comment text field. If it contains a nonempty string, a thank-you message is rendered.

Page 46: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Text Field Data

8-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Otherwise, the application notifies a user that the comment message has not been left yet, as shown in Figure 8–4.

Figure 8–4 The Comment Text Field Left Blank

When a user clicks the Clear button, the content is erased in all three text fields.

Review some helpful methods that you can use with text fields.

■ copy()– transfers the currently selected range in the text to the clipboard, leaving the current selection.

■ cut()– transfers the currently selected range in the text to the clipboard, removing the current selection.

■ selectAll() - selects all text in the text input.

■ paste()– transfers the contents in the clipboard into this text, replacing the current selection.

Related API Documentation

■ TextField

■ TextInputControl

Page 47: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

9

Password Field 9-1

9Password Field

In this chapter, you learn about yet another type of the text control, the password field.

The PasswordField class implements a specialized text field. The characters typed by a user are hidden by displaying an echo string. Figure 9–1 shows a password field with an entered password.

Figure 9–1 Password Field

Creating a Password FieldAn entry-level task is to create a password field by using the code in Example 9–1.

Example 9–1 Creating a Password Field

PasswordField passwordField = new PasswordField();passwordField.setPromptText("Your password");

For your user interface, you can accompany the password field with a prompt message or you can add a notifying label. As with the TextField class, the PasswordField class provides the setText method to render a text string in the control when the application is started. However, the string specified in the setText method is hidden by the echo characters in the password field. By default, the echo character is a dot. Figure 9–2 shows the password field with the predefined text in it.

Figure 9–2 Password Field with the Set Text

The value typed in the password field can be obtained through the getText method. You can process this value in your application and set the authentication logic as appropriate.

Evaluating the PasswordTake a moment to review in Example 9–2 the implementation of a password field that you can apply in your user interface.

Page 48: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Evaluating the Password

9-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 9–2 Implementing the Authentication Logic

final Label message = new Label("");

VBox vb = new VBox();vb.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10));vb.setSpacing(10);HBox hb = new HBox();hb.setSpacing(10);hb.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER_LEFT);

Label label = new Label("Password");final PasswordField pb = new PasswordField();

pb.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (!pb.getText().equals("T2f$Ay!")) { message.setText("Your password is incorrect!"); message.setTextFill(Color.rgb(210, 39, 30)); } else { message.setText("Your password has been confirmed"); message.setTextFill(Color.rgb(21, 117, 84)); } pb.clear();});

hb.getChildren().addAll(label, pb);vb.getChildren().addAll(hb, message);

The authentication logic of the password field is defined by using the setOnAction method. This method is called when a password is committed and it processes the typed value. If the typed value is different from the required password, the corresponding message appears in red as shown in Figure 9–3.

Figure 9–3 Password is Incorrect

If the typed value satisfies the predefined criteria, the confirmation message appears as shown in Figure 9–4.

Figure 9–4 Password is Correct

Page 49: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Evaluating the Password

Password Field 9-3

For security reasons, it is good practice to clear the password field after the value is typed. In Example 9–2, an empty string is set for the passwordField after the authentication is performed.

Related API Documentation

■ PasswordField

■ TextInputControl

Page 50: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Evaluating the Password

9-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 51: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

10

Scroll Bar 10-1

10Scroll Bar

This chapter explains how to create scrollable panes by using the scroll bar control.

The ScrollBar class enables you to create scrollable panes and views in your application. Figure 10–1 shows the three areas of a scroll bar: the thumb, the right and left buttons (or down and up buttons), and the track.

Figure 10–1 Elements of the scroll bar

Creating a Scroll BarTake a moment to review the code fragment in Example 10–1.

Example 10–1 Simple Scroll Bar

ScrollBar sc = new ScrollBar();sc.setMin(0);sc.setMax(100);sc.setValue(50);

The setMin and setMax methods define the minimum and maximum values represented by the scroll bar. When a user moves the thumb, the value of the scroll bar changes. In Example 10–1, the value equals 50, so when the application starts, the thumb is in the center of the scroll bar. By default, the scroll bar is oriented horizontally. However, you can set the vertical orientation by using the setOrientation method.

The user can click the left or right button (down or up button for the vertical orientation) to scroll by a unit increment. The UNIT_INCREMENT property specifies the amount by which the scroll bar is adjusted when a button is clicked. Another option is clicking within the track by a block increment. The BLOCK_INCREMENT property defines the amount by which the scroll bar is adjusted when the track of the bar is clicked.

In your application, you can use one of several scroll bars to scroll through graphical content that exceeds the borders of the available space.

Page 52: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using a Scroll Bar in Your Application

10-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Using a Scroll Bar in Your ApplicationExamine the scroll bar in action. The application shown in Example 10–2 implements a scrollable scene to view the images. The task of this application is to enable users to view the content of the vertical box, which is longer than the scene's height.

Example 10–2 Scrolling Through Multiple Images

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ChangeListener;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Orientation;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ScrollBar;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage;

public class ScrollBarSample extends Application { final ScrollBar sc = new ScrollBar(); final Image[] images = new Image[5]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[5]; final VBox vb = new VBox(); DropShadow shadow = new DropShadow(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 180, 180); scene.setFill(Color.BLACK); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Scrollbar"); root.getChildren().addAll(vb, sc); shadow.setColor(Color.GREY); shadow.setOffsetX(2); shadow.setOffsetY(2); vb.setLayoutX(5); vb.setSpacing(10); sc.setLayoutX(scene.getWidth()-sc.getWidth()); sc.setMin(0); sc.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL); sc.setPrefHeight(180); sc.setMax(360); for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream( "fw" +(i+1)+ ".jpg") ); final ImageView pic = pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); pic.setEffect(shadow);

Page 53: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using a Scroll Bar in Your Application

Scroll Bar 10-3

vb.getChildren().add(pics[i]); } sc.valueProperty().addListener((ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { vb.setLayoutY(-new_val.doubleValue()); }); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The first lines of the code add a vertical box with the images and a scroll bar to the scene.

The Y coordinate of the vertical box changes when the VALUE property of the scroll bar is changed, so that each time the thumb is moved, or either a button or the track is clicked, the vertical box moves, as shown in Example 10–3.

Example 10–3 Implementing the Scrolling of the Vertical Box

sc.valueProperty().addListener((ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { vb.setLayoutY(-new_val.doubleValue());});

Compiling and running this application produces the output shown in Figure 10–2.

Figure 10–2 Scroll Bar Sample

This application shows one typical use of the ScrollBar class. You can also customize this class to create a scroll area within a scene. As for every UI control and every node, the scroll bar can be styled to change its appearance from the default implementation.

Related API Documentation

■ ScrollBar

■ JavaFX CSS Specification

Page 54: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using a Scroll Bar in Your Application

10-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 55: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

11

Scroll Pane 11-1

11Scroll Pane

In this chapter, you learn how to build scroll panes in your JavaFX applications.

Scroll panes provide a scrollable view of UI elements. This control enables the user to scroll the content by panning the viewport or by using scroll bars. A scroll pane with the default settings and the added image is shown in Figure 11–1.

Figure 11–1 Scroll Pane

Creating a Scroll Pane Example 11–1 shows how to create this scroll pane in your application.

Example 11–1 Using a Scroll Pane to View an Image

Image roses = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("roses.jpg"));ScrollPane sp = new ScrollPane();sp.setContent(new ImageView(roses));

The setContent method defines the node that is used as the content of this scroll pane. You can specify only one node. To create a scroll view with more than one component, use layout containers or the Group class. You can also specify the true value for the setPannable method to preview the image by clicking it and moving the mouse cursor. The position of the scroll bars changes accordingly.

Setting the Scroll Bar Policy for a Scroll PaneThe ScrollPane class provides a policy to determine when to display scroll bars: always, never, or only when they are needed. Use the setHbarPolicy and setVbarPolicy methods to specify the scroll bar policy for the horizontal and vertical scroll bars respectively. Thus, in Example 11–2 the vertical scroll bar will appear, but not the horizontal scroll bar.

Page 56: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Resizing Components in the Scroll Pane

11-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 11–2 Setting the Horizontal and Vertical Scroll Bar Policies

sp.setHbarPolicy(ScrollBarPolicy.NEVER);sp.setVbarPolicy(ScrollBarPolicy.ALWAYS);

As a result, you can only scroll the image vertically, as shown in Figure 11–2.

Figure 11–2 Disabling the Horizontal Scroll Bar

Resizing Components in the Scroll PaneWhen designing a UI interface, you might need to resize the components, so that they match the width or height of the scroll pane. Set either the setFitToWidth or setFitToHeight method to true to match a particular dimension.

The scroll pane shown in Figure 11–3 contains radio buttons, a text box, and a password box. The size of the content exceeds the predefined size of the scroll pane and a vertical scroll bar appears. However, because the setFitToWidth method sets true for the scroll pane, the content shrinks in width and never scrolls horizontally.

Figure 11–3 Fitting the Width of the Scroll Pane

By default, both FIT_TO_WIDTH and FIT_TO_HEIGHT properties are false, and the resizable content keeps its original size. If you remove the setFitToWidth methods from the code of this application, you will see the output shown in Figure 11–4.

Figure 11–4 Default Properties for Fitting the Content

The ScrollPane class enables you to retrieve and set the current, minimum, and maximum values of the contents in the horizontal and vertical directions. Learn how to use them in your applications.

Page 57: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Sample Application with a Scroll Pane

Scroll Pane 11-3

Sample Application with a Scroll PaneExample 11–3 uses a scroll pane to display a vertical box with images. The VVALUE property of the ScrollPane class helps to identify the currently displayed image and to render the name of the image file.

Example 11–3 Using a Scroll Pane to View Images

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.ScrollPane;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class Main extends Application { final ScrollPane sp = new ScrollPane(); final Image[] images = new Image[5]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[5]; final VBox vb = new VBox(); final Label fileName = new Label(); final String [] imageNames = new String [] {"fw1.jpg", "fw2.jpg", "fw3.jpg", "fw4.jpg", "fw5.jpg"}; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox box = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(box, 180, 180); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Scroll Pane"); box.getChildren().addAll(sp, fileName); VBox.setVgrow(sp, Priority.ALWAYS); fileName.setLayoutX(30); fileName.setLayoutY(160); for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageNames[i])); pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); pics[i].setFitWidth(100); pics[i].setPreserveRatio(true); vb.getChildren().add(pics[i]); } sp.setVmax(440); sp.setPrefSize(115, 150); sp.setContent(vb); sp.vvalueProperty().addListener((ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { fileName.setText(imageNames[(new_val.intValue() - 1)/100]); }); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) {

Page 58: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Sample Application with a Scroll Pane

11-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

launch(args); }}

Compiling and running this application produces the window shown in Figure 11–5.

Figure 11–5 Scrolling Images

The maximum value of the vertical scroll bar is equal to the height of the vertical box. The code fragment shown in Example 11–4 renders the name of the currently displayed image file.

Example 11–4 Tracking the Change of the Scroll Pane’s Vertical Value

sp.vvalueProperty().addListener((ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { fileName.setText(imageNames[(new_val.intValue() - 1)/100]);});

The ImageView object limits the image height to 100 pixels. Therefore, when new_val.intValue() - 1 is divided by 100, the result gives the index of the current image in the imageNames array.

In your application, you can also vary minimum and maximum values for vertical and horizontal scroll bars, thus dynamically updating your user interface.

Related API Documentation

■ ScrollPane

■ ScrollBar

Page 59: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

12

List View 12-1

12List View

In this chapter, you learn how to create lists in your JavaFX applications.

The ListView class represents a scrollable list of items. Figure 12–1 shows the list of available accommodation types in a hotel reservation system.

Figure 12–1 Simple List View

You can populate the list by defining its items with the setItems method. You can also create a view for the items in the list by applying the setCellFactory method.

Creating a List ViewThe code fragment in Example 12–1 implements the list with the String items shown in Figure 12–1.

Example 12–1 Creating a List View Control

ListView<String> list = new ListView<>();ObservableList<String> items =FXCollections.observableArrayList ( "Single", "Double", "Suite", "Family App");list.setItems(items);

To alter the size and height of the list view control, use the setPrefHeight and setPrefWidth methods. Example 12–2 constrains the vertical list to 100 pixels wide by 70 pixels high, which results in the list shown in Figure 12–2.

Example 12–2 Setting Height and Width for a List View

list.setPrefWidth(100);list.setPrefHeight(70);

Page 60: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Populating a List View with Data

12-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 12–2 Resized Vertical List

You can orient a ListView object horizontally by setting the orientation property to Orientation.HORIZONTAL. This can be done as follows: list.setOrientation(Orientation.HORIZONTAL). The horizontal list with the same items as in Figure 12–1 is shown in Figure 12–3.

Figure 12–3 Horizontal List View Control

At any time, you can track the selection and focus of the ListView object with the SelectionModel and FocusModel classes. To obtain the current state of each item, use a combination of the following methods:

■ getSelectionModel().getSelectedIndex() – Returns the index of the currently selected items in a single-selection mode

■ getSelectionModel().getSelectedItem() – Returns the currently selected item

■ getFocusModel().getFocusedIndex() – Returns the index of the currently focused item

■ getFocusModel().getFocusedItem() – Returns the currently focused item

The default SelectionModel used when instantiating a ListView is an implementation of the MultipleSelectionModel abstract class. However, the default value of the selectionMode property is SelectionMode.SINGLE. To enable multiple selection in a default ListView instance, use the following sequence of calls:

listView.getSelectionModel().setSelectionMode(SelectionMode.MULTIPLE);

Also note that MultipleSelectionModel has the selectedItems and selectedIndices properties, which are both observable lists that can be monitored to detect any multiple selections.

Populating a List View with DataExample 12–1 shows the simplest way to populate a list view. To enhance your list, you can add data of various types by using the specific extensions of the ListCell class, such as CheckBoxListCell, ChoiceBoxListCell, ComboBoxListCell, and TextFieldListCell. These classes bring additional functionality to the basic list cell. Implementing cell factories for such classes enables developers to change data directly in the list view.

For example, the content of a list cell is not editable by default. However, the ComboBoxListCell class draws a combo box inside the list cell. This modification enables users to build a list of names by selecting them from a combo box, as shown in Example 12–3.

Page 61: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Populating a List View with Data

List View 12-3

Example 12–3 Adding ComboBoxListCell Items to a List View

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.control.cell.ComboBoxListCell;import javafx.scene.layout.StackPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ListViewSample extends Application { public static final ObservableList names = FXCollections.observableArrayList(); public static final ObservableList data = FXCollections.observableArrayList(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage primaryStage) { primaryStage.setTitle("List View Sample"); final ListView listView = new ListView(data); listView.setPrefSize(200, 250); listView.setEditable(true); names.addAll( "Adam", "Alex", "Alfred", "Albert", "Brenda", "Connie", "Derek", "Donny", "Lynne", "Myrtle", "Rose", "Rudolph", "Tony", "Trudy", "Williams", "Zach" ); for (int i = 0; i < 18; i++) { data.add("anonym"); } listView.setItems(data); listView.setCellFactory(ComboBoxListCell.forListView(names)); StackPane root = new StackPane(); root.getChildren().add(listView); primaryStage.setScene(new Scene(root, 200, 250)); primaryStage.show(); }}

The bold line in the example, calls the setCellFactory method to redefine the implementation of the list cell. When you compile and run this example, it produces the application window shown in Figure 12–4.

Page 62: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Content of a List View

12-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 12–4 List View with the Combo Box Cells

Not only the cell factory mechanism enables you to apply the alternative implementations of the list cells, it can help you to totally customize the appearance of the cells.

Customizing the Content of a List ViewStudy the following application to learn how to generate the list items by using the cell factory. The application shown in Example 12–4 creates a list of color patterns.

Example 12–4 Creating a Cell Factory

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ListCell;import javafx.scene.control.ListView;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ListViewSample extends Application { ListView<String> list = new ListView<>(); ObservableList<String> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( "chocolate", "salmon", "gold", "coral", "darkorchid", "darkgoldenrod", "lightsalmon", "black", "rosybrown", "blue", "blueviolet", "brown"); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox box = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(box, 200, 200); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("ListViewSample");

Page 63: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing the List Item Selection

List View 12-5

box.getChildren().addAll(list); VBox.setVgrow(list, Priority.ALWAYS); list.setItems(data); list.setCellFactory((ListView<String> l) -> new ColorRectCell()); stage.show(); } static class ColorRectCell extends ListCell<String> { @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(100, 20); if (item != null) { rect.setFill(Color.web(item)); setGraphic(rect); } } } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The cell factory produces ListCell objects. Every cell is associated with a single data item and renders a single "row" of the list view. The content that the cell represents through the setGraphic method can include other controls, text, shapes, or images. In this application, the list cell shows rectangles.

Compiling and running the application produces the window shown in Figure 12–5.

Figure 12–5 List of Color Patterns

You can scroll through the list, selecting and deselecting any of its items. You can also extend this application to fill the text label with the color pattern as shown in the next section.

Processing the List Item SelectionModify the application code as shown in Example 12–5 to enable processing of the event when a particular list item is selected.

Page 64: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing the List Item Selection

12-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 12–5 Processing Events for a List Item

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.ListCell;import javafx.scene.control.ListView;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ListViewSample extends Application { ListView<String> list = new ListView<>(); ObservableList<String> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( "chocolate", "salmon", "gold", "coral", "darkorchid", "darkgoldenrod", "lightsalmon", "black", "rosybrown", "blue", "blueviolet", "brown"); final Label label = new Label(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox box = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(box, 200, 200); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("ListViewSample"); box.getChildren().addAll(list, label); VBox.setVgrow(list, Priority.ALWAYS); label.setLayoutX(10); label.setLayoutY(115); label.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); list.setItems(data); list.setCellFactory((ListView<String> l) -> new ColorRectCell()); list.getSelectionModel().selectedItemProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends String> ov, String old_val, String new_val) -> { label.setText(new_val); label.setTextFill(Color.web(new_val)); }); stage.show(); } static class ColorRectCell extends ListCell<String> { @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(100, 20); if (item != null) { rect.setFill(Color.web(item)); setGraphic(rect); } else {

Page 65: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing the List Item Selection

List View 12-7

setGraphic(null); } } } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The addListener method called for the selectedItemProperty creates a new listener to handle changes of the selected item. If, for instance, the dark orchid item is selected, the label receives the "darkorchid" caption and is filled with the corresponding color. The output of the modified application is shown in Figure 12–6.

Figure 12–6 Selecting a Dark Orchid Color Pattern

Related Documentation

■ ListView

■ ListCell

■ ComboBoxListCell

■ Customization of UI Controls

Page 66: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing the List Item Selection

12-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 67: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

13

Table View 13-1

13Table View

In this chapter, you learn how to perform basic operations with tables in JavaFX applications, such as adding a table, populating the table with data, and editing table rows.

Several classes in the JavaFX SDK API are designed to represent data in a tabular form. The most important classes for creating tables in JavaFX applications are TableView, TableColumn, and TableCell. You can populate a table by implementing the data model and by applying a cell factory.

The table classes provide built-in capabilities to sort data in columns and to resize columns when necessary.

Figure 13–1 shows a typical table representing contact information from an address book.

Figure 13–1 Table Sample

Page 68: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Table

13-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Creating a TableThe code fragment in Example 13–1 creates an empty table with three columns and adds it to the application scene.

Example 13–1 Adding a Table

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TableViewSample extends Application { private final TableView table = new TableView(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(300); stage.setHeight(500); final Label label = new Label("Address Book"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); table.setEditable(true); TableColumn firstNameCol = new TableColumn("First Name"); TableColumn lastNameCol = new TableColumn("Last Name"); TableColumn emailCol = new TableColumn("Email"); table.getColumns().addAll(firstNameCol, lastNameCol, emailCol); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, table); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

The table control is created by instantiating the TableView class. In Example 13–1, it is added to the VBox layout container, however, you can add it directly to the application scene.

Page 69: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Table

Table View 13-3

Example 13–1 defines three columns to store the following information in an address book: a contact’s first name and last name, and an email address. The columns are created by using the TableColumn class.

The getColumns method of the TableView class adds the previously created columns to the table. In your applications, you can use this method to dynamically add and remove columns.

Compiling and running this application produces the output shown in Figure 13–2.

Figure 13–2 Table Without Data

You can manage visibility of the columns by calling the setVisible method. For example, if the logic of your application requires hiding user email addresses, you can implement this task as follows: emailCol.setVisible(false).

When the structure of your data requires a more complicated representation, you can create nested columns.

For example, suppose that the contacts in the address book have two email accounts. Then you need two columns to show the primary and the secondary email addresses. Create two subcolumns, and call the getColumns method on emailCol as shown in Example 13–2.

Example 13–2 Creating Nested Columns

TableColumn firstEmailCol = new TableColumn("Primary");TableColumn secondEmailCol = new TableColumn("Secondary");

emailCol.getColumns().addAll(firstEmailCol, secondEmailCol);

After you have added these lines to Example 13–1, and compiled and run the application code, the table appears as shown in Figure 13–3.

Page 70: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Defining the Data Model

13-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 13–3 Table with Nested Columns

Although the table is added to the application, the standard caption "No content in table" appears, because no data is defined. Instead of showing this caption, you can use the setPlaceholder method to specify a Node object to appear in an empty table.

Defining the Data ModelWhen you create a table in a JavaFX application, it is a best practice to implement a class that defines the data model and provides methods and fields to further work with the table. Example 13–3 creates the Person class to define data in an address book.

Example 13–3 Creating the Person Class

public static class Person { private final SimpleStringProperty firstName; private final SimpleStringProperty lastName; private final SimpleStringProperty email; private Person(String fName, String lName, String email) { this.firstName = new SimpleStringProperty(fName); this.lastName = new SimpleStringProperty(lName); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getFirstName() { return firstName.get(); } public void setFirstName(String fName) { firstName.set(fName); } public String getLastName() { return lastName.get();

Page 71: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Defining the Data Model

Table View 13-5

} public void setLastName(String fName) { lastName.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }

The firstName, lastName, and email string properties are created to enable the referencing of a particular data element.

Additionally, the get and set methods are provided for each data element. Thus, for example, the getFirstName method returns the value of the firstName property, and the setFirstName method specifies a value for this property.

When the data model is outlined in the Person class, you can create an ObservableList array and define as many data rows as you would like to show in your table. The code fragment in Example 13–4 implements this task.

Example 13–4 Defining Table Data in an Observable List

final ObservableList<Person> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new Person("Jacob", "Smith", "[email protected]"), new Person("Isabella", "Johnson", "[email protected]"), new Person("Ethan", "Williams", "[email protected]"), new Person("Emma", "Jones", "[email protected]"), new Person("Michael", "Brown", "[email protected]"));

The next step is to associate the data with the table columns. You can do this through the properties defined for each data element, as shown in Example 13–5.

Example 13–5 Setting Data Properties to Columns

firstNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("firstName"));lastNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("lastName"));emailCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("email"));

The setCellValueFactory method specifies a cell factory for each column. The cell factories are implemented by using the PropertyValueFactory class, which uses the firstName, lastName, and email properties of the table columns as references to the corresponding methods of the Person class.

When the data model is defined, and the data is added and associated with the columns, you can add the data to the table by using the setItems method of the TableView class: table.setItems(data).

Because the ObservableList object enables the tracking of any changes to its elements, the TableView content automatically updates whenever the data changes.

Page 72: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Defining the Data Model

13-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Examine the application code shown in Example 13–6.

Example 13–6 Creating a Table and Adding Data to It

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.control.cell.PropertyValueFactory;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TableViewSample extends Application { private final TableView<Person> table = new TableView<>(); private final ObservableList<Person> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new Person("Jacob", "Smith", "[email protected]"), new Person("Isabella", "Johnson", "[email protected]"), new Person("Ethan", "Williams", "[email protected]"), new Person("Emma", "Jones", "[email protected]"), new Person("Michael", "Brown", "[email protected]") ); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(450); stage.setHeight(500); final Label label = new Label("Address Book"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); table.setEditable(true); TableColumn firstNameCol = new TableColumn("First Name"); firstNameCol.setMinWidth(100); firstNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("firstName")); TableColumn lastNameCol = new TableColumn("Last Name"); lastNameCol.setMinWidth(100); lastNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("lastName")); TableColumn emailCol = new TableColumn("Email"); emailCol.setMinWidth(200); emailCol.setCellValueFactory(

Page 73: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Defining the Data Model

Table View 13-7

new PropertyValueFactory<>("email")); table.setItems(data); table.getColumns().addAll(firstNameCol, lastNameCol, emailCol); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, table); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static class Person { private final SimpleStringProperty firstName; private final SimpleStringProperty lastName; private final SimpleStringProperty email; private Person(String fName, String lName, String email) { this.firstName = new SimpleStringProperty(fName); this.lastName = new SimpleStringProperty(lName); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getFirstName() { return firstName.get(); } public void setFirstName(String fName) { firstName.set(fName); } public String getLastName() { return lastName.get(); } public void setLastName(String fName) { lastName.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }}

When you compile and run this application code, the table shown in Figure 13–4 appears.

Page 74: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Rows

13-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 13–4 Table Populated with Data

Adding New RowsThe table in Figure 13–4 contains five rows of data, which cannot be modified so far.

You can use text fields to enter new values into the First Name, Last Name, and Email columns. The Text Field control enables your application to receive text input from a user. Example 13–7 creates three text fields, defines the prompt text for each field, and creates the Add button.

Example 13–7 Using Text Fields to Enter New Items in the Table

final TextField addFirstName = new TextField();addFirstName.setPromptText("First Name");addFirstName.setMaxWidth(firstNameCol.getPrefWidth());

final TextField addLastName = new TextField();addLastName.setMaxWidth(lastNameCol.getPrefWidth());addLastName.setPromptText("Last Name");

final TextField addEmail = new TextField();addEmail.setMaxWidth(emailCol.getPrefWidth());addEmail.setPromptText("Email"); final Button addButton = new Button("Add");addButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { data.add(new Person( addFirstName.getText(), addLastName.getText(), addEmail.getText() )); addFirstName.clear(); addLastName.clear(); addEmail.clear();});

Page 75: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Rows

Table View 13-9

When a user clicks the Add button, the values entered in the text fields are included in a Person constructor and added to the data observable list. Thus, the new entry with contact information appears in the table.

Examine the application code shown in Example 13–8.

Example 13–8 Table with the Text Fields to Enter New Items

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.cell.PropertyValueFactory;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TableViewSample extends Application { private final TableView<Person> table = new TableView<>(); private final ObservableList<Person> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new Person("Jacob", "Smith", "[email protected]"), new Person("Isabella", "Johnson", "[email protected]"), new Person("Ethan", "Williams", "[email protected]"), new Person("Emma", "Jones", "[email protected]"), new Person("Michael", "Brown", "[email protected]")); final HBox hb = new HBox(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(450); stage.setHeight(550); final Label label = new Label("Address Book"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); table.setEditable(true); TableColumn firstNameCol = new TableColumn("First Name"); firstNameCol.setMinWidth(100); firstNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("firstName"));

Page 76: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Rows

13-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

TableColumn lastNameCol = new TableColumn("Last Name"); lastNameCol.setMinWidth(100); lastNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("lastName")); TableColumn emailCol = new TableColumn("Email"); emailCol.setMinWidth(200); emailCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("email")); table.setItems(data); table.getColumns().addAll(firstNameCol, lastNameCol, emailCol); final TextField addFirstName = new TextField(); addFirstName.setPromptText("First Name"); addFirstName.setMaxWidth(firstNameCol.getPrefWidth()); final TextField addLastName = new TextField(); addLastName.setMaxWidth(lastNameCol.getPrefWidth()); addLastName.setPromptText("Last Name"); final TextField addEmail = new TextField(); addEmail.setMaxWidth(emailCol.getPrefWidth()); addEmail.setPromptText("Email"); final Button addButton = new Button("Add"); addButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { data.add(new Person( addFirstName.getText(), addLastName.getText(), addEmail.getText())); addFirstName.clear(); addLastName.clear(); addEmail.clear(); }); hb.getChildren().addAll(addFirstName, addLastName, addEmail, addButton); hb.setSpacing(3); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, table, hb); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static class Person { private final SimpleStringProperty firstName; private final SimpleStringProperty lastName; private final SimpleStringProperty email; private Person(String fName, String lName, String email) { this.firstName = new SimpleStringProperty(fName); this.lastName = new SimpleStringProperty(lName); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); }

Page 77: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Rows

Table View 13-11

public String getFirstName() { return firstName.get(); } public void setFirstName(String fName) { firstName.set(fName); } public String getLastName() { return lastName.get(); } public void setLastName(String fName) { lastName.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }}

This application does not provide any filters to check if, for example, an email address was entered in an incorrect format. You can provide such functionality when you develop your own application.

The current implementation also does not check to determine if the empty values are entered. If no values are provided, clicking the Add button inserts an empty row in the table.

Figure 13–5 demonstrates how a user adds a new row of data.

Page 78: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Rows

13-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 13–5 Adding Contact Information to the Address Book

Figure 13–6 shows the table after the Add button is clicked. The contact details of Emma White now appear in the table.

Figure 13–6 Newly Added Entry

Page 79: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

Table View 13-13

Sorting Data in ColumnsThe TableView class provides built-in capabilities to sort data in columns. Users can alter the order of data by clicking column headers. The first click enables the ascending sorting order, the second click enables descending sorting order, and the third click disables sorting. By default, no sorting is applied.

Users can sort multiple columns in a table and specify the priority of each column in the sort operation. To sort multiple columns, the user presses the Shift key while clicking the header of each column to be sorted.

In Figure 13–7, an ascending sort order is applied to the first names, while last names are sorted in a descending order. Note that the first column has priority over the second column.

Figure 13–7 Sorting Multiple Columns

As the application developer, you can set sorting preferences for each column in your application by applying the setSortType method. You can specify both ascending and descending type. For example, use the following code line to set the descending type of sorting for the emailCol column: emailCol.setSortType(TableColumn.SortType.DESCENDING);.

You can also specify which columns to sort by adding and removing TableColumn instances from the TableView.sortOrder observable list. The order of columns in this list represents the sort priority (for example, the zero item has higher priority than the first item).

To prohibit sorting of data, call the setSortable(false) method on the column.

Editing Data in the TableThe TableView class not only renders tabular data, but it also provides capabilities to edit it. Use the setEditable method to enable editing of the table content.

Use the setCellFactory method to reimplement the table cell as a text field with the help of the TextFieldTableCell class. The setOnEditCommit method processes editing and assigns the updated value to the corresponding table cell. Example 13–9 shows

Page 80: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

13-14 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

how to apply these methods to process cell editing in the First Name, Last Name, and Email columns.

Example 13–9 Implementing Cell Editing

firstNameCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn());firstNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setFirstName(t.getNewValue());});

lastNameCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn());lastNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setLastName(t.getNewValue());});

emailCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); emailCol.setOnEditCommit((CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setEmail(t.getNewValue());});

The complete code of the application shown in Example 13–10.

Example 13–10 TableViewSample with Enabled Cell Editing

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn.CellEditEvent;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.cell.PropertyValueFactory;import javafx.scene.control.cell.TextFieldTableCell;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TableViewSample extends Application { private final TableView<Person> table = new TableView<>(); private final ObservableList<Person> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new Person("Jacob", "Smith", "[email protected]"),

Page 81: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

Table View 13-15

new Person("Isabella", "Johnson", "[email protected]"), new Person("Ethan", "Williams", "[email protected]"), new Person("Emma", "Jones", "[email protected]"), new Person("Michael", "Brown", "[email protected]")); final HBox hb = new HBox(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(450); stage.setHeight(550); final Label label = new Label("Address Book"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); table.setEditable(true); TableColumn<Person, String> firstNameCol = new TableColumn<>("First Name"); firstNameCol.setMinWidth(100); firstNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("firstName")); firstNameCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); firstNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setFirstName(t.getNewValue()); }); TableColumn<Person, String> lastNameCol = new TableColumn<>("Last Name"); lastNameCol.setMinWidth(100); lastNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("lastName")); lastNameCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); lastNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setLastName(t.getNewValue()); }); TableColumn<Person, String> emailCol = new TableColumn<>("Email"); emailCol.setMinWidth(200); emailCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("email")); emailCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); emailCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setEmail(t.getNewValue());

Page 82: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

13-16 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

}); table.setItems(data); table.getColumns().addAll(firstNameCol, lastNameCol, emailCol); final TextField addFirstName = new TextField(); addFirstName.setPromptText("First Name"); addFirstName.setMaxWidth(firstNameCol.getPrefWidth()); final TextField addLastName = new TextField(); addLastName.setMaxWidth(lastNameCol.getPrefWidth()); addLastName.setPromptText("Last Name"); final TextField addEmail = new TextField(); addEmail.setMaxWidth(emailCol.getPrefWidth()); addEmail.setPromptText("Email"); final Button addButton = new Button("Add"); addButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { data.add(new Person( addFirstName.getText(), addLastName.getText(), addEmail.getText())); addFirstName.clear(); addLastName.clear(); addEmail.clear(); }); hb.getChildren().addAll(addFirstName, addLastName, addEmail, addButton); hb.setSpacing(3); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, table, hb); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static class Person { private final SimpleStringProperty firstName; private final SimpleStringProperty lastName; private final SimpleStringProperty email; private Person(String fName, String lName, String email) { this.firstName = new SimpleStringProperty(fName); this.lastName = new SimpleStringProperty(lName); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getFirstName() { return firstName.get(); } public void setFirstName(String fName) { firstName.set(fName); }

Page 83: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

Table View 13-17

public String getLastName() { return lastName.get(); } public void setLastName(String fName) { lastName.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }}

In Figure 13–8, the user is editing the last name of Michael Brown. To edit a table cell, the user enters the new value in the cell, and then presses the Enter key. The cell is not modified until the Enter key is pressed. This behavior is determined by the implementation of the TextField class.

Figure 13–8 Editing a Table Cell

Note that the default implementation of the TextField control requires that users press the Enter key to commit the edit. You can redefine the TextField behavior to commit the edit on the focus change, which is an expected user experience. Try the modified code in to implement such an alternative behavior.

Page 84: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

13-18 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 13–11 Alternative Solution Of Cell Editing

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableCell;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn.CellEditEvent;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.cell.PropertyValueFactory;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; public class TableViewSample extends Application { private final TableView<Person> table = new TableView<>(); private final ObservableList<Person> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new Person("Jacob", "Smith", "[email protected]"), new Person("Isabella", "Johnson", "[email protected]"), new Person("Ethan", "Williams", "[email protected]"), new Person("Emma", "Jones", "[email protected]"), new Person("Michael", "Brown", "[email protected]")); final HBox hb = new HBox(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(450); stage.setHeight(550); final Label label = new Label("Address Book"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); table.setEditable(true); Callback<TableColumn<Person, String>, TableCell<Person, String>> cellFactory = (TableColumn<Person, String> p) -> new EditingCell(); TableColumn<Person, String> firstNameCol = new TableColumn<>("First Name"); TableColumn<Person, String> lastNameCol = new TableColumn<>("Last Name");

Page 85: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

Table View 13-19

TableColumn<Person, String> emailCol = new TableColumn<>("Email"); firstNameCol.setMinWidth(100); firstNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("firstName")); firstNameCol.setCellFactory(cellFactory); firstNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setFirstName(t.getNewValue()); }); lastNameCol.setMinWidth(100); lastNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("lastName")); lastNameCol.setCellFactory(cellFactory); lastNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setLastName(t.getNewValue()); }); emailCol.setMinWidth(200); emailCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("email")); emailCol.setCellFactory(cellFactory); emailCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setEmail(t.getNewValue()); }); table.setItems(data); table.getColumns().addAll(firstNameCol, lastNameCol, emailCol); final TextField addFirstName = new TextField(); addFirstName.setPromptText("First Name"); addFirstName.setMaxWidth(firstNameCol.getPrefWidth()); final TextField addLastName = new TextField(); addLastName.setMaxWidth(lastNameCol.getPrefWidth()); addLastName.setPromptText("Last Name"); final TextField addEmail = new TextField(); addEmail.setMaxWidth(emailCol.getPrefWidth()); addEmail.setPromptText("Email"); final Button addButton = new Button("Add"); addButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { data.add(new Person( addFirstName.getText(), addLastName.getText(), addEmail.getText())); addFirstName.clear(); addLastName.clear(); addEmail.clear(); });

Page 86: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

13-20 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

hb.getChildren().addAll(addFirstName, addLastName, addEmail, addButton); hb.setSpacing(3); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, table, hb); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static class Person { private final SimpleStringProperty firstName; private final SimpleStringProperty lastName; private final SimpleStringProperty email; private Person(String fName, String lName, String email) { this.firstName = new SimpleStringProperty(fName); this.lastName = new SimpleStringProperty(lName); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getFirstName() { return firstName.get(); } public void setFirstName(String fName) { firstName.set(fName); } public String getLastName() { return lastName.get(); } public void setLastName(String fName) { lastName.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } } class EditingCell extends TableCell<Person, String> { private TextField textField; public EditingCell() { } @Override

Page 87: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editing Data in the Table

Table View 13-21

public void startEdit() { if (!isEmpty()) { super.startEdit(); createTextField(); setText(null); setGraphic(textField); textField.selectAll(); } } @Override public void cancelEdit() { super.cancelEdit(); setText((String) getItem()); setGraphic(null); } @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (empty) { setText(null); setGraphic(null); } else { if (isEditing()) { if (textField != null) { textField.setText(getString()); } setText(null); setGraphic(textField); } else { setText(getString()); setGraphic(null); } } } private void createTextField() { textField = new TextField(getString()); textField.setMinWidth(this.getWidth() - this.getGraphicTextGap()* 2); textField.focusedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> arg0, Boolean arg1, Boolean arg2) -> { if (!arg2) { commitEdit(textField.getText()); } }); } private String getString() { return getItem() == null ? "" : getItem().toString(); } }}

Note that this approach might become redundant in future releases as the TextFieldTableCell implementation is being evolved to provide better user experience.

Page 88: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Maps of Data to the Table

13-22 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Adding Maps of Data to the TableYou can add the Map data to the table. Use the MapValueFactory class as shown in Example 13–12 to display the map of student IDs in the table.

Example 13–12 Adding Map Data to the Table

import java.util.HashMap;import java.util.Map;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableCell;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.control.cell.MapValueFactory;import javafx.scene.control.cell.TextFieldTableCell;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback;import javafx.util.StringConverter; public class TableViewSample extends Application { public static final String Column1MapKey = "A"; public static final String Column2MapKey = "B"; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(300); stage.setHeight(500); final Label label = new Label("Student IDs"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); TableColumn<Map, String> firstDataColumn = new TableColumn<>("Class A"); TableColumn<Map, String> secondDataColumn = new TableColumn<>("Class B"); firstDataColumn.setCellValueFactory(new MapValueFactory(Column1MapKey)); firstDataColumn.setMinWidth(130); secondDataColumn.setCellValueFactory(new MapValueFactory(Column2MapKey)); secondDataColumn.setMinWidth(130); TableView tableView = new TableView<>(generateDataInMap()); tableView.setEditable(true); tableView.getSelectionModel().setCellSelectionEnabled(true); tableView.getColumns().setAll(firstDataColumn, secondDataColumn); Callback<TableColumn<Map, String>, TableCell<Map, String>>

Page 89: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Maps of Data to the Table

Table View 13-23

cellFactoryForMap = (TableColumn<Map, String> p) -> new TextFieldTableCell(new StringConverter() { @Override public String toString(Object t) { return t.toString(); } @Override public Object fromString(String string) { return string; } }); firstDataColumn.setCellFactory(cellFactoryForMap); secondDataColumn.setCellFactory(cellFactoryForMap); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, tableView); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private ObservableList<Map> generateDataInMap() { int max = 10; ObservableList<Map> allData = FXCollections.observableArrayList(); for (int i = 1; i < max; i++) { Map<String, String> dataRow = new HashMap<>(); String value1 = "A" + i; String value2 = "B" + i; dataRow.put(Column1MapKey, value1); dataRow.put(Column2MapKey, value2); allData.add(dataRow); } return allData; }}

The MapValueFactory class implements the Callback interface, and it is designed specifically to be used within cell factories of table columns. In Example 13–12, the dataRow hash map presents a single row in the TableView object. The map has two String keys: Column1MapKey and Column2MapKey to map the corresponding values in the first and second columns. The setCellValueFactory method called for the table columns populates them with data matching with a particular key, so that the first column contains values that correspond to the "A" key and second column contains the values that correspond to the "B" key.

When you compile and run this application, it produces the output shown in Figure 13–9.

Page 90: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Maps of Data to the Table

13-24 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 13–9 TableVIew with Map Data

TreeTableView is the further extension of the tabular data controls in JavaFX. Refer to the Tree Table View chapter for more information about this UI control.

Related API Documentation

■ TableView

■ TableColumn

■ TableCell

■ TextField

■ TextFieldTableCell

■ TreeTableView

■ MapValueFactory

■ Button

Page 91: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

14

Tree View 14-1

14Tree View

In this chapter you can learn how to build tree structures in your JavaFX application, add items to the tree views, process events, and customize the tree cells by implementing and applying cell factories.

The TreeView class of the javafx.scene.control package provides a view of hierarchical structures. In each tree the highest object in the hierarchy is called the "root." The root contains several child items, which can have children as well. An item without children is called "leaf."

Figure 14–1 shows a screen capture of an application with a tree view.

Figure 14–1 Tree View Sample

Creating Tree ViewsWhen you build a tree structure in your JavaFX applications, you typically need to instantiate the TreeView class, define several TreeItem objects, make one of the tree items the root, add the root to the tree view and other tree items to the root.

You can accompany each tree item with a graphical icon by using the corresponding constructor of the TreeItem class or by calling the setGraphic method. The recommended size for icons is 16x16, but in fact, any Node object can be set as the icon and it will be fully interactive.

Example 14–1 is an implementation of a simple tree view with the root and five leaves.

Page 92: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Tree Views

14-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 14–1 Creating a Tree View

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.StackPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TreeViewSample extends Application { private final Node rootIcon = new ImageView( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("folder_16.png")) ); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage primaryStage) { primaryStage.setTitle("Tree View Sample"); TreeItem<String> rootItem = new TreeItem<> ("Inbox", rootIcon); rootItem.setExpanded(true); for (int i = 1; i < 6; i++) { TreeItem<String> item = new TreeItem<> ("Message" + i); rootItem.getChildren().add(item); } TreeView<String> tree = new TreeView<> (rootItem); StackPane root = new StackPane(); root.getChildren().add(tree); primaryStage.setScene(new Scene(root, 300, 250)); primaryStage.show(); }}

All the tree items created within the for loop are added to the root item by calling the getChildren and add methods. You can also use the addAll method instead of the add method to include all the previously created tree items at once.

You can specify the root of the tree within the constructor of the TreeView class when you create a new TreeView object as shown in Example 14–1, or you can set it by calling the setRoot method of the TreeView class.

The setExpanded method called on the root item defines the initial appearance of the tree view item. By default, all TreeItem instances are collapsed, and must be manually expanded if required. Pass the true value to the setExpanded method, so that the root tree item looks expanded when the application starts, as shown in Figure 14–2.

Page 93: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

Tree View 14-3

Figure 14–2 Tree View with Five Tree Items

Example 14–1 creates a simple tree view with the String items. However, a tree structure can contain items of different types. Use the following generic notation of the TreeItem constructor to define application-specific data represented by a tree item: TreeItem<T> (T value). The T value can specify any object, such as UI controls or custom components.

Unlike the TreeView class, the TreeItem class does not extend the Node class. Therefore, you cannot apply any visual effects or add menus to the tree items. Use the cell factory mechanism to overcome this obstacle and define as much custom behavior for the tree items as your application requires.

Implementing Cell FactoriesThe cell factory mechanism is used for generating TreeCell instances to represent a single TreeItem in the TreeView. Using cell factories is particularly helpful when your application operates with an excessive amount of data that is changed dynamically or added on demand.

Consider an application that visualizes human resources data of a given company, and enables users to modify employee details and add new employees.

Example 14–2 creates the Employee class and arranges employees in groups according to their departments.

Example 14–2 Creating a Model of the Human Resources Tree View

import java.util.Arrays;import java.util.List;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox; public class TreeViewSample extends Application {

Page 94: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

14-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

private final Node rootIcon = new ImageView(new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("root.png"))); private final Image depIcon = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("department.png")); List<Employee> employees = Arrays.<Employee>asList( new Employee("Jacob Smith", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Isabella Johnson", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Ethan Williams", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Emma Jones", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Michael Brown", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Anna Black", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Rodger York", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Susan Collins", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Mike Graham", "IT Support"), new Employee("Judy Mayer", "IT Support"), new Employee("Gregory Smith", "IT Support")); TreeItem<String> rootNode; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } public TreeViewSample() { this.rootNode = new TreeItem<>("MyCompany Human Resources", rootIcon); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { rootNode.setExpanded(true); for (Employee employee : employees) { TreeItem<String> empLeaf = new TreeItem<>(employee.getName()); boolean found = false; for (TreeItem<String> depNode : rootNode.getChildren()) { if (depNode.getValue().contentEquals(employee.getDepartment())){ depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); found = true; break; } } if (!found) { TreeItem<String> depNode = new TreeItem<>( employee.getDepartment(), new ImageView(depIcon) ); rootNode.getChildren().add(depNode); depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); } } stage.setTitle("Tree View Sample"); VBox box = new VBox(); final Scene scene = new Scene(box, 400, 300); scene.setFill(Color.LIGHTGRAY); TreeView<String> treeView = new TreeView<>(rootNode); box.getChildren().add(treeView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }

Page 95: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

Tree View 14-5

public static class Employee { private final SimpleStringProperty name; private final SimpleStringProperty department; private Employee(String name, String department) { this.name = new SimpleStringProperty(name); this.department = new SimpleStringProperty(department); } public String getName() { return name.get(); } public void setName(String fName) { name.set(fName); } public String getDepartment() { return department.get(); } public void setDepartment(String fName) { department.set(fName); } }}

Each Employee object in Example 14–2 has two properties: name and department. TreeItem objects corresponding to the employees are referred as tree leaves, whereas the tree items corresponding to the departments are referred to as tree items with children. The name of the new department to be created is retrieved from an Employee object by calling the getDepartment method.

When you compile and run this application, it creates the window shown in Figure 14–3.

Figure 14–3 List of Employees in the Tree View Sample Application

Page 96: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

14-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

With Example 14–2, you can preview the tree view and its items, but you cannot change the existing items or add any new items. Example 14–3 shows a modified version of the application with the cell factory implemented. The modified application enables you to change the name of an employee.

Example 14–3 Implementing a Cell Factory

import java.util.Arrays;import java.util.List;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.TreeCell;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.input.KeyCode;import javafx.scene.input.KeyEvent;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox; public class TreeViewSample extends Application { private final Node rootIcon = new ImageView(new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("root.png"))); private final Image depIcon = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("department.png")); List<Employee> employees = Arrays.<Employee>asList( new Employee("Jacob Smith", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Isabella Johnson", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Ethan Williams", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Emma Jones", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Michael Brown", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Anna Black", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Rodger York", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Susan Collins", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Mike Graham", "IT Support"), new Employee("Judy Mayer", "IT Support"), new Employee("Gregory Smith", "IT Support")); TreeItem<String> rootNode; public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } public TreeViewSample() { this.rootNode = new TreeItem<>("MyCompany Human Resources", rootIcon); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { rootNode.setExpanded(true); for (Employee employee : employees) { TreeItem<String> empLeaf = new TreeItem<>(employee.getName()); boolean found = false; for (TreeItem<String> depNode : rootNode.getChildren()) {

Page 97: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

Tree View 14-7

if (depNode.getValue().contentEquals(employee.getDepartment())){ depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); found = true; break; } } if (!found) { TreeItem<String> depNode = new TreeItem<>( employee.getDepartment(), new ImageView(depIcon) ); rootNode.getChildren().add(depNode); depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); } } stage.setTitle("Tree View Sample"); VBox box = new VBox(); final Scene scene = new Scene(box, 400, 300); scene.setFill(Color.LIGHTGRAY); TreeView<String> treeView = new TreeView<>(rootNode); treeView.setEditable(true); treeView.setCellFactory((TreeView<String> p) -> new TextFieldTreeCellImpl()); box.getChildren().add(treeView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private final class TextFieldTreeCellImpl extends TreeCell<String> { private TextField textField; public TextFieldTreeCellImpl() { } @Override public void startEdit() { super.startEdit(); if (textField == null) { createTextField(); } setText(null); setGraphic(textField); textField.selectAll(); } @Override public void cancelEdit() { super.cancelEdit(); setText((String) getItem()); setGraphic(getTreeItem().getGraphic()); } @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty);

Page 98: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

14-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

if (empty) { setText(null); setGraphic(null); } else { if (isEditing()) { if (textField != null) { textField.setText(getString()); } setText(null); setGraphic(textField); } else { setText(getString()); setGraphic(getTreeItem().getGraphic()); } } } private void createTextField() { textField = new TextField(getString()); textField.setOnKeyReleased((KeyEvent t) -> { if (t.getCode() == KeyCode.ENTER) { commitEdit(textField.getText()); } else if (t.getCode() == KeyCode.ESCAPE) { cancelEdit(); } }); } private String getString() { return getItem() == null ? "" : getItem().toString(); } } public static class Employee { private final SimpleStringProperty name; private final SimpleStringProperty department; private Employee(String name, String department) { this.name = new SimpleStringProperty(name); this.department = new SimpleStringProperty(department); } public String getName() { return name.get(); } public void setName(String fName) { name.set(fName); } public String getDepartment() { return department.get(); } public void setDepartment(String fName) { department.set(fName); } }

Page 99: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Tree Items on Demand

Tree View 14-9

}

The setCellFactory method called on the treeView object overrides the TreeCell implementation and redefines the tree items as specified in the TextFieldTreeCellImpl class.

The TextFieldTreeCellImpl class creates a TextField object for each tree item and provides the methods to process editing events.

Note that you must explicitly call the setEditable(true) method on the tree view to enable editing all its items.

Compile and run the application in Example 14–3. Then try to click the employees in the tree and change their names. Figure 14–4 captures the moment of editing a tree item in the IT Support department.

Figure 14–4 Changing an Employee Name

Adding New Tree Items on DemandModify the Tree View Sample application so that a human resources representative can add new employees. Use the bold code lines of Example 14–4 for your reference. These lines add a context menu to the tree items that correspond to the departments. When the Add Employee menu item is selected, the new tree item is added as a leaf to the current department.

Use the isLeaf method to distinguish between department tree items and employee tree items.

Example 14–4 Adding New Tree Items

import java.util.Arrays;import java.util.List;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.TreeCell;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;

Page 100: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Tree Items on Demand

14-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.input.KeyCode;import javafx.scene.input.KeyEvent;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.control.ContextMenu;import javafx.scene.control.MenuItem;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox; public class TreeViewSample extends Application { private final Node rootIcon = new ImageView(new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("root.png"))); private final Image depIcon = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("department.png")); List<Employee> employees = Arrays.<Employee>asList( new Employee("Jacob Smith", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Isabella Johnson", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Ethan Williams", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Emma Jones", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Michael Brown", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Anna Black", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Rodger York", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Susan Collins", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Mike Graham", "IT Support"), new Employee("Judy Mayer", "IT Support"), new Employee("Gregory Smith", "IT Support")); TreeItem<String> rootNode = new TreeItem<>("MyCompany Human Resources", rootIcon); public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { rootNode.setExpanded(true); for (Employee employee : employees) { TreeItem<String> empLeaf = new TreeItem<>(employee.getName()); boolean found = false; for (TreeItem<String> depNode : rootNode.getChildren()) { if (depNode.getValue().contentEquals(employee.getDepartment())){ depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); found = true; break; } } if (!found) { TreeItem depNode = new TreeItem(employee.getDepartment(), new ImageView(depIcon) ); rootNode.getChildren().add(depNode); depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); } } stage.setTitle("Tree View Sample"); VBox box = new VBox(); final Scene scene = new Scene(box, 400, 300);

Page 101: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Tree Items on Demand

Tree View 14-11

scene.setFill(Color.LIGHTGRAY); TreeView<String> treeView = new TreeView<>(rootNode); treeView.setEditable(true); treeView.setCellFactory((TreeView<String> p) -> new TextFieldTreeCellImpl()); box.getChildren().add(treeView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private final class TextFieldTreeCellImpl extends TreeCell<String> { private TextField textField; private final ContextMenu addMenu = new ContextMenu(); public TextFieldTreeCellImpl() { MenuItem addMenuItem = new MenuItem("Add Employee"); addMenu.getItems().add(addMenuItem); addMenuItem.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { TreeItem newEmployee = new TreeItem<>("New Employee"); getTreeItem().getChildren().add(newEmployee); }); } @Override public void startEdit() { super.startEdit(); if (textField == null) { createTextField(); } setText(null); setGraphic(textField); textField.selectAll(); } @Override public void cancelEdit() { super.cancelEdit(); setText((String) getItem()); setGraphic(getTreeItem().getGraphic()); } @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (empty) { setText(null); setGraphic(null); } else { if (isEditing()) { if (textField != null) { textField.setText(getString()); } setText(null);

Page 102: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding New Tree Items on Demand

14-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

setGraphic(textField); } else { setText(getString()); setGraphic(getTreeItem().getGraphic()); if ( !getTreeItem().isLeaf()&&getTreeItem().getParent()!= null ){ setContextMenu(addMenu); } } } } private void createTextField() { textField = new TextField(getString()); textField.setOnKeyReleased((KeyEvent t) -> { if (t.getCode() == KeyCode.ENTER) { commitEdit(textField.getText()); } else if (t.getCode() == KeyCode.ESCAPE) { cancelEdit(); } }); } private String getString() { return getItem() == null ? "" : getItem().toString(); } } public static class Employee { private final SimpleStringProperty name; private final SimpleStringProperty department; private Employee(String name, String department) { this.name = new SimpleStringProperty(name); this.department = new SimpleStringProperty(department); } public String getName() { return name.get(); } public void setName(String fName) { name.set(fName); } public String getDepartment() { return department.get(); } public void setDepartment(String fName) { department.set(fName); } }}

Compile and run the application. Then select a department in the tree structure and right-click it. The context menu appears, as shown in Figure 14–5.

Page 103: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Tree Cell Editors

Tree View 14-13

Figure 14–5 Context Menu for Adding New Employees

When you select the Add Employee menu item from the context menu, the new record is added to the current department. Figure 14–6 shows a new tree item added to the Accounts Department.

Figure 14–6 Newly Added Employee

Because editing is enabled for the tree items, you can change the default "New Employee" value to the appropriate name.

Using Tree Cell EditorsYou can use the following tree cell editors available in the API: CheckBoxTreeCell, ChoiceBoxTreeCell, ComboBoxTreeCell, TextFieldTreeCell. There classes extend the TreeCell implementation to render a particular control inside the cell.

Example 14–5 demonstrates the use of the CheckBoxTreeCell class in the UI that builds a hierarchical structure of checkboxes.

Example 14–5 Using the CheckBoxTreeCell Class

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;

Page 104: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Tree Cell Editors

14-14 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.control.cell.CheckBoxTreeCell;import javafx.scene.layout.StackPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TreeViewSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage primaryStage) { primaryStage.setTitle("Tree View Sample"); CheckBoxTreeItem<String> rootItem = new CheckBoxTreeItem<>("View Source Files"); rootItem.setExpanded(true); final TreeView tree = new TreeView(rootItem); tree.setEditable(true); tree.setCellFactory(CheckBoxTreeCell.<String>forTreeView()); for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) { final CheckBoxTreeItem<String> checkBoxTreeItem = new CheckBoxTreeItem<>("Sample" + (i+1)); rootItem.getChildren().add(checkBoxTreeItem); } tree.setRoot(rootItem); tree.setShowRoot(true); StackPane root = new StackPane(); root.getChildren().add(tree); primaryStage.setScene(new Scene(root, 300, 250)); primaryStage.show(); }}

Example 14–5 builds the tree view by using the CheckBoxTreeItem class instead of the TreeItem. The CheckBoxTreeItem class was specifically designed to support the selected, unselected, and indeterminate states in tree structures. A CheckBoxTreeItem instance can be independent or dependent. If a CheckBoxTreeItem instance is independent, any changes to its selection state do not impact its parent and child CheckBoxTreeItem instances. By default, all the ChechBoxTreeItem instances are dependent.

Compile and run Example 14–5, then select the View Source Files item. You should see the output shown in Figure 14–7, where all the child items are selected.

Page 105: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Tree Cell Editors

Tree View 14-15

Figure 14–7 Dependent CheckBoxTreeItem

To make a CheckBoxTreeItem instance independent, use the setIndependent method: rootItem.setIndependent(true);.

When you run the TreeViewSample application, its behavior should change as shown in Figure 14–8.

Figure 14–8 Independent CheckBoxTreeItem

The TreeTableView control provides additional capabilities to present tree structures in table forms. See the Tree Table View chapter for more information about these controls.

Related Documentation

■ TreeView

■ TreeItem

■ TreeCell

■ TreeTableView

■ Cell

■ TextField

■ CheckBoxTreeCell

■ CheckBoxTreeItem

■ Customization of UI Controls

Page 106: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Tree Cell Editors

14-16 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 107: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

15

Tree Table View 15-1

15Tree Table View

This chapter describes the TreeTableView user interface component, which is a control designed to help you to visualize an unlimited hierarchy of data, presented in columns.

The TreeTableView component has much in common with the TreeView and TableView controls: it combines and extends some aspects of their functionality.

Figure 15–1 Sample of a TreeTableView Component

Creating a TreeTableView controlA basic implementation of a TreeTableView component in your application can be done by the following steps:

1. Create tree items.

2. Create the root element.

3. Add the tree items to the root element.

4. Create one or several columns.

5. Define cell content.

6. Create a tree table view.

Page 108: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a TreeTableView control

15-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

7. Assign columns to the tree table view.

In some cases, you can omit or hide the root element. Example 15–1 implements these steps to create a simple tree table view control.

Example 15–1 TreeTableView with One Column

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.ReadOnlyStringWrapper;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableView;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TreeTableViewSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Tree Table View Samples"); final Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 200, 400); Group sceneRoot = (Group)scene.getRoot(); //Creating tree items final TreeItem<String> childNode1 = new TreeItem<>("Child Node 1"); final TreeItem<String> childNode2 = new TreeItem<>("Child Node 2"); final TreeItem<String> childNode3 = new TreeItem<>("Child Node 3"); //Creating the root element final TreeItem<String> root = new TreeItem<>("Root node"); root.setExpanded(true); //Adding tree items to the root root.getChildren().setAll(childNode1, childNode2, childNode3);

//Creating a column TreeTableColumn<String,String> column = new TreeTableColumn<>("Column"); column.setPrefWidth(150); //Defining cell content column.setCellValueFactory((CellDataFeatures<String, String> p) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(p.getValue().getValue()));

//Creating a tree table view final TreeTableView<String> treeTableView = new TreeTableView<>(root); treeTableView.getColumns().add(column); treeTableView.setPrefWidth(152); treeTableView.setShowRoot(true); sceneRoot.getChildren().add(treeTableView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } }

Page 109: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Several Columns

Tree Table View 15-3

The cell factory defined for the column specifies the content to be placed into this column for each tree item.

When you compile and run Example 15–1, it produces the output shown in Figure 15–2.

Figure 15–2 Simple TreeTableView Component

Example 15–1 creates a simplified tree view component with one column, whereas in your application you often operate with the extended set of data. The next section shows you how to represent the personal data of the Sales Department employees from the Tree View use case.

Adding Several ColumnsExtend the use case described in the Tree View chapter and provide more information about each employee of the Sales Department. Example 15–2 shows you how to add columns.

Example 15–2 Creating a TreeTableView Component With Two Columns

import java.util.Arrays;import java.util.List;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.ReadOnlyStringWrapper;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TreeTableViewSample extends Application { List<Employee> employees = Arrays.<Employee>asList(

Page 110: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Several Columns

15-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

new Employee("Ethan Williams", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Emma Jones", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Michael Brown", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Anna Black", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Rodger York", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Susan Collins", "[email protected]"));

private final ImageView depIcon = new ImageView ( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("department.png")) );

final TreeItem<Employee> root = new TreeItem<>(new Employee("Sales Department", ""), depIcon); public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(TreeTableViewSample.class, args); }

@Override public void start(Stage stage) { root.setExpanded(true); employees.stream().forEach((employee) -> { root.getChildren().add(new TreeItem<>(employee)); }); stage.setTitle("Tree Table View Sample"); final Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 400, 400); scene.setFill(Color.LIGHTGRAY); Group sceneRoot = (Group) scene.getRoot();

TreeTableColumn<Employee, String> empColumn = new TreeTableColumn<>("Employee"); empColumn.setPrefWidth(150); empColumn.setCellValueFactory( (TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures<Employee, String> param) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(param.getValue().getValue().getName()) );

TreeTableColumn<Employee, String> emailColumn = new TreeTableColumn<>("Email"); emailColumn.setPrefWidth(190); emailColumn.setCellValueFactory( (TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures<Employee, String> param) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(param.getValue().getValue().getEmail()) );

TreeTableView<Employee> treeTableView = new TreeTableView<>(root); treeTableView.getColumns().setAll(empColumn, emailColumn); sceneRoot.getChildren().add(treeTableView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public class Employee { private SimpleStringProperty name; private SimpleStringProperty email; public SimpleStringProperty nameProperty() { if (name == null) { name = new SimpleStringProperty(this, "name"); } return name;

Page 111: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Several Columns

Tree Table View 15-5

} public SimpleStringProperty emailProperty() { if (email == null) { email = new SimpleStringProperty(this, "email"); } return email; } private Employee(String name, String email) { this.name = new SimpleStringProperty(name); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getName() { return name.get(); } public void setName(String fName) { name.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }}

In Example 15–2, you modify the structure of data in the Employee class and define two properties corresponding to an employee’s name and email address. The TreeTableView component provides two columns to represent them, respectively.

Inspect the code fragment shown in Example 15–3. It creates cell factories for two columns. The setCellValueFactory methods define TreeItem content for each column, so that the Employee column contains the Employee.name property values, and the Email column contains the Employee.email property values.

Example 15–3 Implementing Cell Factories for Employee and Email Columns

//Cell factory for the data the Empoyee column empColumn.setCellValueFactory( (TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures<Employee, String> param) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(param.getValue().getValue().getName()) ); //Cell factory for the data in the Email column emailColumn.setCellValueFactory( (TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures<Employee, String> param) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(param.getValue().getValue().getEmail()) );

When you compile and run the application from Example 15–2, the output shown in Figure 15–3 appears.

Page 112: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Visual Appearance

15-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 15–3 TreeTableView Component with Employee and Email Columns

The default style of the tree table forces all tree elements to be expanded and all table columns to be shown. However, you can change these and other default settings by using the corresponding properties and methods of the TreeTableView and TreeTableColumn classes.

Altering Visual AppearanceYou can enable showing the table menu button, so that users of your application will be able to toggle the visibility of the table columns. Call the treeTableView.setTableMenuButtonVisible(true); method for the treeTableView object. The method adds the "+" button to the table header. Figure 15–4 captures the moment when a user hides the Employee column.

Figure 15–4 TreeTableView With the Enabled Table Menu Button

Page 113: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Selection Mode

Tree Table View 15-7

You can also control the visibility of the root tree item by using the setShowRoot method of the TreeTableView class: treeTableView.setShowRoot(false);. The false value, passed to it, hides the root as shown in Figure 15–5.

Figure 15–5 TreeTableView Control Without the Root Tree Item

You can sort data in columns by clicking the column headers and switching the sorting modes from ascending to descending and vice versa. In addition to the built-in sorting support, data sorting is available through the TreeTableColumn and TreeTableView properties listed in Example 15–4.

Example 15–4 Sorting Mode Settings

//Setting the descending mode of sorting for the Email columnemailColumn.setSortType(TreeTableColumn.SortType.DESCENDING);//Setting the ascending mode of sorting for the Email columnemailColumn.setSortType(TreeTableColumn.SortType.ASCENDING);//Applying the sorting mode to all tree itemstreeTableView.setSortMode(TreeSortMode.ALL_DESCENDANTS);//Applying the sorting mode only to the first-level nodestreeTableView.setSortMode(TreeSortMode.ONLY_FIRST_LEVEL);

Managing Selection ModeThe default selection model implemented for the TreeTableView class is defined in the MultipleSelectionModel abstract class that specifies the default value as SelectionMode.SINGLE. To enable multiple selection of the tree items and cells, use a combination of the setSelectionModel and setCellSelectionEnabled methods. See Table 15–1 for more information about available values and the resulting behavior.

Table 15–1 Selection Model Settings

setSelectionModel setCellSelectionEnabled Behavior

SelectionMode.SINGLE false Enables selection of a single row in the table.

Page 114: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Selection Mode

15-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

For example, you can implement a selection of several cells in several rows for the TreeTableView component as shown in Example 15–5.

Example 15–5 Enabling Multiple Selection for the Cells

treeTableView.getSelectionModel().setSelectionMode(SelectionMode.MULTIPLE);treeeTableView.getSelectionModel().setCellSelectionEnabled(true);

Figure 15–6 shows the cells that you can select after the lines in Example 15–5 are added to the code of the TreeTableViewSample application.

Figure 15–6 Multiple Selection of Table Cells

Because the TreeTableView control encapsulates all features of table view and tree view, you might want to see the Table View and Tree View chapters for more information about additional capabilities.

Related Documentation

■ TreeView

■ TreeItem

■ TreeCell

■ Cell

■ TableView

■ TableColumn

SelectionMode.SINGLE true Enables selection of a single cell in the table.

SelectionMode.MULTUPLE false Enables selection of several rows in the table.

SelectionMode.MULTIPLE true Enables selection of several cells in several rows.

Table 15–1 (Cont.) Selection Model Settings

setSelectionModel setCellSelectionEnabled Behavior

Page 115: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Selection Mode

Tree Table View 15-9

■ TreeTableView

■ TreeTableColumn

■ TreeTableRow

■ TreeTableCell

■ Customization of UI Controls

Page 116: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Selection Mode

15-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 117: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

16

Combo Box 16-1

16Combo Box

This chapter explains how to use combo boxes in your JavaFX application. It discusses editable and uneditable combo boxes, teaches you how to track changes in the editable combo boxes and handle events on them, and explains how to use cell factories to alter the default implementation of a combo box.

A combo box is a typical element of a user interface that enables users to choose one of several options. A combo box is helpful when the number of items to show exceeds some limit, because it can add scrolling to the drop down list, unlike a choice box. If the number of items does not exceed a certain limit, developers can decide whether a combo box or a choice box better suits their needs.

You can create a combo box in the JavaFX application by using the ComboBox class of the JavaFX API. Figure 16–1 shows an application with two combo boxes.

Figure 16–1 Application with Two Combo Boxes

Creating Combo BoxesWhen creating a combo box, you must instantiate the ComboBox class and define the items as an observable list, just like other UI controls such as ChoiceBox, ListView, and TableView. Example 16–1 sets the items within a constructor.

Example 16–1 Creating a Combo Box with an Observable List

ObservableList<String> options = FXCollections.observableArrayList(

Page 118: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Combo Boxes

16-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

"Option 1", "Option 2", "Option 3" );final ComboBox comboBox = new ComboBox(options);

Another possibility is to create a combo box by using an empty constructor and call the setItems method on it, as follows: comboBox.setItems(options);

When the combo box is added to the application scene, it appears in the user interface as shown in Figure 16–2.

Figure 16–2 Combo Box with Three Items

At any time, you can supplement the list of items with new values. Example 16–2 implements this task by adding three more items to the comboBox control.

Example 16–2 Adding Items to a Combo Box

comboBox.getItems().addAll( "Option 4", "Option 5", "Option 6");

The ComboBox class provides handy properties and methods to use with combo boxes.

You can use the setValue method to specify the item selected in the combo box. When you call the setValue method on the ComboBox object, the selected item of the selectionModel property changes to this value even if the value is not in the combo box items list. If the items list then changes to include this value, the corresponding item becomes selected.

Similarly, you can obtain the value of the selected item by calling the getValue method. When a user selects an item, the selected item of the selectionModel property and the combo box value property are both updated to the new value.

You can also restrict the number of visible rows in the ComboBox drop down list when it is displayed. The following code line enables the display of three items for the comboBox control: comboBox.setVisibleRowCount(3) As the result of calling this method, the number of visible rows is limited to three, and a scroll bar appears (as shown in Figure 16–3).

Figure 16–3 Setting the Number of Visible Rows for a Combo Box

Page 119: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Combo Boxes

Combo Box 16-3

Although the ComboBox class has a generic notation and enables users to populate it with items of various types, do not use Node (or any subclass) as the type. Because the scene graph concept implies that only one Node object can be in one place of the application scene, the selected item is removed from the ComboBox list of items. When the selection changes, the previously selected item returns to the list and the new selection is removed. To prevent this situation, use the cell factory mechanism and the solution described in the API documentation. The cell factory mechanism is particularly helpful when you need to change the initial behavior or appearance of the ComboBox object.

The ComboBoxSample application is designed to illustrate how to use combo boxes in a typical email interface. Example 16–3 creates a such an interface, in which two combo boxes are used to select the email recipient and the priority of the message.

Example 16–3 Creating Combo Boxes and Adding Them to the Scene

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ComboBoxSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } final Button button = new Button ("Send"); final Label notification = new Label (); final TextField subject = new TextField(""); final TextArea text = new TextArea (""); String address = " "; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ComboBoxSample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 500, 270); final ComboBox emailComboBox = new ComboBox(); emailComboBox.getItems().addAll( "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]" ); final ComboBox priorityComboBox = new ComboBox(); priorityComboBox.getItems().addAll( "Highest", "High", "Normal", "Low", "Lowest" );

priorityComboBox.setValue("Normal");

Page 120: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editable Combo Boxes

16-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(4); grid.setHgap(10); grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); grid.add(new Label("To: "), 0, 0); grid.add(emailComboBox, 1, 0); grid.add(new Label("Priority: "), 2, 0); grid.add(priorityComboBox, 3, 0); grid.add(new Label("Subject: "), 0, 1); grid.add(subject, 1, 1, 3, 1); grid.add(text, 0, 2, 4, 1); grid.add(button, 0, 3); grid.add (notification, 1, 3, 3, 1); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(grid); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } }

Both combo boxes in Example 16–3 use the getItems and addAll methods to add items. When you compile and run this code, it produces the application window shown in Figure 16–4.

Figure 16–4 Email Recipient and Priority Combo Boxes

Editable Combo BoxesTypically, email client applications enable users to both select recipients from the address book and type a new address. An editable combo box perfectly fits this task. Use the setEditable(true) method of the ComboBox class to make a combo box editable. With the setPromptText method, you can specify the text to appear in the combo box editing area when no selection is performed. Examine the modified code of the application in Example 16–4. The bold lines are the additions made to Example 16–3.

Example 16–4 Processing Newly Typed Values in an Editable Combo Box

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.event.Event;import javafx.geometry.Insets;

Page 121: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editable Combo Boxes

Combo Box 16-5

import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ComboBoxSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } final Button button = new Button ("Send"); final Label notification = new Label (); final TextField subject = new TextField(""); final TextArea text = new TextArea (""); String address = " "; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ComboBoxSample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 500, 270); final ComboBox emailComboBox = new ComboBox(); emailComboBox.getItems().addAll( "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]" ); emailComboBox.setPromptText("Email address"); emailComboBox.setEditable(true); emailComboBox.setOnAction((Event ev) -> { address = emailComboBox.getSelectionModel().getSelectedItem().toString(); }); final ComboBox priorityComboBox = new ComboBox(); priorityComboBox.getItems().addAll( "Highest", "High", "Normal", "Low", "Lowest" );

priorityComboBox.setValue("Normal"); button.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (emailComboBox.getValue() != null && !emailComboBox.getValue().toString().isEmpty()){ notification.setText("Your message was successfully sent" + " to " + address); emailComboBox.setValue(null); if (priorityComboBox.getValue() != null && !priorityComboBox.getValue().toString().isEmpty()){ priorityComboBox.setValue(null); } subject.clear(); text.clear();

Page 122: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Editable Combo Boxes

16-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

} else { notification.setText("You have not selected a recipient!"); } });

GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(4); grid.setHgap(10); grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); grid.add(new Label("To: "), 0, 0); grid.add(emailComboBox, 1, 0); grid.add(new Label("Priority: "), 2, 0); grid.add(priorityComboBox, 3, 0); grid.add(new Label("Subject: "), 0, 1); grid.add(subject, 1, 1, 3, 1); grid.add(text, 0, 2, 4, 1); grid.add(button, 0, 3); grid.add (notification, 1, 3, 3, 1); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(grid); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

Besides the ability to edit emailComboBox, this code fragment implements event handling for this control. The newly typed or selected value is stored in the address variable. When users press the Send button, the notification containing the email address is shown.

Figure 16–5 captures the moment when a user is editing the email address of Jacob Smith and changing it to [email protected].

Figure 16–5 Editing an Email Address

When the Send button is pressed, all the controls return to their default states. The clear methods are called on the TextField and TextArea objects, and the null value is set for the combo box selected items. Figure 16–6 shows the moment after the Send button is pressed.

Page 123: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying Cell Factories to Combo Boxes

Combo Box 16-7

Figure 16–6 User Interface After the Send Button Is Pressed

Applying Cell Factories to Combo BoxesYou can use the cell factory mechanism to alter the default behavior or appearance of a combo box. Example 16–5 creates a cell factory and applies it to the priority combo box to highlight priority types with special colors.

Example 16–5 Implementing a Cell Factory for the Priority Combo Box

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.event.Event;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; public class ComboBoxSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } final Button button = new Button ("Send"); final Label notification = new Label (); final TextField subject = new TextField(""); final TextArea text = new TextArea (""); String address = " "; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ComboBoxSample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 500, 270); final ComboBox emailComboBox = new ComboBox(); emailComboBox.getItems().addAll( "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]",

Page 124: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying Cell Factories to Combo Boxes

16-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

"[email protected]" ); emailComboBox.setPromptText("Email address"); emailComboBox.setEditable(true); emailComboBox.setOnAction((Event ev) -> { address = emailComboBox.getSelectionModel().getSelectedItem().toString(); }); final ComboBox priorityComboBox = new ComboBox(); priorityComboBox.getItems().addAll( "Highest", "High", "Normal", "Low", "Lowest" );

priorityComboBox.setValue("Normal"); priorityComboBox.setCellFactory( new Callback<ListView<String>, ListCell<String>>() { @Override public ListCell<String> call(ListView<String> param) { final ListCell<String> cell = new ListCell<String>() { { super.setPrefWidth(100); } @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (item != null) { setText(item); if (item.contains("High")) { setTextFill(Color.RED); } else if (item.contains("Low")){ setTextFill(Color.GREEN); } else { setTextFill(Color.BLACK); } } else { setText(null); } } }; return cell; } }); button.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (emailComboBox.getValue() != null && !emailComboBox.getValue().toString().isEmpty()){ notification.setText("Your message was successfully sent" + " to " + address); emailComboBox.setValue(null); if (priorityComboBox.getValue() != null && !priorityComboBox.getValue().toString().isEmpty()){ priorityComboBox.setValue(null); }

Page 125: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying Cell Factories to Combo Boxes

Combo Box 16-9

subject.clear(); text.clear(); } else { notification.setText("You have not selected a recipient!"); } }) GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(4); grid.setHgap(10); grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); grid.add(new Label("To: "), 0, 0); grid.add(emailComboBox, 1, 0); grid.add(new Label("Priority: "), 2, 0); grid.add(priorityComboBox, 3, 0); grid.add(new Label("Subject: "), 0, 1); grid.add(subject, 1, 1, 3, 1); grid.add(text, 0, 2, 4, 1); grid.add(button, 0, 3); grid.add (notification, 1, 3, 3, 1); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(grid); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } }

The cell factory produces ListCell objects. Every cell is associated with a single combo box item. The width of each combo box item is set through the setPrefWidth method. The updateItem method sets the red color for the High and Highest items, green color for the Low and Lowest items, and leaves the Normal item black.

Figure 16–7 shows the items of the priority combo box after the cell factory in Example 16–5 is applied.

Figure 16–7 Modified the Priority Combo Box

You can further enhance the appearance of the ComboBox control by applying CSS styles or visual effects.

Related API Documentation

Page 126: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying Cell Factories to Combo Boxes

16-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

■ ComboBox

■ ComboBoxBase

■ ListView

■ ListCell

■ Button

Page 127: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

17

Separator 17-1

17Separator

This chapter explains how to use separator to organize UI components of you JavaFX applications.

The Separator class that is available in the JavaFX API represents a horizontal or vertical separator line. It serves to divide elements of the application user interface and does not produce any action. However, you can style it, apply visual effects to it, or even animate it. By default, the separator is horizontal. You can change its orientation by using the setOrientation method.

Creating a SeparatorThe code fragment in Example 17–1 creates one horizontal separator and one vertical separator.

Example 17–1 Vertical and Horizontal Separators

//Horizontal separatorSeparator separator1 = new Separator();//Vertical separatorSeparator separator2 = new Separator();separator2.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL);

The Separator class is an extension of the Node class. Therefore, the separator inherits all the instance variables of the Node class.

Typically, separators are used to divide groups of the UI controls. Study the code fragment shown in Example 17–2. It separates the spring month checkboxes from the summer month checkboxes.

Example 17–2 Using a Separator Between Checkbox Categories

final String[] names = new String[]{"March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August"};final CheckBox[] cbs = new CheckBox[names.length];final Separator separator = new Separator();final VBox vbox = new VBox();

for (int i = 0; i < names.length; i++) { cbs[i] = new CheckBox(names[i]);} separator.setMaxWidth(40);separator.setHalignment(HPos.LEFT);vbox.getChildren().addAll(cbs);vbox.setSpacing(5);

Page 128: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Separators to the UI of Your Application

17-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

vbox.getChildren().add(3, separator);

When this code fragment is added to an application, it produces the controls shown in Figure 17–1.

Figure 17–1 Checkboxes and a Separator

A separator occupies the full horizontal or vertical space allocated to it. The setMaxWidth method is applied to define a particular width. The setValignment method specifies the vertical position of the separator within the allocated layout space. Similarly, you can set the horizontal position of the separator line by applying the setHalignment method.

In Example 17–2, the separator is added to the vertical box by using a dedicated method add(index, node). You can use this approach in your application to include separators after the UI is created or when the UI is dynamically changed.

Adding Separators to the UI of Your ApplicationAs previously mentioned, separators can be used to divide groups of UI controls. You can also use them to structure a user interface. Consider the task of rendering the weather forecast data shown in Figure 17–2.

Figure 17–2 Structuring Weather Forecast Data with Separators

For the application shown in Figure 17–2, separators are used to divide Label and ImageView objects. Study the source code of this application shown in Example 17–3.

Example 17–3 Using Separators in a Weather Forecast Application

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Orientation;import javafx.geometry.VPos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;

Page 129: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Separators to the UI of Your Application

Separator 17-3

import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class SeparatorSample extends Application { Label caption = new Label("Weather Forecast"); Label friday = new Label("Friday"); Label saturday = new Label("Saturday"); Label sunday = new Label("Sunday"); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 350, 150); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Separator Sample"); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10)); grid.setVgap(2); grid.setHgap(5); scene.setRoot(grid); Image cloudImage = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("cloud.jpg")); Image sunImage = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("sun.jpg")); caption.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(caption, 0, 0); GridPane.setColumnSpan(caption, 8); grid.getChildren().add(caption); final Separator sepHor = new Separator(); sepHor.setValignment(VPos.CENTER); GridPane.setConstraints(sepHor, 0, 1); GridPane.setColumnSpan(sepHor, 7); grid.getChildren().add(sepHor); friday.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 18)); GridPane.setConstraints(friday, 0, 2); GridPane.setColumnSpan(friday, 2); grid.getChildren().add(friday); final Separator sepVert1 = new Separator(); sepVert1.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL); sepVert1.setValignment(VPos.CENTER); sepVert1.setPrefHeight(80); GridPane.setConstraints(sepVert1, 2, 2); GridPane.setRowSpan(sepVert1, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepVert1); saturday.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 18)); GridPane.setConstraints(saturday, 3, 2); GridPane.setColumnSpan(saturday, 2); grid.getChildren().add(saturday); final Separator sepVert2 = new Separator(); sepVert2.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL); sepVert2.setValignment(VPos.CENTER); sepVert2.setPrefHeight(80);

Page 130: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Separators

17-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

GridPane.setConstraints(sepVert2, 5, 2); GridPane.setRowSpan(sepVert2, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepVert2); sunday.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 18)); GridPane.setConstraints(sunday, 6, 2); GridPane.setColumnSpan(sunday, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sunday); final ImageView cloud = new ImageView(cloudImage); GridPane.setConstraints(cloud, 0, 3); grid.getChildren().add(cloud); final Label t1 = new Label("16"); t1.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(t1, 1, 3); grid.getChildren().add(t1); final ImageView sun1 = new ImageView(sunImage); GridPane.setConstraints(sun1, 3, 3); grid.getChildren().add(sun1); final Label t2 = new Label("18"); t2.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(t2, 4, 3); grid.getChildren().add(t2); final ImageView sun2 = new ImageView(sunImage); GridPane.setConstraints(sun2, 6, 3); grid.getChildren().add(sun2); final Label t3 = new Label("20"); t3.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(t3, 7, 3); grid.getChildren().add(t3); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

This application uses both horizontal and vertical separators and makes the separators span rows and columns in the GridPane container. In your application, you can also set the preferred length for a separator (width for a horizontal separator and height for a vertical separator), so that it can change dynamically when the user interface resizes. You can also alter the visual appearance of a separator by applying the CSS classes available for Separator objects.

Styling SeparatorsTo apply the same style to all the separators in Example 17–3, you create CSS file (for example, controlStyle.css) and save this file in the same package as the main class of your application. Example 17–4 demonstrates the CSS classes that you can add to the controlStyle file.

Page 131: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Separators

Separator 17-5

Example 17–4 Using CSS Classes to Style Separators

/*controlStyle.css */.separator .line { -fx-border-color: #e79423; -fx-border-width: 2; }

You can enable the separator style in the application through the getStylesheets method of the Scene class, as shown in Example 17–5.

Example 17–5 Enabling Style Sheets in a JavaFX Application

scene.getStylesheets().add("separatorsample/controlStyle.css");

Figure 17–3 shows how the separators in the weather forecast look when the modified application is compiled and run.

Figure 17–3 Styled Separators

Related API Documentation

■ Separator

■ JavaFX CSS Specification

Page 132: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Separators

17-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 133: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

18

Slider 18-1

18Slider

In this chapter, you learn how to use sliders in your JavaFX applications to display and interact with a range of numeric values.

The Slider control consists of a track and a draggable thumb. It can also include tick marks and tick labels that indicate numeric values of the range. Figure 18–1 shows a typical slider and indicates its main elements.

Figure 18–1 Elements of a Slider

Creating a SliderTake a moment to review the code fragment in Example 18–1 that produces a slider shown in Figure 18–1.

Example 18–1 Creating a Slider

Slider slider = new Slider();slider.setMin(0);slider.setMax(100);slider.setValue(40);slider.setShowTickLabels(true);slider.setShowTickMarks(true);slider.setMajorTickUnit(50);slider.setMinorTickCount(5);slider.setBlockIncrement(10);

The setMin and setMax methods define, respectively, the minimum and the maximum numeric values represented by the slider. The setValue method specifies the current value of the slider, which is always less than the maximum value and more than the minimum value. Use this method to define the position of the thumb when the application starts.

Two Boolean methods, setShowTickMarks and setShowTickLabels, define the visual appearance of the slider. In Example 18–1, the marks and labels are enabled. Additionally, the unit distance between major tick marks is set to 50, and the number

Page 134: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Sliders in Graphical Applications

18-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

of minor ticks between any two major ticks is specified as 5. You can assign the setSnapToTicks method to true to keep the slider’s value aligned with the tick marks.

The setBlockIncrement method defines the distance that the thumb moves when a user clicks on the track. In Example 18–1, this value is 10, which means that each time a user clicks on the track, the thumb moves 10 units toward the click location.

Using Sliders in Graphical ApplicationsNow examine Figure 18–2. This application uses three sliders to edit rendering characteristics of a picture. Each slider adjusts a particular visual characteristic: opacity level, sepia tone value, or scaling factor.

Figure 18–2 Three Sliders

Example 18–2 shows the source code of this application.

Example 18–2 Slider Sample

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Slider;import javafx.scene.effect.SepiaTone;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class SliderSample extends Application { final Slider opacityLevel = new Slider(0, 1, 1); final Slider sepiaTone = new Slider(0, 1, 1);

Page 135: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Sliders in Graphical Applications

Slider 18-3

final Slider scaling = new Slider (0.5, 1, 1); final Image image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream( "cappuccino.jpg") ); final Label opacityCaption = new Label("Opacity Level:"); final Label sepiaCaption = new Label("Sepia Tone:"); final Label scalingCaption = new Label("Scaling Factor:"); final Label opacityValue = new Label( Double.toString(opacityLevel.getValue())); final Label sepiaValue = new Label( Double.toString(sepiaTone.getValue())); final Label scalingValue = new Label( Double.toString(scaling.getValue())); final static Color textColor = Color.BLACK; final static SepiaTone sepiaEffect = new SepiaTone(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 600, 400); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Slider Sample"); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10)); grid.setVgap(10); grid.setHgap(70); final ImageView cappuccino = new ImageView (image); cappuccino.setEffect(sepiaEffect); GridPane.setConstraints(cappuccino, 0, 0); GridPane.setColumnSpan(cappuccino, 3); grid.getChildren().add(cappuccino); scene.setRoot(grid); opacityCaption.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(opacityCaption, 0, 1); grid.getChildren().add(opacityCaption); opacityLevel.valueProperty().addListener(( ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { cappuccino.setOpacity(new_val.doubleValue()); opacityValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val)); }); GridPane.setConstraints(opacityLevel, 1, 1); grid.getChildren().add(opacityLevel); opacityValue.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(opacityValue, 2, 1); grid.getChildren().add(opacityValue); sepiaCaption.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(sepiaCaption, 0, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepiaCaption);

Page 136: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Sliders in Graphical Applications

18-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

sepiaTone.valueProperty().addListener(( ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { sepiaEffect.setLevel(new_val.doubleValue()); sepiaValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val)); }); GridPane.setConstraints(sepiaTone, 1, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepiaTone); sepiaValue.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(sepiaValue, 2, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepiaValue); scalingCaption.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(scalingCaption, 0, 3); grid.getChildren().add(scalingCaption); scaling.valueProperty().addListener(( ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { cappuccino.setScaleX(new_val.doubleValue()); cappuccino.setScaleY(new_val.doubleValue()); scalingValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val)); }); GridPane.setConstraints(scaling, 1, 3); grid.getChildren().add(scaling); scalingValue.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(scalingValue, 2, 3); grid.getChildren().add(scalingValue); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The opacity property of the ImageView object changes in accordance with the value of the first slider, named opacityLevel. The level of the SepiaTone effect changes when the value of the sepiaTone slider changes. The third slider defines the scaling factor for the picture by passing to the setScaleX and setScaleY methods the current value of the slider.

The code fragment in Example 18–3 demonstrates the methods that convert the double value returned by the getValue method of the Slider class into String. It also applies formatting to render the slider’s value as a float number with two digits after the point.

Example 18–3 Formatting the Rendered Slider’s Value

scalingValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val));

The next step to enhance the look and feel of a slider is to apply visual effects or CSS styles to it.

Related API Documentation

■ Slider

Page 137: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Sliders in Graphical Applications

Slider 18-5

■ SepiaTone

Page 138: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using Sliders in Graphical Applications

18-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 139: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

19

Progress Bar and Progress Indicator 19-1

19Progress Bar and Progress Indicator

In this chapter, you learn about the progress indicator and progress bar, the UI controls that visualize progress of any operations in your JavaFX applications.

The ProgressIndicator class and its direct subclass ProgressBar provide the capabilities to indicate that a particular task is processing and to detect how much of this work has been already done. While the ProgressBar class visualizes the progress as a completion bar, the ProgressIndicator class visualizes the progress in the form of a dynamically changing pie chart, as shown in Figure 19–1.

Figure 19–1 Progress Bar and Progress Indicator

Creating Progress ControlsUse the code fragment in Example 19–1 to insert the progress controls in your JavaFX application.

Example 19–1 Implementing the Progress Bar and Progress Indicator

ProgressBar pb = new ProgressBar(0.6);ProgressIndicator pi = new ProgressIndicator(0.6);

You can also create the progress controls without parameters by using an empty constructor. In that case, you can assign the value by using the setProgress method.

Sometimes an application cannot determine the full completion time of a task. In that case, progress controls remain in indeterminate mode until the length of the task is determined. Figure 19–2 shows different states of the progress controls depending on their progress variable value.

Page 140: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Progress Controls

19-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 19–2 Various States of Progress Controls

Example 19–2 shows the source code of the application shown in Figure 19–2.

Example 19–2 Enabling Different States of Progress Controls

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressBar;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressIndicator;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ProgressSample extends Application { final Float[] values = new Float[] {-1.0f, 0f, 0.6f, 1.0f};final Label [] labels = new Label[values.length];final ProgressBar[] pbs = new ProgressBar[values.length];final ProgressIndicator[] pins = new ProgressIndicator[values.length];final HBox hbs [] = new HBox [values.length]; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 300, 250); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Progress Controls"); for (int i = 0; i < values.length; i++) { final Label label = labels[i] = new Label(); label.setText("progress:" + values[i]); final ProgressBar pb = pbs[i] = new ProgressBar(); pb.setProgress(values[i]); final ProgressIndicator pin = pins[i] = new ProgressIndicator(); pin.setProgress(values[i]); final HBox hb = hbs[i] = new HBox(); hb.setSpacing(5); hb.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); hb.getChildren().addAll(label, pb, pin);

Page 141: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Indicating Progress in Your User Interface

Progress Bar and Progress Indicator 19-3

} final VBox vb = new VBox(); vb.setSpacing(5); vb.getChildren().addAll(hbs); scene.setRoot(vb); stage.show(); }

public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

A positive value of the progress variable between 0 and 1 indicates the percentage of progress. For example, 0.4 corresponds to 40%. A negative value for this variable indicates that the progress is in the indeterminate mode. Use the isIndeterminate method to check whether the progress control is in the indeterminate mode.

Indicating Progress in Your User InterfaceExample 19–2 was initially simplified to render all the possible states of the progress controls. In real-world applications, the progress value can be obtained through the value of other UI elements.

Study the code in Example 19–3 to learn how set values for the progress bar and progress indicator based on the slider position.

Example 19–3 Receiving the Progress Value from a Slider

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressBar;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressIndicator;import javafx.scene.control.Slider;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ProgressSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Progress Controls"); final Slider slider = new Slider(); slider.setMin(0); slider.setMax(50); final ProgressBar pb = new ProgressBar(0); final ProgressIndicator pi = new ProgressIndicator(0); slider.valueProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val,

Page 142: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Indicating Progress in Your User Interface

19-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Number new_val) -> { pb.setProgress(new_val.doubleValue()/50); pi.setProgress(new_val.doubleValue()/50); }); final HBox hb = new HBox(); hb.setSpacing(5); hb.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); hb.getChildren().addAll(slider, pb, pi); scene.setRoot(hb); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

When you compile and run this application, it produces the window shown in Figure 19–3.

Figure 19–3 Indicating the Progress Set by a Slider

An ChangeListener object determines if the slider’s value is changed and computes the progress for the progress bar and progress indicator so that the values of the progress controls are in the range of 0.0 to 1.0.

Related API Documentation.

■ ProgressBar

■ ProgressIndicator

Page 143: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

20

Hyperlink 20-1

20Hyperlink

This chapter tells about the Hyperlink control used to format text as a hyperlink.

The Hyperlink class represents another type of Labeled control. Figure 20–1 demonstrates three states of the default hyperlink implementation.

Figure 20–1 Three States of a Hyperlink Control

Creating a HyperlinkThe code fragment that produces a hyperlink is shown in Example 20–1.

Example 20–1 Typical Hyperlink

Hyperlink link = new Hyperlink();link.setText("http://example.com");link.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { System.out.println("This link is clicked");});

The setText instance method defines the text caption for the hyperlink. Because the Hyperlink class is an extension of the Labeled class, you can set a specific font and text fill for the hyperlink caption. The setOnAction method sets the specific action, which is called whenever the hyperlink is clicked, similar to how this method works for the Button control. In Example 20–1, this action is limited to printing the string. However, in your application, you might want to implement more common tasks.

Linking the Local ContentThe application in Figure 20–2 renders images from the local directory.

Page 144: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Linking the Local Content

20-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 20–2 Viewing Images

Review the source code of this application shown in Example 20–2.

Example 20–2 Using Hyperlinks to VIew Images

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.*;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HyperlinkSample extends Application { final static String[] imageFiles = new String[]{ "product.png", "education.png", "partners.png", "support.png" }; final static String[] captions = new String[]{ "Products", "Education", "Partners", "Support" }; final ImageView selectedImage = new ImageView(); final ScrollPane list = new ScrollPane(); final Hyperlink[] hpls = new Hyperlink[captions.length]; final Image[] images = new Image[imageFiles.length]; public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Hyperlink Sample"); stage.setWidth(300); stage.setHeight(200); selectedImage.setLayoutX(100); selectedImage.setLayoutY(10); for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) { final Hyperlink hpl = hpls[i] = new Hyperlink(captions[i]);

Page 145: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Linking the Local Content

Hyperlink 20-3

final Image image = images[i] = new Image( getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageFiles[i]) ); hpl.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { selectedImage.setImage(image); }); } final Button button = new Button("Refresh links"); button.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) { hpls[i].setVisited(false); selectedImage.setImage(null); } }); VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.getChildren().addAll(hpls); vbox.getChildren().add(button); vbox.setSpacing(5); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox, selectedImage); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

This application creates four Hyperlink objects within a for loop. The setOnAction method called on each hyperlink defines the behavior when a user clicks a particular hyperlink. In that case, the corresponding image from the images array is set for the selectedImage variable.

When a user clicks a hyperlink, it becomes visited. You can use the setVisited method of the Hyperlink class to refresh the links. The code fragment in Example 20–3 accomplishes this task.

Example 20–3 Refreshing the HyperlInks

final Button button = new Button("Refresh links");button.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) { hpls[i].setVisited(false); selectedImage.setImage(null); }});

When clicked, the Refresh Links button brings all the hyperlinks to the unvisited state, as show in Figure 20–3.

Page 146: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Linking the Remote Content

20-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 20–3 Unvisited Hyperlinks

Because the Hyperlink class is an extension of the Labeled class, you can specify not only a text caption but also an image. The application provided in the next section uses both a text caption and an image to create hyperlinks and to load remote HTML pages.

Linking the Remote ContentYou can render HTML content in your JavaFX application by embedding the WebView browser in the application scene. The WebView component provides basic web page browsing functionality. It renders web pages and supports user interaction such as navigating links and executing JavaScript commands.

Study the source code of the application in Example 20–4. It creates four hyperlinks with text captions and images. When a hyperlink is clicked, the corresponding value is passed as a URL to the embedded browser.

Example 20–4 Loading Remote Web Pages

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.*;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.scene.web.WebEngine;import javafx.scene.web.WebView;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HyperlinkWebViewSample extends Application { final static String[] imageFiles = new String[]{ "product.png", "education.png", "partners.png", "support.png" }; final static String[] captions = new String[]{ "Products", "Education", "Partners", "Support" };

Page 147: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Linking the Remote Content

Hyperlink 20-5

final static String[] urls = new String[]{ "http://www.oracle.com/us/products/index.html", "http://education.oracle.com/", "http://www.oracle.com/partners/index.html", "http://www.oracle.com/us/support/index.html" }; final ImageView selectedImage = new ImageView(); final Hyperlink[] hpls = new Hyperlink[captions.length]; final Image[] images = new Image[imageFiles.length]; public static void main(String[] args){ launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox vbox = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox); stage.setTitle("Hyperlink Sample"); stage.setWidth(570); stage.setHeight(550); selectedImage.setLayoutX(100); selectedImage.setLayoutY(10); final WebView browser = new WebView(); final WebEngine webEngine = browser.getEngine(); for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) { final Hyperlink hpl = hpls[i] = new Hyperlink(captions[i]); final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageFiles[i])); hpl.setGraphic(new ImageView (image)); hpl.setFont(Font.font("Arial", 14)); final String url = urls[i]; hpl.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { webEngine.load(url); }); } HBox hbox = new HBox(); hbox.setAlignment(Pos.BASELINE_CENTER); hbox.getChildren().addAll(hpls); vbox.getChildren().addAll(hbox, browser); VBox.setVgrow(browser, Priority.ALWAYS); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

The hyperlinks are created within a for loop similar to the one in Example 20–2. The action set for a hyperlink passes the corresponding URL from the urls array to the WebEngine object of the embedded browser.

When you compile and run this application, it produces the window shown in Figure 20–4.

Page 148: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Linking the Remote Content

20-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 20–4 Loading Pages from the Oracle Corporate Site

Related API Documentation

■ Hyperlink

■ Labeled

■ WebView

■ WebEngine

Page 149: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

21

HTML Editor 21-1

21HTML Editor

In this chapter, you learn how to edit text in your JavaFX applications by using the embedded HTML editor.

The HTMLEditor control is a full functional rich text editor. Its implementation is based on the document editing feature of HTML5 and includes the following editing functions:

■ Text formatting including bold, italic, underline, and strike though styles

■ Paragraph settings such as format, font family, and font size

■ Foreground and background colors

■ Text indent

■ Bulleted and numbered lists

■ Text alignment

■ Adding a horizontal rule

■ Copying and pasting text fragments

Figure 21–1 shows a rich text editor added to a JavaFX application.

Figure 21–1 HTML Editor

The HTMLEditor class presents the editing content in the form of an HTML string. For example, the content typed in the editor in Figure 21–1 is presented by the following string: "<html><head></head><body contenteditable="true"><h1>Heading</h1><div><u>Text</u>, some text</div></body></html>."

Page 150: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding an HTML Editor

21-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Because the HTMLEditor class is an extension of the Node class, you can apply visual effects or transformations to its instances.

Adding an HTML EditorLike any other UI control, the HTMLEditor component must be added the scene so that it can appear in your application. You can add it directly to the scene as shown in Example 21–1 or through a layout container as done in other examples.

Example 21–1 Adding an HTML Editor to a JavaFX Application

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.web.HTMLEditor;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HTMLEditorSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("HTMLEditor Sample"); stage.setWidth(650650); stage.setHeight(300); final HTMLEditor htmlEditor = new HTMLEditor(); htmlEditor.setPrefHeight(245); Scene scene = new Scene(htmlEditor); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Compiling and running this code fragment produces the window shown in Figure 21–2.

Figure 21–2 Initial View of the HTMLEditor Component

The HTMLEditor class provides a method to define the content that appears in the editing area when the application starts. Use the setHtmlText method, as shown in Example 21–2 to set the initial text for the editor.

Page 151: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using an HTML Editor to Build the User Interface

HTML Editor 21-3

Example 21–2 Setting the Text Content

private final String INITIAL_TEXT = "<html><body>Lorem ipsum dolor sit " + "amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nam tortor felis, pulvinar " + "in scelerisque cursus, pulvinar at ante. Nulla consequat" + "congue lectus in sodales. Nullam eu est a felis ornare " + "bibendum et nec tellus. Vivamus non metus tempus augue auctor " + "ornare. Duis pulvinar justo ac purus adipiscing pulvinar. " + "Integer congue faucibus dapibus. Integer id nisl ut elit " + "aliquam sagittis gravida eu dolor. Etiam sit amet ipsum " + "sem.</body></html>";

htmlEditor.setHtmlText(INITIAL_TEXT);

Figure 21–3 demonstrates the text editor with the text set by using the setHTMLText method.

Figure 21–3 HTMLEditor with the Predefined Text Content

You can use the HTML tags in this string to apply specific formatting for the initially rendered content.

Using an HTML Editor to Build the User InterfaceYou can use the HTMLEditor control to implement typical user interfaces (UIs) in your JavaFX applications. For example, you can implement instant messenger services, email clients, or even content management systems.

Example 21–3 presents the user interface of a message composing window that you can find in many email client applications.

Example 21–3 HTMLEditor Added to the Email Client UI

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.web.HTMLEditor;import javafx.stage.Stage;

Page 152: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using an HTML Editor to Build the User Interface

21-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

public class HTMLEditorSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Message Composing"); stage.setWidth(650); stage.setHeight(500); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); final VBox root = new VBox(); root.setPadding(new Insets(8, 8, 8, 8)); root.setSpacing(5); root.setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_LEFT); final GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(5); grid.setHgap(10); final ChoiceBox sendTo = new ChoiceBox(FXCollections.observableArrayList( "To:", "Cc:", "Bcc:") ); sendTo.setPrefWidth(100); GridPane.setConstraints(sendTo, 0, 0); grid.getChildren().add(sendTo); final TextField tbTo = new TextField(); tbTo.setPrefWidth(400); GridPane.setConstraints(tbTo, 1, 0); grid.getChildren().add(tbTo); final Label subjectLabel = new Label("Subject:"); GridPane.setConstraints(subjectLabel, 0, 1); grid.getChildren().add(subjectLabel); final TextField tbSubject = new TextField(); tbTo.setPrefWidth(400); GridPane.setConstraints(tbSubject, 1, 1); grid.getChildren().add(tbSubject); root.getChildren().add(grid); final HTMLEditor htmlEditor = new HTMLEditor(); htmlEditor.setPrefHeight(370); root.getChildren().addAll(htmlEditor, new Button("Send")); final Label htmlLabel = new Label(); htmlLabel.setWrapText(true); scene.setRoot(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }

Page 153: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Obtaining HTML Content

HTML Editor 21-5

}

The user interface includes a choice box to select a type of recipient, two text fields to enter the email address and the subject of the message, a label to indicate the subject field, the editor, and the Send button.

The UI controls are arranged on the application scene by using the Grid and VBox layout containers. When you compile and run this application, the window shown in Figure 21–4 shows the output of this application when a user is composing a weekly report.

Figure 21–4 Email Client User Interface

You can set the specific width and height values for the HTMLEditor object by calling the setPrefWidth or setPrefHeight methods, or you can leave its width and height unspecified. Example 21–3 specifies the height of the component. Its width is defined by the VBox layout container. When the text content exceeds the height of the editing area, the vertical scroll bar appears.

Obtaining HTML ContentWith the JavaFX HTMLEditor control, you can edit text and set the initial content. In addition, you can obtain the entered and edited text in HTML format. The application shown in Example 21–4 implements this task.

Example 21–4 Retrieving HTML Code

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;

Page 154: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Obtaining HTML Content

21-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.web.HTMLEditor;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HTMLEditorSample extends Application { private final String INITIAL_TEXT = "Lorem ipsum dolor sit " + "amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nam tortor felis, pulvinar " + "in scelerisque cursus, pulvinar at ante. Nulla consequat" + "congue lectus in sodales. Nullam eu est a felis ornare " + "bibendum et nec tellus. Vivamus non metus tempus augue auctor " + "ornare. Duis pulvinar justo ac purus adipiscing pulvinar. " + "Integer congue faucibus dapibus. Integer id nisl ut elit " + "aliquam sagittis gravida eu dolor. Etiam sit amet ipsum " + "sem."; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("HTMLEditor Sample"); stage.setWidth(650); stage.setHeight(500); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); VBox root = new VBox(); root.setPadding(new Insets(8, 8, 8, 8)); root.setSpacing(5); root.setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_LEFT); final HTMLEditor htmlEditor = new HTMLEditor(); htmlEditor.setPrefHeight(245); htmlEditor.setHtmlText(INITIAL_TEXT); final TextArea htmlCode = new TextArea(); htmlCode.setWrapText(true); ScrollPane scrollPane = new ScrollPane(); scrollPane.getStyleClass().add("noborder-scroll-pane"); scrollPane.setContent(htmlCode); scrollPane.setFitToWidth(true); scrollPane.setPrefHeight(180); Button showHTMLButton = new Button("Produce HTML Code"); root.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); showHTMLButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent arg0) -> { htmlCode.setText(htmlEditor.getHtmlText()); }); root.getChildren().addAll(htmlEditor, showHTMLButton, scrollPane); scene.setRoot(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 155: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Obtaining HTML Content

HTML Editor 21-7

The getHTMLText method called on the HTMLEditor object derives the edited content and presents it as an HTML string. This information is passed to the text area, so that you can observe, copy, and paste the produced HTML code. Figure 21–5 shows an HTML code of the text is being edited in the HTMLEditor sample.

Figure 21–5 Obtaining the HTML Content

Similarly, you can obtain HTML code and save it in the file or send it to the WebView object to synchronize content in the editor and the embedded browser. See how this task is implemented in Example 21–5.

Example 21–5 Rendering Edited HTML Content in a Browser

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.web.HTMLEditor;import javafx.scene.web.WebEngine;import javafx.scene.web.WebView;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HTMLEditorSample extends Application { private final String INITIAL_TEXT = "Lorem ipsum dolor sit " + "amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nam tortor felis, pulvinar " + "in scelerisque cursus, pulvinar at ante. Nulla consequat" + "congue lectus in sodales. Nullam eu est a felis ornare " + "bibendum et nec tellus. Vivamus non metus tempus augue auctor " + "ornare. Duis pulvinar justo ac purus adipiscing pulvinar. " + "Integer congue faucibus dapibus. Integer id nisl ut elit "

Page 156: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Obtaining HTML Content

21-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

+ "aliquam sagittis gravida eu dolor. Etiam sit amet ipsum " + "sem."; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("HTMLEditor Sample"); stage.setWidth(650); stage.setHeight(500); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); VBox root = new VBox(); root.setPadding(new Insets(8, 8, 8, 8)); root.setSpacing(5); root.setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_LEFT); final HTMLEditor htmlEditor = new HTMLEditor(); htmlEditor.setPrefHeight(245); htmlEditor.setHtmlText(INITIAL_TEXT); final WebView browser = new WebView(); final WebEngine webEngine = browser.getEngine(); ScrollPane scrollPane = new ScrollPane(); scrollPane.getStyleClass().add("noborder-scroll-pane"); scrollPane.setStyle("-fx-background-color: white"); scrollPane.setContent(browser); scrollPane.setFitToWidth(true); scrollPane.setPrefHeight(180); Button showHTMLButton = new Button("Load Content in Browser"); root.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); showHTMLButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent arg0) -> { webEngine.loadContent(htmlEditor.getHtmlText()); }); root.getChildren().addAll(htmlEditor, showHTMLButton, scrollPane); scene.setRoot(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

HTML code received from the htmlEditor component is loaded in the WebEngine object that specifies the content for the embedded browser. Each time a user clicks the Load Content in Browser button, the edited content is updated in the browser. Figure 21–6 demonstrates Example 21–5 in action.

Page 157: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Obtaining HTML Content

HTML Editor 21-9

Figure 21–6 Loading Content in a Browser

You can use the Text component to add non-editing text content to your UI. See Using Text in JavaFX for more information about the Text component.

Related API Documentation

■ HTMLEditor

■ WebView

■ WebEngine

■ Label

■ Button

■ TextField

■ ChoiceBox

■ ScrollPane

■ TextFlow

Page 158: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Obtaining HTML Content

21-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 159: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

22

Tooltip 22-1

22Tooltip

In this chapter, you learn about the tooltip, the control that can be set for any UI control to appear when that control is hovered over by the mouse cursor.

The Tooltip class represents a common UI component that is typically used to display additional information about the UI control. The tooltip can be set on any control by calling the setTooltip method.

The tooltip has two different states: activated and showing. When the tooltip is activated, the mouse moves over a control. When the tooltip is in the showing state, it actually appears. A shown tooltip is also activated. There is usually some delay between when the Tooltip becomes activated and when it is actually shown.

A password field with a tooltip is shown in Figure 22–1.

Figure 22–1 Tooltip Added to a Password Field

Creating a TooltipStudy the code fragment in Example 22–1 that creates the password field with a tooltip in the JavaFX application shown in the preceding figure.

Example 22–1 Adding a Tooltip to the Password Field

final PasswordField pf = new PasswordField();final Tooltip tooltip = new Tooltip();tooltip.setText( "\nYour password must be\n" + "at least 8 characters in length\n" +);pf.setTooltip(tooltip);

Each UI control from the javafx.scene.control package has the setTooltip method to add a tooltip. You can define a text caption within a Tooltip constructor or by using the setText method.

Because the Tooltip class is an extension of the Labeled class, you can add not only a text caption, but a graphical icon as well. The code fragment in Example 22–2 adds an icon to the tooltip for the password field.

Page 160: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Presenting Application Data in Tooltips

22-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 22–2 Adding an Icon to a Tooltip

Image image = new Image( getClass().getResourceAsStream("warn.png"));tooltip.setGraphic(new ImageView(image));

After you add this code fragment to the application, and the code is compiled, and run, the tooltip shown in Figure 22–2 appears.

Figure 22–2 Tooltip with an Icon

A tooltip can contain not only additional or auxiliary information, but it can also present data.

Presenting Application Data in TooltipsThe application in Figure 22–3 uses information presented in the tooltips to calculate the total cost of the hotel stay

Figure 22–3 Calculating Hotel Rates

Each checkbox is accompanied by a tooltip. Each tooltip displays the rate for a particular booking option. If a user selects a checkbox, the corresponding value is added to the total. If a selected checkbox is deselected, the corresponding value is deducted from the total.

Review the source code of the application shown in Example 22–3.

Example 22–3 Using Tooltips to Calculate Hotel Rates

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.CheckBox;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Tooltip;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage;

Page 161: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Presenting Application Data in Tooltips

Tooltip 22-3

public class TooltipSample extends Application { final static String[] rooms = new String[]{ "Accommodation (BB)", "Half Board", "Late Check-out", "Extra Bed" }; final static Integer[] rates = new Integer[]{ 100, 20, 10, 30 }; final CheckBox[] cbs = new CheckBox[rooms.length]; final Label total = new Label("Total: $0"); Integer sum = 0; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Tooltip Sample"); stage.setWidth(330); stage.setHeight(150); total.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); for (int i = 0; i < rooms.length; i++) { final CheckBox cb = cbs[i] = new CheckBox(rooms[i]); final Integer rate = rates[i]; final Tooltip tooltip = new Tooltip("$" + rates[i].toString()); tooltip.setFont(new Font("Arial", 16)); cb.setTooltip(tooltip);

cb.selectedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> ov, Boolean old_val, Boolean new_val) -> { if (cb.isSelected()) { sum = sum + rate; } else { sum = sum - rate; } total.setText("Total: $" + sum.toString()); } ); } VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.getChildren().addAll(cbs); vbox.setSpacing(5); HBox root = new HBox(); root.getChildren().add(vbox); root.getChildren().add(total); root.setSpacing(40); root.setPadding(new Insets(20, 10, 10, 20)); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(root);

Page 162: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Presenting Application Data in Tooltips

22-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

The code line in Example 22–4 was used in Example 22–3 to create a tooltip and assign a text caption to it. The Integer value of the option price was converted into a String value.

Example 22–4 Setting the Value for a Tooltip

final Tooltip tooltip = new Tooltip("$" + rates[i].toString())

You can alter visual appearance of a tooltip by applying CSS.

Related API Documentation

■ Tooltip

■ Labeled

Page 163: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

23

Titled Pane and Accordion 23-1

23Titled Pane and Accordion

This chapter explains how to use a combination of the accordion and title panes in your JavaFX applications.

A titled pane is a panel with a title. It can be opened and closed, and it can encapsulate any Node such as UI controls or images, and groups of elements added to a layout container.

Titled panes can be grouped by using the accordion control, which enables you to create multiple panes and display them one at a time. Figure 23–1 shows an accordion control that combines three titled panes.

Figure 23–1 Accordion with Three Titled Panes

Use the Accordion and TitledPane classes in the JavaFX SDK API to implement these controls in your applications.

Creating Titled PanesTo create a TitledPane control define a title and some content. You can do this by using the two-parameter constructor of the TitledPane class, or by applying the setText and setContent methods. Both ways are shown in Example 23–1.

Example 23–1 Declaring a TitledPane Object

//using a two-parameter constructorTitledPane tp = new TitledPane("My Titled Pane", new Button("Button"));//applying methodsTitledPane tp = new TitledPane();tp.setText("My Titled Pane");tp.setContent(new Button("Button"));

Compiling and running an application with either of the code fragments produces the control shown in Figure 23–2.

Page 164: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Titled Panes

23-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 23–2 Titled Pane with a Button

Do not explicitly set the minimal, maximum, or preferred height of a titled pane, as this may lead to unexpected behavior when the titled pane is opened or closed.

The code fragment shown in Example 23–2 adds several controls to the titled pane by putting them into the GridPane layout container.

Example 23–2 Titled Pane with the GridPane Layout Container

TitledPane gridTitlePane = new TitledPane();GridPane grid = new GridPane();grid.setVgap(4);grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5));grid.add(new Label("First Name: "), 0, 0);grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 0);grid.add(new Label("Last Name: "), 0, 1);grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 1);grid.add(new Label("Email: "), 0, 2);grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 2); gridTitlePane.setText("Grid");gridTitlePane.setContent(grid);

When you run and compile an application with this code fragment, the output shown in Figure 23–3 appears.

Figure 23–3 Titled Pane that Contains Several Controls

You can define the way a titled pane opens and closes. By default, all titled panes are collapsible and their movements are animated. If your application prohibits closing a titled pane, use the setCollapsible method with the false value. You can also disable animated opening by applying the setAnimated method with the false value. The code fragment shown in Example 23–3 implements these tasks.

Example 23–3 Adjusting the Style of a Titled Pane

TitledPane tp = new TitledPane();//prohibit closingtp.setCollapsible(false);//prohibit animatingtp.setAnimated(false);

Page 165: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Titled Panes to an Accordion

Titled Pane and Accordion 23-3

Adding Titled Panes to an AccordionIn your applications, you can use titled panes as standalone elements, or you can combine them in a group by using the Accordion control. Do not explicitly set the minimal, maximum, or preferred height of an accordion, as this may lead to unexpected behavior when one of its titled pane is opened.

Adding several titled panes to an accordion is similar to adding toggle buttons to a toggle group: only one titled pane can be opened in an accordion at a time. Example 23–4 creates three titled panes and adds them to an accordion.

Example 23–4 Accordion and Three Titled Panes

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Accordion;import javafx.scene.control.TitledPane;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TitledPaneSample extends Application { final String[] imageNames = new String[]{"Apples", "Flowers", "Leaves"}; final Image[] images = new Image[imageNames.length]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[imageNames.length]; final TitledPane[] tps = new TitledPane[imageNames.length]; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("TitledPane"); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 80, 180); final Accordion accordion = new Accordion (); for (int i = 0; i < imageNames.length; i++) { images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageNames[i] + ".jpg")); pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); tps[i] = new TitledPane(imageNames[i],pics[i]); } accordion.getPanes().addAll(tps); accordion.setExpandedPane(tps[0]); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(accordion); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

Three titled panes are created within the loop. Content for each titled pane is defined as an ImageView object. The titled panes are added to the accordion by using the getPanes and addAll methods. You can use the add method instead of the addAll method to add a single titled pane.

Page 166: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Events for an Accordion with Titled Panes

23-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

By default, all the titled panes are closed when the application starts. The setExpandedPane method in Example 23–4 specifies that the titled pane with the Apples picture will be opened when you run the sample, as shown in Figure 23–4.

Figure 23–4 Accordion with Three Titled Panes

Processing Events for an Accordion with Titled PanesYou can use titled panes and accordions to present different data in your applications. Example 23–5 creates a standalone titled pane with the GridPane layout container and three titled panes combined by using the accordion. The standalone titled pane contains UI elements of an email client. The accordion enables the selection of an image to appear in the Attachment field of the Grid titled pane.

Example 23–5 Implementing ChangeListener for an Accordion

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Accordion;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.TitledPane;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TitledPaneSample extends Application { final String[] imageNames = new String[]{"Apples", "Flowers", "Leaves"}; final Image[] images = new Image[imageNames.length]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[imageNames.length]; final TitledPane[] tps = new TitledPane[imageNames.length]; final Label label = new Label("N/A"); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("TitledPane"); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 800, 250); // --- GridPane container TitledPane gridTitlePane = new TitledPane();

Page 167: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Events for an Accordion with Titled Panes

Titled Pane and Accordion 23-5

GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(4); grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); grid.add(new Label("To: "), 0, 0); grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 0); grid.add(new Label("Cc: "), 0, 1); grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 1); grid.add(new Label("Subject: "), 0, 2); grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 2); grid.add(new Label("Attachment: "), 0, 3); grid.add(label,1, 3); gridTitlePane.setText("Grid"); gridTitlePane.setContent(grid); // --- Accordion final Accordion accordion = new Accordion (); for (int i = 0; i < imageNames.length; i++) { images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageNames[i] + ".jpg")); pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); tps[i] = new TitledPane(imageNames[i],pics[i]); } accordion.getPanes().addAll(tps); accordion.expandedPaneProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends TitledPane> ov, TitledPane old_val, TitledPane new_val) -> { if (new_val != null) { label.setText(accordion.getExpandedPane().getText() + ".jpg"); } }); HBox hbox = new HBox(10); hbox.setPadding(new Insets(20, 0, 0, 20)); hbox.getChildren().setAll(gridTitlePane, accordion); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(hbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

When a user opens a titled pane in the accordion, the expandedPaneProperty of the accordion changes. The expanded titled pane in the accordion is used to construct a file name of the attachment. This file name is set as text of the corresponding Label object.

Figure 23–5 shows how the application looks after its start. The Attachment label contains "N/A," because none of the titled panes are selected.

Page 168: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Events for an Accordion with Titled Panes

23-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 23–5 Initial View of the TitledPaneSample Application

If you expand the Leaves titled pane, the Attachment label will contain "Leaves.jpg," as shown in Figure 23–6.

Figure 23–6 TitledPaneSample Application with the Leaves Titled Pane Expanded

Because the TitledPane and Accordion classes are both extensions of the Node class, you can apply visual effects or transformations to them. You can also change the appearance of the controls by applying CSS styles.

Related API Documentation

■ TitledPane

■ Accordion

■ Label

■ GridPane

■ TextField

Page 169: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

24

Menu 24-1

24Menu

This chapter explains how to create menus and menu bars, add menu items, group the menus into categories, create submenus, and set context menus.

You can use the following classes of the JavaFX API to build menus in your JavaFX application.

■ MenuBar

■ MenuItem

– Menu

– CheckMenuItem

– RadioMenuItem

– Menu

– CustomMenuItem

* SeparatorMenuItem

■ ContextMenu

Figure 24–1 shows a screen capture of an application with a typical menu bar.

Figure 24–1 Application with a Menu Bar and Three Menu Categories

Page 170: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Building Menus in JavaFX Applications

24-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Building Menus in JavaFX ApplicationsA menu is a list of actionable items that can be displayed upon a user’s request. When a menu is visible, users can select one menu item at time. After a user clicks an item, the menu returns to the hidden mode. By using menus, you can save space in your application user interface (UI) by placing in menus the functionality that does not always need to be visible.

The menus in a menu bar are typically grouped into categories. The coding pattern is to declare a menu bar, define the category menus, and populate the category menus with menu items. Use the following menu item classes when building menus in your JavaFX applications:

■ MenuItem – to create one actionable option

■ Menu – to create a submenu

■ RadioButtonItem – to create a mutually exclusive selection

■ CheckMenuItem – to create an option that can be toggled between selected and unselected states

To separate menu items within one category, use the SeparatorMenuItem class.

The menus organized by categories in a menu bar are typically located at the top of the window, leaving the rest of the scene for crucial UI elements. If, for some reasons, you cannot allot any visual part of your UI for a menu bar, you can use context menus that the user opens with a mouse click.

Creating a Menu BarAlthough a menu bar can be placed elsewhere in the user interface, typically it is located at the top of the UI and it contains one or more menus. The menu bar automatically resizes to fit the width of the application window. By default, each menu added to the menu bar is represented by a button with the text value.

Consider an application that renders reference information about plants such as their name, binomial name, picture, and a brief description. You can create three menu categories: File, Edit, and View, and populate them with the menu items. Example 24–1 shows the source code of such an application with the menu bar added.

Example 24–1 Menu Sample Application

import java.util.AbstractMap.SimpleEntry;import java.util.Map.Entry;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.effect.Effect;import javafx.scene.effect.Glow;import javafx.scene.effect.SepiaTone;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class MenuSample extends Application {

Page 171: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Menu Bar

Menu 24-3

final PageData[] pages = new PageData[] { new PageData("Apple", "The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree, species Malus " + "domestica in the rose family (Rosaceae). It is one of the most " + "widely cultivated tree fruits, and the most widely known of " + "the many members of genus Malus that are used by humans. " + "The tree originated in Western Asia, where its wild ancestor, " + "the Alma, is still found today.", "Malus domestica"), new PageData("Hawthorn", "The hawthorn is a large genus of shrubs and trees in the rose " + "family, Rosaceae, native to temperate regions of the Northern " + "Hemisphere in Europe, Asia and North America. " + "The name hawthorn was " + "originally applied to the species native to northern Europe, " + "especially the Common Hawthorn C. monogyna, and the unmodified " + "name is often so used in Britain and Ireland.", "Crataegus monogyna"), new PageData("Ivy", "The ivy is a flowering plant in the grape family (Vitaceae) native to" + " eastern Asia in Japan, Korea, and northern and eastern China. " + "It is a deciduous woody vine growing to 30 m tall or more given " + "suitable support, attaching itself by means of numerous small " + "branched tendrils tipped with sticky disks.", "Parthenocissus tricuspidata"), new PageData("Quince", "The quince is the sole member of the genus Cydonia and is native to " + "warm-temperate southwest Asia in the Caucasus region. The " + "immature fruit is green with dense grey-white pubescence, most " + "of which rubs off before maturity in late autumn when the fruit " + "changes color to yellow with hard, strongly perfumed flesh.", "Cydonia oblonga") }; final String[] viewOptions = new String[] { "Title", "Binomial name", "Picture", "Description" }; final Entry<String, Effect>[] effects = new Entry[] { new SimpleEntry<>("Sepia Tone", new SepiaTone()), new SimpleEntry<>("Glow", new Glow()), new SimpleEntry<>("Shadow", new DropShadow()) }; final ImageView pic = new ImageView(); final Label name = new Label(); final Label binName = new Label(); final Label description = new Label(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Menu Sample");

Page 172: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Menu Bar

24-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Scene scene = new Scene(new VBox(), 400, 350); MenuBar menuBar = new MenuBar(); // --- Menu File Menu menuFile = new Menu("File"); // --- Menu Edit Menu menuEdit = new Menu("Edit"); // --- Menu View Menu menuView = new Menu("View"); menuBar.getMenus().addAll(menuFile, menuEdit, menuView); ((VBox) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(menuBar); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private class PageData { public String name; public String description; public String binNames; public Image image; public PageData(String name, String description, String binNames) { this.name = name; this.description = description; this.binNames = binNames; image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(name + ".jpg")); } }}

Unlike other UI Controls, the Menu class and other extensions of the MenuItem class do not extend the Node class. They cannot be added directly to the application scene and remain invisible until added to the menu bar through the getMenus method.

Page 173: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Menu Items

Menu 24-5

Figure 24–2 Menu Bar is Added to the Application

You can navigate through the menus by using the arrow keys of the keyboard. However, when you select a menu, no action is performed, because the behavior for the menus is not defined yet.

Adding Menu ItemsSet the functionality for the File menu by adding the following items:

■ Shuffle – to load reference information about plants

■ Clear – to remove the reference information and clear the scene

■ Separator – to detach menu items

■ Exit – to exit the application

Bold lines in Example 24–2 create a Shuffle menu by using the MenuItem class and add graphical components to the application scene. The MenuItem class enables creating an actionable item with text and graphics. The action performed on a user click is defined by the setOnAction method, similar to the Button class.

Example 24–2 Adding the Shuffle Menu Item with Graphics

import java.util.AbstractMap.SimpleEntry;import java.util.Map.Entry;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.effect.Effect;import javafx.scene.effect.Glow;import javafx.scene.effect.SepiaTone;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.text.Font;

Page 174: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Menu Items

24-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.text.TextAlignment;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class MenuSample extends Application { final PageData[] pages = new PageData[] { new PageData("Apple", "The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree, species Malus " +"domestica in the rose family (Rosaceae). It is one of the most " +"widely cultivated tree fruits, and the most widely known of " +"the many members of genus Malus that are used by humans. " +"The tree originated in Western Asia, where its wild ancestor, " +"the Alma, is still found today.", "Malus domestica"), new PageData("Hawthorn", "The hawthorn is a large genus of shrubs and trees in the rose " + "family, Rosaceae, native to temperate regions of the Northern " + "Hemisphere in Europe, Asia and North America. " + "The name hawthorn was " + "originally applied to the species native to northern Europe, " + "especially the Common Hawthorn C. monogyna, and the unmodified " + "name is often so used in Britain and Ireland.", "Crataegus monogyna"), new PageData("Ivy", "The ivy is a flowering plant in the grape family (Vitaceae) native" +" to eastern Asia in Japan, Korea, and northern and eastern China." +" It is a deciduous woody vine growing to 30 m tall or more given " +"suitable support, attaching itself by means of numerous small " +"branched tendrils tipped with sticky disks.", "Parthenocissus tricuspidata"), new PageData("Quince", "The quince is the sole member of the genus Cydonia and is native" +" to warm-temperate southwest Asia in the Caucasus region. The " +"immature fruit is green with dense grey-white pubescence, most " +"of which rubs off before maturity in late autumn when the fruit " +"changes color to yellow with hard, strongly perfumed flesh.", "Cydonia oblonga") }; final String[] viewOptions = new String[] { "Title", "Binomial name", "Picture", "Description" }; final Entry<String, Effect>[] effects = new Entry[] { new SimpleEntry<>("Sepia Tone", new SepiaTone()), new SimpleEntry<>("Glow", new Glow()), new SimpleEntry<>("Shadow", new DropShadow()) }; final ImageView pic = new ImageView(); final Label name = new Label(); final Label binName = new Label(); final Label description = new Label(); private int currentIndex = -1; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args);

Page 175: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Menu Items

Menu 24-7

} @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Menu Sample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new VBox(), 400, 350); scene.setFill(Color.OLDLACE); name.setFont(new Font("Verdana Bold", 22)); binName.setFont(new Font("Arial Italic", 10)); pic.setFitHeight(150); pic.setPreserveRatio(true); description.setWrapText(true); description.setTextAlignment(TextAlignment.JUSTIFY); shuffle(); MenuBar menuBar = new MenuBar(); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); vbox.setSpacing(10); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(0, 10, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(name, binName, pic, description); // --- Menu File Menu menuFile = new Menu("File"); MenuItem add = new MenuItem("Shuffle", new ImageView(new Image("menusample/new.png"))); add.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { shuffle(); vbox.setVisible(true); }); menuFile.getItems().addAll(add); // --- Menu Edit Menu menuEdit = new Menu("Edit"); // --- Menu View Menu menuView = new Menu("View"); menuBar.getMenus().addAll(menuFile, menuEdit, menuView); ((VBox) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(menuBar, vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private void shuffle() { int i = currentIndex; while (i == currentIndex) { i = (int) (Math.random() * pages.length); } pic.setImage(pages[i].image); name.setText(pages[i].name); binName.setText("(" + pages[i].binNames + ")"); description.setText(pages[i].description); currentIndex = i; }

Page 176: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Menu Items

24-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

private class PageData { public String name; public String description; public String binNames; public Image image; public PageData(String name, String description, String binNames) { this.name = name; this.description = description; this.binNames = binNames; image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(name + ".jpg")); } }}

When a user selects the Shuffle menu item, the shuffle method called within setOnAction specifies the title, the binomial name, a picture of the plant, and its description by calculating the index of the elements in the corresponding arrays.

The Clear menu item is used to erase the application scene. You can implement this by making the VBox container with the GUI elements invisible as shown in Example 24–3.

Example 24–3 Creating the Clear Menu Item with Accelerator

MenuItem clear = new MenuItem("Clear");clear.setAccelerator(KeyCombination.keyCombination("Ctrl+X"));clear.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { vbox.setVisible(false);});

Implementation of the MenuItem class enables developers to set a menu accelerator, a key combination that performs the same action as the menu item. With the Clear menu, users can either select the action from the File menu category or press Control Key and X key simultaneously.

The Exit menu closes the application window. Set System.exit(0) as an action for this menu item as shown in Example 24–4.

Example 24–4 Creating the Exit Menu Item

MenuItem exit = new MenuItem("Exit");exit.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { System.exit(0);});

Use the getItems method shown in Example 24–5 to add the newly created menu items to the File menu. You can create a separator menu item and add it within the getItems method to visually detach the Exit menu item.

Example 24–5 Adding Menu Items

menuFile.getItems().addAll(add, clear, new SeparatorMenuItem(), exit);

Add Example 24–2, Example 24–3, Example 24–4, and Example 24–5 to the Menu Sample application, and then compile and run it. Select the Shuffle menu item to load reference information about different plants. Then clear the scene (Clear), and close the application (Exit). Figure 24–3 shows selection of the Clear menu item.

Page 177: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Menu Items

Menu 24-9

Figure 24–3 File Menu with Three Menu Items

With the View menu, you can hide and show elements of reference information. Implement the createMenuItem method and call it within the start method to create four CheckMenuItem objects. Then add newly created check menu items to the View menu to toggle visibility of the title, binomial name, picture of the plant, and its description. Example 24–6 shows two code fragments that implement these tasks.

Example 24–6 Applying the CheckMenuItem Class to Create Toggle Options

// --- Creating four check menu items within the start methodCheckMenuItem titleView = createMenuItem ("Title", name); CheckMenuItem binNameView = createMenuItem ("Binomial name", binName); CheckMenuItem picView = createMenuItem ("Picture", pic); CheckMenuItem descriptionView = createMenuItem ("Description", description); menuView.getItems().addAll(titleView, binNameView, picView, descriptionView);

...

// The createMenuItem methodprivate static CheckMenuItem createMenuItem (String title, final Node node){ CheckMenuItem cmi = new CheckMenuItem(title); cmi.setSelected(true); cmi.selectedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> ov, Boolean old_val, Boolean new_val) -> { node.setVisible(new_val); }); return cmi;}

The CheckMenuItem class is an extension of the MenuItem class. It can be toggled between selected and deselected states. When selected, a check menu item shows a check mark.

Example 24–6 creates four CheckMenuItem objects and processes the changing of their selectedProperty property. When, for example, a user deselects the picView item, the setVisible method receives the false value, the picture of the plant becomes invisible. When you add this code fragment to the application, compile, and run the application, you can experiment with selecting and deselecting the menu items.

Page 178: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Submenus

24-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 24–4 shows the application in the moment when the title and picture of the plant are shown, but its binomial name and description are hidden.

Figure 24–4 Using Check Menu Items

Creating SubmenusFor the Edit menu, define two menu items: Picture Effect and No Effects. The Picture Effect menu item is designed as a submenu with three items to set one of the three available visual effects. The No Effects menu item removes the selected effect and restores the initial state of the image.

Use the RadioMenuItem class to create the items of the submenu. Add the radio menu buttons to a toggle group to make the selection mutually exclusive. Example 24–7 implements these tasks.

Example 24–7 Creating a Submenu with Radio Menu Items

//Picture Effect menuMenu menuEffect = new Menu("Picture Effect");final ToggleGroup groupEffect = new ToggleGroup();for (Entry<String, Effect> effect : effects) { RadioMenuItem itemEffect = new RadioMenuItem(effect.getKey()); itemEffect.setUserData(effect.getValue()); itemEffect.setToggleGroup(groupEffect); menuEffect.getItems().add(itemEffect);}//No Effects menufinal MenuItem noEffects = new MenuItem("No Effects");

noEffects.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { pic.setEffect(null); groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().setSelected(false);});

//Processing menu item selectiongroupEffect.selectedToggleProperty().addListener(new ChangeListener<Toggle>() { public void changed(ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle old_toggle, Toggle new_toggle) {

Page 179: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Submenus

Menu 24-11

if (groupEffect.getSelectedToggle() != null) { Effect effect = (Effect) groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().getUserData(); pic.setEffect(effect); } } });groupEffect.selectedToggleProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle old_toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (groupEffect.getSelectedToggle() != null) { Effect effect = (Effect) groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().getUserData(); pic.setEffect(effect); }});

//Adding items to the Edit menumenuEdit.getItems().addAll(menuEffect, noEffects);

The setUserData method defines a visual effect for a particular radio menu item. When one of the items in the toggle group is selected, the corresponding effect is applied to the picture. When the No Effects menu item is selected, the setEffect method specifies the null value and no effects are applied to the picture.

Figure 24–5 captures a moment when a user is selecting a Shadow menu item.

Figure 24–5 Submenu with Three Radio Menu Items

When the DropShadow effect is applied to the picture, it looks as shown in Figure 24–6.

Page 180: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Submenus

24-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 24–6 Picture of Quince with a DropShadow Effect Applied

You can use the setDisable method of the MenuItem class to disable the No Effects menu when none of the effects are selected in the Picture Effect submenu. Modify Example 24–7 as shown in Example 24–8.

Example 24–8 Disabling a Menu Item

Menu menuEffect = new Menu("Picture Effect");final ToggleGroup groupEffect = new ToggleGroup();for (Entry<String, Effect> effect : effects) { RadioMenuItem itemEffect = new RadioMenuItem(effect.getKey()); itemEffect.setUserData(effect.getValue()); itemEffect.setToggleGroup(groupEffect); menuEffect.getItems().add(itemEffect);}final MenuItem noEffects = new MenuItem("No Effects");noEffects.setDisable(true);noEffects.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { pic.setEffect(null); groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().setSelected(false); noEffects.setDisable(true);});

groupEffect.selectedToggleProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle old_toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (groupEffect.getSelectedToggle() != null) { Effect effect = (Effect) groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().getUserData(); pic.setEffect(effect); noEffects.setDisable(false); } else { noEffects.setDisable(true); }}); menuEdit.getItems().addAll(menuEffect, noEffects);

Page 181: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Context Menus

Menu 24-13

When none of the RadioMenuItem options are selected, the No Effect menu item is disabled as shown in Figure 24–7. When a user selects one of the visual effects, the No Effects menu item is enabled.

Figure 24–7 Effect Menu Item Is Disabled

Adding Context MenusWhen you cannot allocate any space of your user interface for a required functionality, you can use a context menu. A context menu is a pop-up window that appears in response to a mouse click. A context menu can contain one or more menu items.

In the Menu Sample application, set a context menu for the picture of the plant, so that users can copy the image.

Use the ContextMenu class to define the context menu as shown in Example 24–9.

Example 24–9 Defining a Context Menu

final ContextMenu cm = new ContextMenu();MenuItem cmItem1 = new MenuItem("Copy Image");cmItem1.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { Clipboard clipboard = Clipboard.getSystemClipboard(); ClipboardContent content = new ClipboardContent(); content.putImage(pic.getImage()); clipboard.setContent(content);});

cm.getItems().add(cmItem1);pic.addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED, (MouseEvent e) -> { if (e.getButton() == MouseButton.SECONDARY) cm.show(pic, e.getScreenX(), e.getScreenY());});

When a user right clicks the ImageView object, the show method is called for the context menu to enable its showing.

The setOnAction method defined for the Copy Image item of the context menu creates a Clipboard object and adds the image as its content. Figure 24–8 captures a moment when a user is selecting the Copy Image context menu item.

Page 182: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Context Menus

24-14 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 24–8 Using the Context Menu

You can try to copy the image and paste it into in a graphical editor.

For further enhancements, you can add more menu items to the context menu and specify different actions. You can also create a custom menu by using the CustomMenuItem class. With this class you can embed an arbitrary node within a menu and specify, for example, a button or a slider as a menu item.

Related API Documentation

■ Menu

■ MenuItem

■ RadioMenuItem

■ CheckMenuItem

■ ContextMenu

■ SeparatorMenuItem

■ CustomMenuItem

Page 183: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

25

Color Picker 25-1

25Color Picker

This chapter describes the ColorPicker control, provides its design overview, and explains how to use it in your JavaFX applications.

The color picker control in the JavaFX SDK is a typical user interface component that enables users to select a particular color from the available range, or set an additional color by specifying an RGB or HSB combination.

Design OverviewThe ColorPicker control consists of the color chooser, color palette, and custom color dialog window. Figure 25–1 shows these elements.

Figure 25–1 Elements of a Color Picker Control

Page 184: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Design Overview

25-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Color ChooserThe color chooser element of the color picker is the combo box with the enabled color indicator and the corresponding label shown at the top of Figure 25–1. The color indicator presents the currently selected color.

The implementation of the color picker control allows three looks of the color chooser element: button, split-menu-button, and combo box shown in Figure 25–2.

Figure 25–2 Views of a Color Chooser

The button look provides a typical button control with the color indicator and the label. In the split-menu-button look, the button part of the control is separated from the drop-down menu. The combo-box look is the default appearance of the color chooser. It also has a drop-down menu but it is not separated from the button part.

To apply one of the looks, use the corresponding CSS classes. For more information about how to alter the appearance of a color picker, see Changing the Appearance of a Color Picker.

Color PaletteThe color palette contains the predefined set of colors and the Custom Color link that points to the Custom Color dialog window. The initial appearance of the color palette is shown in Figure 25–3.

Figure 25–3 Initial Appearance of the Color Palette

If a custom color is already defined, this color is displayed in the Custom Color area in the color palette, as shown in Figure 25–4.

Page 185: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Design Overview

Color Picker 25-3

Figure 25–4 Color Palette with the Custom Color Area

The color palette supports navigation by using the Up, Down, Left and Right keys.

The set of custom colors cannot be reloaded when the application starts again, unless saved within the application. Each color selected in the palette or in the custom color area is displayed in the color indicator of the color chooser. The color chooser label renders the corresponding hexadecimal web color value.

Custom Color Dialog WindowThe Custom Color dialog window is a modal window that can be opened by clicking the corresponding link in the color palette. When the Custom Color window opens, it displays values of the color that is currently shown in the color indicator of the color chooser. Users can define a new color by moving the mouse cursor over the color area or over the vertical color bar, shown in Figure 25–5. Note that any time a user manipulates with the circle in the color area or with the rectangle in the color bar, the color value is automatically assigned to the corresponding property of the ColorPicker control.

Figure 25–5 Custom Colors Dialog Window

Another way to define a new color is to set the HSB (Hue Saturation Brightness) or RGB (Red Green Blue) values, or explicitly enter the web color value in the corresponding field. Figure 25–6 shows three panes for the custom color settings.

Page 186: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using a Color Picker

25-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 25–6 Color Setting Panes in the Custom Colors Dialog Window

Users can also set the transparency of the custom color by moving the Opacity slider or typing the value from 0 to 100.

When all the settings are done and the new color is specified, users can click Use to apply it, or Save to save the color to the custom color area.

Using a Color PickerUse the ColorPicker class of the JavaFX SDK to build a color picker in your JavaFX application. You can add a color picker directly to the application scene, to a layout container, or to the application toolbar. Example 25–1 shows three ways to declare a ColorPicker object.

Example 25–1 Creating a Color Picker Control

//Empty contructor, the control appears with the default color, which is WHITEColorPicker colorPicker1 = new ColorPicker();//Color constant set as the currently selected colorColorPicker colorPicker2 = new ColorPicker(Color.BLUE);//Web color value set as the currently selected colorColorPicker colorPicker3 = new ColorPicker(Color.web("#ffcce6"));

Try the sample shown in Example 25–2 to evaluate the ColorPicker control in action.

Example 25–2 Using the ColorPicker Control to Alter the Color of the Text Component

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.*;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ColorPicker;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.text.*;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ColorPickerSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args);

Page 187: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using a Color Picker

Color Picker 25-5

} @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ColorPicker"); Scene scene = new Scene(new HBox(20), 400, 100); HBox box = (HBox) scene.getRoot(); box.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); final ColorPicker colorPicker = new ColorPicker(); colorPicker.setValue(Color.CORAL); final Text text = new Text("Try the color picker!"); text.setFont(Font.font ("Verdana", 20)); text.setFill(colorPicker.getValue());

colorPicker.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { text.setFill(colorPicker.getValue()); }); box.getChildren().addAll(colorPicker, text); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

This example creates a color picker and defines its behavior when the color is changed. The Color value obtained through the getValue method of the ColorPicker class is passed to the setFill method of the Text object. This is how the selected color is applied to the "Try the color picker!" text.

When you compile and run this sample, it produces the output shown in Figure 25–7. The figure captures the moment when a newly created custom color is applied to the Text component.

Figure 25–7 ColorPicker and a Text Component

Similarly, you can apply the selected color to the graphical Node. Example 25–3 shows how to use a color picker to model a T-shirt.

Page 188: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using a Color Picker

25-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 25–3 Using ColorPicker to Alter the Color of a Graphical Object

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ColorPicker;import javafx.beans.value.ChangeListener;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.control.ComboBox;import javafx.scene.control.ToolBar;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.StackPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.SVGPath;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ColorPickerSample extends Application { ImageView logo = new ImageView( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("OracleLogo.png")) ); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ColorPicker"); Scene scene = new Scene(new VBox(20), 300, 300); VBox box = (VBox) scene.getRoot(); ToolBar tb = new ToolBar(); box.getChildren().add(tb); final ComboBox logoSamples = new ComboBox(); logoSamples.getItems().addAll( "Oracle", "Java", "JavaFX", "Cup"); logoSamples.setValue("Oracle");

logoSamples.valueProperty().addListener(new ChangeListener<String>() { @Override public void changed(ObservableValue ov, String t, String t1) { logo.setImage( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(t1+"Logo.png")) ); } }); final ColorPicker colorPicker = new ColorPicker(); tb.getItems().addAll(logoSamples, colorPicker); StackPane stack = new StackPane(); box.getChildren().add(stack);

Page 189: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Appearance of a Color Picker

Color Picker 25-7

final SVGPath svg = new SVGPath(); svg.setContent("M70,50 L90,50 L120,90 L150,50 L170,50" + "L210,90 L180,120 L170,110 L170,200 L70,200 L70,110 L60,120 L30,90" + "L70,50"); svg.setStroke(Color.DARKGREY); svg.setStrokeWidth(2); svg.setEffect(new DropShadow()); svg.setFill(colorPicker.getValue()); stack.getChildren().addAll(svg, logo); colorPicker.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { svg.setFill(colorPicker.getValue()); }); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

In this example, the color selected in the color picker and obtained through the getValue method is applied to the SVGPath object. This sample produces the output shown in Figure 25–8

Figure 25–8 ColorPickerSample Application

When you work with a color picker, you can obtain the created custom colors by calling the getCustomColors()method. It returns an ObservableList of the Color objects corresponding to the created colors. You cannot upload them to a color picker on the application start. However, you can set one of the custom colors as a ColorPicker value (shown in Example 25–4).

Example 25–4 Obtaining the Custom Colors

ObservableList<Color> customColors = colorPicker.getCustomColors();colorPicker.setValue(customColors.get(index));

Changing the Appearance of a Color PickerThe default appearance of the color picker control is defined by the com.sun.javafx.scene.control.skin.ColorPickerSkin class. To apply an alternative

Page 190: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Appearance of a Color Picker

25-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

skin to the color pickers in your JavaFX application, redefine the -fx-skin property of the color-picker CSS class as shown in Example 25–5.

Example 25–5 Setting an Alternative Skin for a Color Picker

.color-picker { -fx-skin: "CustomSkin";}

Use the split-button and arrow-button CSS classes to change the appearance of a color picker control in the JavaFX code, as shown in Example 25–6.

Example 25–6 Setting Appearance for a Color Picker

//Sets the split-menu-buttoncolorPicker.getStyleClass().add("split-button");//Sets the buttoncolorPicker.getStyleClass().add("button");

You can also modify the default style of a color picker and customize its elements with various CSS classes defined in the modena style sheet. To view this file, go to the \rt\lib\ext directory under the directory in which the JavaFX SDK is installed. Use the following command to extract the style sheet from the JAR file: jar -xf jfxrt.jar com/sun/javafx/scene/control/skin/modena/modena.css. See Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS for more information about CSS classes and properties. Example 25–7 shows how to alter the default background and the label of a color picker.

Example 25–7 Modifying the Default Appearance of a Color Picker

.color-picker { -fx-background-color: #669999; -fx-background-radius: 0 15 15 0; }.color-picker .color-picker-label .text { -fx-fill: #ccffcc;}

Add these styles to the ControlStyle.css file and enable the style sheets in the JavaFX application by using the following code line: scene.getStylesheets().add("colorpickersample/ControlStyle.css");, then compile and the run the ColorPickerSample. The color picker should change its appearance as shown in Figure 25–9.

Page 191: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Appearance of a Color Picker

Color Picker 25-9

Figure 25–9 Modified Appearance of a Color Picker

Note that the ColorPicker class is an extension of the ComboBoxBase class and inherits its CSS properties. You can define new styles for the combo-box-base CSS style to unify the combo box and the color picker in the ColorPickerSample application. Replace the styles in the ControlStyle.css file with the styles shown in Example 25–8.

Example 25–8 Setting the Combo-Box-Base Styles

.tool-bar:horizontal { -fx-background-color: #b3e6b3;} .combo-box-base { -fx-background-color: null; } .combo-box-base:hover { -fx-effect: dropshadow( three-pass-box , rgba(0,0,0,0.6) , 8, 0.0 , 0 , 0 );}

When you compile and run the ColorPickerSample application with the applied styles, the combo box and the color picker look as shown in Figure 25–10.

Figure 25–10 Unified Style of the Combo Box and Color Picker

Page 192: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Appearance of a Color Picker

25-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Related API Documentation

■ ColorPicker

■ ComboBoxBase

Page 193: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

26

Date Picker 26-1

26Date Picker

This chapter provides an overview of the date data supported in JavaFX and describes the basic features of the DatePicker control.

JavaFX DatePicker is a control that enables selection of a day from the given calendar. It is used mainly on web sites or in applications that require users to enter a date. The DatePicker control consists of a combo box with a date field and a date chooser.

Working with Time Data and Date FormatsThe new Date-Time API introduced in JDK 8 enables you to perform various operations with Date and Time data, including setting the calendar and local time across different time zones.

The basic package of the Date-Time API is java.time. It provides the following classes that define time in the calendar system based on the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) calendar.

■ Clock – a clock providing access to the current instant, date, and time using a time-zone

■ Duration – a time-based amount of time

■ Instant – an instantaneous point on the timeline

■ LocalDate – a date without a time-zone in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ LocalDateTime – a date-time without a time zone in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ LocalTime – a time without time zone in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ MonthDay – a month day in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ OffsetDateTime – a date-time with an offset from Greenwich/UTC time in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ OffsetTime – a time with an offset from Greenwich/UTC time in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ Period – a date-based amount of time

■ Year – a year in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ YearMonth – a year-month in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ ZonedDateTime – a date time with a time zone in the ISO-8601 calendar system

■ ZoneId – a time zone ID

■ ZoneOffset – a time zone offset from Greenwich/UTC time

Page 194: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Date Picker Design Overview

26-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

See the Date-Time API trail of the Java Tutorials for more information about the available functionality and code samples.

Date Picker Design OverviewTo enhance the user interfaces of JavaFX applications with the new capabilities of the JDK 8 Date-Time API, JavaFX SDK introduced the DatePicker control. The DatePicker control consists of an editable combo box (date field) and a calendar (date chooser) shown in Figure 26–1.

Figure 26–1 Example of a Date Picker Control

Adding a Date Picker to an Application UIUse the DatePicker class available in the javafx.scene.control package to add a date picker component to the user interface (UI) of your JavaFX application as shown in Example 26–1.

Example 26–1 Adding a Date Picker Component

import java.util.Locale;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.HPos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.DatePicker;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class DatePickerSample extends Application { private Stage stage; private DatePicker checkInDatePicker; public static void main(String[] args) { Locale.setDefault(Locale.US); launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage;

Page 195: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding a Date Picker to an Application UI

Date Picker 26-3

stage.setTitle("DatePickerSample "); initUI(); stage.show(); } private void initUI() { VBox vbox = new VBox(20); vbox.setStyle("-fx-padding: 10;"); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox, 400, 400); stage.setScene(scene);

checkInDatePicker = new DatePicker();

GridPane gridPane = new GridPane(); gridPane.setHgap(10); gridPane.setVgap(10);

Label checkInlabel = new Label("Check-In Date:"); gridPane.add(checkInlabel, 0, 0);

GridPane.setHalignment(checkInlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkInDatePicker, 0, 1); vbox.getChildren().add(gridPane); }}

Example 26–1 implements a typical UI for selecting a check-in date for hotel booking. When you compile and run the application, the component shown in Figure 26–2 appears.

Figure 26–2 Initial View of a Date Picker Component

Note that in the initial state the date field is empty. However, you can change this behavior and specify the date value to be shown before any date is selected. Set the value property in the DatePicker constructor or call the setValue method inherited from the ComboBox class. Example 26–2 shows several options for setting the LocalDate values.

Example 26–2 Setting Date Values

//Setting a particular date value in the class constructorcheckInDatePicker = new DatePicker(LocalDate.of(1998, 10, 8));//Setting a particular date value by using the setValue methodcheckInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.of(1998, 10, 8));//Setting the minimum date available in the calendarcheckInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.MIN);//Setting the maximum date available in the calendarcheckInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.MAX);//Setting the current datecheckInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.now());

Once the initial value is set, it appears in the date field after you compile and run the application. Figure 26–3 shows a specified initial date in a date field.

Page 196: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

26-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 26–3 Date Field with the Specified Initial Date

The DatePicker API provides several properties and methods to alter the default appearance and behavior of a date picker. In particular, you can toggle showing of the week numbers, customize date formats, and define and apply date cell factories.

Customizing the Date PickerYou can enable and disable showing the ISO week numbers in the calendar by using the setShowWeekNumbers method of the DatePicker class. Example 26–3 is a code line that implements this task for the checkInDatePicker.

Example 26–3 Enabling Week Numbers in the Date Picker

checkInDatePicker.setShowWeekNumbers(true);

This modification produces the date picker component with the week numbers added to the calendar element as shown in Figure 26–4.

Figure 26–4 Showing Week Numbers in the Calendar

By default, the dates in the date field are shown in the format defined by the system locale and the ISO calendar system. Thus, the selected dates in Example 26–1 are shown in the following format: mm/dd/yyyy. Normally, you do not need to modify that default format. Still, the converter property and the setConverter method of the DatePicker class enable you to set an alternative date format when required. Setting the converter value to null restores the default date format.

In Example 26–4, you create a converter to alter the format of the date according to the following pattern: yyyy-MM-dd. It converts the input text to an object of the LocalDate type when users enter a date in the date field. It also converts the LocalDate object that corresponds to the date selected in the calendar to the text shown in the date field.

Example 26–4 Converting a Date Format

import java.time.LocalDate;import java.time.format.DateTimeFormatter;import java.util.Locale;

Page 197: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

Date Picker 26-5

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.HPos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.DatePicker;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.StringConverter; public class DatePickerSample extends Application { private Stage stage; private DatePicker checkInDatePicker; private final String pattern = "yyyy-MM-dd"; public static void main(String[] args) { Locale.setDefault(Locale.US); launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage; stage.setTitle("DatePickerSample "); initUI(); stage.show(); } private void initUI() { VBox vbox = new VBox(20); vbox.setStyle("-fx-padding: 10;"); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox, 400, 400); stage.setScene(scene); checkInDatePicker = new DatePicker(); StringConverter converter = new StringConverter<LocalDate>() { DateTimeFormatter dateFormatter = DateTimeFormatter.ofPattern(pattern); @Override public String toString(LocalDate date) { if (date != null) { return dateFormatter.format(date); } else { return ""; } } @Override public LocalDate fromString(String string) { if (string != null && !string.isEmpty()) { return LocalDate.parse(string, dateFormatter); } else { return null; } } }; checkInDatePicker.setConverter(converter); checkInDatePicker.setPromptText(pattern.toLowerCase()); GridPane gridPane = new GridPane(); gridPane.setHgap(10); gridPane.setVgap(10);

Page 198: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

26-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Label checkInlabel = new Label("Check-In Date:"); gridPane.add(checkInlabel, 0, 0); GridPane.setHalignment(checkInlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkInDatePicker, 0, 1); vbox.getChildren().add(gridPane); checkInDatePicker.requestFocus(); }}

In addition to converting the date format, Example 26–4 sets the prompt text for the date field to inform users about the required date format. Figure 26–5 shows two states of the date picker with the date format converter applied. Both the prompt text and the selected date are shown in the new format.

Figure 26–5 Date Picker with the Format Converter and Prompt Text

You can also modify the default appearance and set a specific behavior for any cell or several cells of a calendar element. To implement this task, consider a real-life use case: selecting check-in and check-out dates during hotel booking. Example 26–5 creates a typical user interface with two date pickers.

Example 26–5 Adding Two Date Picker Components

import java.time.LocalDate;import java.util.Locale;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.HPos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.DatePicker;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class DatePickerSample extends Application { private Stage stage; private DatePicker checkInDatePicker; private DatePicker checkOutDatePicker; public static void main(String[] args) { Locale.setDefault(Locale.US); launch(args);

Page 199: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

Date Picker 26-7

} @Override public void start(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage; stage.setTitle("DatePickerSample "); initUI(); stage.show(); } private void initUI() { VBox vbox = new VBox(20); vbox.setStyle("-fx-padding: 10;"); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox, 400, 400); stage.setScene(scene); checkInDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkOutDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.now()); checkOutDatePicker.setValue(checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1)); GridPane gridPane = new GridPane(); gridPane.setHgap(10); gridPane.setVgap(10); Label checkInlabel = new Label("Check-In Date:"); gridPane.add(checkInlabel, 0, 0); GridPane.setHalignment(checkInlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkInDatePicker, 0, 1); Label checkOutlabel = new Label("Check-Out Date:"); gridPane.add(checkOutlabel, 0, 2); GridPane.setHalignment(checkOutlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkOutDatePicker, 0, 3); vbox.getChildren().add(gridPane); }}

The predefined value of the checkInDatePicker in Example 26–5 is LocalDate.now(), which corresponds to the current date from the system clock. The predefined date of the checkOutDatePicker is the next date after the current date.

When you compile and run this example on September 19, 2013, it produces the output shown in Figure 26–6.

Figure 26–6 Two Date Picker Components

By default, all the cells in the calendar elements are available for selection. This could lead to a situation in which the check-out date precedes the check-in date, which is incorrect.

Example 26–6 creates a day cell factory for the checkOutDatePicker to disable the cell that corresponds to the date selected in the checkInDatePicker and all the cells corresponding to the preceding dates.

Page 200: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

26-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 26–6 Implementing a Day Cell Factory to Disable Some Days

import java.time.LocalDate;import java.util.Locale;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.HPos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.DateCell;import javafx.scene.control.DatePicker;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; public class DatePickerSample extends Application { private Stage stage; private DatePicker checkInDatePicker; private DatePicker checkOutDatePicker; public static void main(String[] args) { Locale.setDefault(Locale.US); launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage; stage.setTitle("DatePickerSample "); initUI(); stage.show(); } private void initUI() { VBox vbox = new VBox(20); vbox.setStyle("-fx-padding: 10;"); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox, 400, 400); stage.setScene(scene); checkInDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkOutDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.now()); final Callback<DatePicker, DateCell> dayCellFactory = new Callback<DatePicker, DateCell>() { @Override public DateCell call(final DatePicker datePicker) { return new DateCell() { @Override public void updateItem(LocalDate item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (item.isBefore( checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1)) ) { setDisable(true); setStyle("-fx-background-color: #ffc0cb;"); } } }; } };

Page 201: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

Date Picker 26-9

checkOutDatePicker.setDayCellFactory(dayCellFactory); checkOutDatePicker.setValue(checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1)); GridPane gridPane = new GridPane(); gridPane.setHgap(10); gridPane.setVgap(10); Label checkInlabel = new Label("Check-In Date:"); gridPane.add(checkInlabel, 0, 0); GridPane.setHalignment(checkInlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkInDatePicker, 0, 1); Label checkOutlabel = new Label("Check-Out Date:"); gridPane.add(checkOutlabel, 0, 2); GridPane.setHalignment(checkOutlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkOutDatePicker, 0, 3); vbox.getChildren().add(gridPane); }}

The dayCellFactory applied to the checkOutDatePicker calls the setDisable and setStyle methods on a DateCell item to protect the cells from selection and paint them with the pink color.

When you compile and run the code in Example 26–6, the DatePickerSample produces a UI with the expected behavior shown in Figure 26–7.

Figure 26–7 Disabling Cells in the Calendar Element

Now that you have learned how to create day cell factories, you can extend the default behavior of the checkOutDatePicker and provide additional functionality for the date cells that are enabled for selection.

Example 26–7 calculates the day interval between the date selected in the checkInDatePicker and the current date cell. The result is rendered in the cell tooltip.

Example 26–7 Calculating a Time Interval

import java.time.LocalDate;import java.time.temporal.ChronoUnit;import java.util.Locale;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.HPos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.DateCell;import javafx.scene.control.DatePicker;

Page 202: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Customizing the Date Picker

26-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Tooltip;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; public class DatePickerSample extends Application { private Stage stage; private DatePicker checkInDatePicker; private DatePicker checkOutDatePicker; public static void main(String[] args) { Locale.setDefault(Locale.US); launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage; stage.setTitle("DatePickerSample "); initUI(); stage.show(); } private void initUI() { VBox vbox = new VBox(20); vbox.setStyle("-fx-padding: 10;"); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox, 400, 400); stage.setScene(scene); checkInDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkOutDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.now()); final Callback<DatePicker, DateCell> dayCellFactory = new Callback<DatePicker, DateCell>() { @Override public DateCell call(final DatePicker datePicker) { return new DateCell() { @Override public void updateItem(LocalDate item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (item.isBefore( checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1)) ) { setDisable(true); setStyle("-fx-background-color: #ffc0cb;"); } long p = ChronoUnit.DAYS.between( checkInDatePicker.getValue(), item ); setTooltip(new Tooltip( "You're about to stay for " + p + " days") ); } }; } }; checkOutDatePicker.setDayCellFactory(dayCellFactory); checkOutDatePicker.setValue(checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1));

Page 203: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering the Calendar System

Date Picker 26-11

GridPane gridPane = new GridPane(); gridPane.setHgap(10); gridPane.setVgap(10); Label checkInlabel = new Label("Check-In Date:"); gridPane.add(checkInlabel, 0, 0); GridPane.setHalignment(checkInlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkInDatePicker, 0, 1); Label checkOutlabel = new Label("Check-Out Date:"); gridPane.add(checkOutlabel, 0, 2); GridPane.setHalignment(checkOutlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkOutDatePicker, 0, 3); vbox.getChildren().add(gridPane); }}

When you compile and run the modified DatePickerSample application, you can see the tooltip if you hover the mouse cursor over a date cell. Figure 26–8 captures the moment when you put a mouse cursor over the cell for September 30. The tooltip states that the time interval between September 19 and September 30 is 11 days.

Figure 26–8 Setting a Tooltip for a Date Cell

Altering the Calendar SystemThe Date-Time Java API introduced in JDK 8 enables developers to operate not only with ISO-based calendar systems but also with alternative chronologies, such as Japanese, Hijrah, Minguo, and Thai Buddhist.

The DatePicker control also supports non-ISO calendar systems by rendering the appropriate year. For the Hijrah chronology, in which month dates do not coincide with the ISO dates, it provides an additional visual theme to distinguish between ISO and Hijrah days of the month.

Example 26–8 applies the Thai Buddhist chronology to the checkInDatePicker and the Hijrah chronology to the checkOutDatePicker.

Example 26–8 Applying Thai Buddhist and Hijrah Chronologies

import java.time.chrono.*;

checkInDatePicker.setChronology(ThaiBuddhistChronology.INSTANCE);checkOutDatePicker.setChronology(HijrahChronology.INSTANCE);

Page 204: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering the Calendar System

26-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

When these lines are added to the DatePickerSample application, the date picker controls change their appearance as shown in Figure 26–9.

Figure 26–9 Using Alternative Chronology

You can find out more details about Non-ISO Date support in the corresponding lesson of the Java Tutorials.

Related Documentation

■ Date-Time Java Tutorial

■ DatePicker

■ DateCell

Page 205: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

27

Pagination Control 27-1

27Pagination Control

This chapter explains how to add a pagination control to your JavaFX application. It teaches how to add a pagination control to your application, manage its page items, and style the elements of the control with CSS styles.

The pagination control that is used to navigate through multiple pages of content that are divided into smaller parts. Typical uses include navigating through email messages in a mailbox or choosing among search results. In touch devices, a pagination control can be used to browse through single pages of an article or to navigate between screens. Figure 27–1 shows a pagination control that displays the fonts available in an operating system.

Figure 27–1 Pagination Control

Creating a Pagination ControlA pagination control consists of the page content and the page navigation areas. The Page content area renders and lays out the content according to the application logic. The Page navigation area contains a prefabricated control to preview a particular part of the content. Figure 27–2 shows the structure and basic elements of the navigation area.

Page 206: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Pagination Control

27-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 27–2 Navigation Area of a Pagination Control

You can navigate through the pages by clicking a particular page indicator or by clicking the Next page and Previous page buttons. When the first page is selected, the Previous page button is disabled. Similarly, when the last navigation indicator is selected, the Next page button is disabled.

The JavaFX SDK API provides the Pagination class to add the pagination control to your JavaFX application. Example 27–1 shows three available constructors of the Pagination class.

Example 27–1 Three Constructors of the Pagination Class

//Creates a Pagination control with an INDETERMINATE page count //and the current page index equal to zeroPagination pagination1 = new Pagination();//Creates a Pagination control with 5 pages//and the current page index equal to zeroPagination pagination2 = new Pagination(5);//Creates a Pagination control with 5 pages//and the current selected index equal to 2Pagination pagination3 = new Pagination(5, 2);

The pagination3 control from Example 27–1 is displayed in Figure 27–3.

Figure 27–3 Pagination Control without the Content

Note that page indexes start with 0. Therefore, to start with the third page selected, you need to set the currentPageIndexProperty to 2.

The pages of the pagination3 control are empty, because no content is added to the control.

Page 207: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Page Factories

Pagination Control 27-3

You cannot add any items directly to the pagination control, it requires setting a page factory. Use the setPageFactory method of the Pagination class to define the page content by implementing a page factory.

Implementing Page FactoriesThe setPageFactory is used to define a page factory for the pagination control. The application developer creates a callback method and sets the pagination page factory to use this callback. The callback method is called when a page has been selected. It loads and returns the content of the selected page. The null value must be returned if the selected page index does not exist. Example 27–2 creates a pagination control with 28 pages and populates the pages with the search results, allocating eight items per page.

Example 27–2 Adding Hyperlinks to a Pagination Control

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Pagination;import javafx.scene.control.Hyperlink;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.AnchorPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class PaginationSample extends Application { private Pagination pagination; public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { launch(args); } public int itemsPerPage() { return 8; } public VBox createPage(int pageIndex) { VBox box = new VBox(5); int page = pageIndex * itemsPerPage(); for (int i = page; i < page + itemsPerPage(); i++) { VBox element = new VBox(); Hyperlink link = new Hyperlink("Item " + (i+1)); link.setVisited(true); Label text = new Label("Search results\nfor "+ link.getText()); element.getChildren().addAll(link, text); box.getChildren().add(element); } return box; } @Override public void start(final Stage stage) throws Exception { pagination = new Pagination(28, 0); pagination.setStyle("-fx-border-color:red;"); pagination.setPageFactory((Integer pageIndex) -> createPage(pageIndex)); AnchorPane anchor = new AnchorPane(); AnchorPane.setTopAnchor(pagination, 10.0);

Page 208: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Page Factories

27-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

AnchorPane.setRightAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setBottomAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setLeftAnchor(pagination, 10.0); anchor.getChildren().addAll(pagination); Scene scene = new Scene(anchor); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("PaginationSample"); stage.show(); }}

The number of pages and the selected page are defined within the constructor of the Pagination class. Alternatively, you can create a Pagination control and set the number of pages and the index of the selected page afterward by using the setPageCount and setCurrentPageIndex methods.

The content of the Pagination control is declared within the createPage method that serves as a page factory and is called by the setPageFactory method. The createPage method creates the pairs of hyperlinks and the corresponding labels, and arranges them vertically, setting a five-pixel interval between the elements.

When you compile and run Example 27–2, you should see the output shown in Figure 27–4.

Figure 27–4 Using a Pagination Control to Preview Search Results

The current implementation of the Pagination control displays 10 page indicators if the number of pages exceeds 10. To set an alternative value for the displayed page indicators, use the setMaxPageIndicatorCount method of the Pagination class. For example, add the following line to Example 27–2 to show seven page indicators:

Page 209: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Page Factories

Pagination Control 27-5

pagination.setMaxPageIndicatorCount(7);. Figure 27–5 shows the PaginationSample application after the change has been applied.

Figure 27–5 Changing the Number of Page Indicators

Example 27–3 shows another use for the pagination control. The application renders the text fragments, one per page. The number of the fragments is five, and the number of the declared pages of the pagination control is 28. To avoid an ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException condition, add the page index check (highlighted in bold in Example 27–3) and make the callback method return null when the number of pages exceeds five.

Example 27–3 Adding Text Snippets to a Pagination Control

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Pagination;import javafx.scene.control.TextArea;import javafx.scene.layout.AnchorPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;

public class PaginationSample extends Application { private Pagination pagination; final String[] textPages = new String[]{ "The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree, species Malus " + "domestica in the rose family (Rosaceae). It is one of the most " + "widely cultivated tree fruits, and the most widely known of " + "the many members of genus Malus that are used by humans. " + "The tree originated in Western Asia, where its wild ancestor, "

Page 210: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Page Factories

27-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

+ "the Alma, is still found today.", "The hawthorn is a large genus of shrubs and trees in the rose family," + "Rosaceae, native to temperate regions of the Northern Hemisphere " + "in Europe, Asia and North America. The name hawthorn was " + "originally applied to the species native to northern Europe, " + "especially the Common Hawthorn C. monogyna, and the unmodified " + "name is often so used in Britain and Ireland.", "The ivy is a flowering plant in the grape family (Vitaceae) native to " + " eastern Asia in Japan, Korea, and northern and eastern China. " + "It is a deciduous woody vine growing to 30 m tall or more given " + "suitable support, attaching itself by means of numerous small " + "branched tendrils tipped with sticky disks.", "The quince is the sole member of the genus Cydonia and is native to " + "warm-temperate southwest Asia in the Caucasus region. The " + "immature fruit is green with dense grey-white pubescence, most " + "of which rubs off before maturity in late autumn when the fruit " + "changes color to yellow with hard, strongly perfumed flesh.", "Aster (syn. Diplopappus Cass.) is a genus of flowering plants " + "in the family Asteraceae. The genus once contained nearly 600 " + "species in Eurasia and North America, but after morphologic " + "and molecular research on the genus during the 1990s, it was " + "decided that the North American species are better treated in a " + "series of other related genera. After this split there are " + "roughly 180 species within the genus, all but one being confined " + "to Eurasia." }; public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { launch(args); } public int itemsPerPage() { return 1; } public VBox createPage(int pageIndex) { VBox box = new VBox(5); int page = pageIndex * itemsPerPage(); for (int i = page; i < page + itemsPerPage(); i++) { TextArea text = new TextArea(textPages[i]); text.setWrapText(true); box.getChildren().add(text); } return box; } @Override public void start(final Stage stage) throws Exception { pagination = new Pagination(28, 0); pagination.setStyle("-fx-border-color:red;"); pagination.setPageFactory((Integer pageIndex) -> { if (pageIndex >= textPages.length) { return null; } else { return createPage(pageIndex); } }); AnchorPane anchor = new AnchorPane(); AnchorPane.setTopAnchor(pagination, 10.0);

Page 211: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Page Factories

Pagination Control 27-7

AnchorPane.setRightAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setBottomAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setLeftAnchor(pagination, 10.0); anchor.getChildren().addAll(pagination); Scene scene = new Scene(anchor, 400, 250); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("PaginationSample"); stage.show(); }}

When you compile and run Example 27–3, you will see the output shown in Figure 27–6.

Figure 27–6 Rendering Text Fragments in a Pagination Control

In some cases you cannot set the exact number of items to render and, therefore, the number of pages in a pagination control. In such situations, you can include a line of code that calculates the number of pages within the constructor of the Pagination object. Example 27–4 outputs a list of system fonts and calculates the number of pages as the length of the fonts array divided by the number of items per page.

Example 27–4 Adding Content of an Undetermined Size

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Pagination;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.AnchorPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class Test8 extends Application { private Pagination pagination; String[] fonts = new String[]{}; public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { launch(args); } public int itemsPerPage() { return 15;

Page 212: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Page Factories

27-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

} public VBox createPage(int pageIndex) { VBox box = new VBox(5); int page = pageIndex * itemsPerPage(); for (int i = page; i < page + itemsPerPage(); i++) { Label font = new Label(fonts[i]); box.getChildren().add(font); } return box; } @Override public void start(final Stage stage) throws Exception { fonts = Font.getFamilies().toArray(fonts); pagination = new Pagination(fonts.length/itemsPerPage(), 0); pagination.setStyle("-fx-border-color:red;"); pagination.setPageFactory((Integer pageIndex) -> createPage(pageIndex)); AnchorPane anchor = new AnchorPane(); AnchorPane.setTopAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setRightAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setBottomAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setLeftAnchor(pagination, 10.0); anchor.getChildren().addAll(pagination); Scene scene = new Scene(anchor, 400, 450); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("PaginationSample"); stage.show(); }}

When you compile and run this example, it produces the application window shown in Figure 27–7.

Page 213: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling a Pagination Control

Pagination Control 27-9

Figure 27–7 Using a Pagination Control to Render the System Fonts

Styling a Pagination ControlYou can customize the pagination control to display bullet page indicators instead of numeric page indicators by setting the style class STYLE_CLASS_BULLET. In addition, you can modify the default pagination styles in the modena style sheet.

Example 27–5 shows some alternative styles for the visual elements of the pagination control in Example 27–4.

Example 27–5 Modified Styles of the Pagination Control

.pagination { -fx-border-color: #0E5D79;} .pagination .page { -fx-background-color: #DDF1F8;} .pagination .pagination-control { -fx-background-color: #C8C6C6; } .pagination .pagination-control .bullet-button { -fx-background-color: transparent, #DDF1F8, #0E5D79, white, white;} .pagination .pagination-control .bullet-button:selected { -fx-background-color: transparent, #DDF1F8, #0E5D79, white, #0E5D79;} .pagination .pagination-control .left-arrow, .right-arrow{ -fx-background-color: #DDF1F8, #0E5D79;}

Page 214: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling a Pagination Control

27-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 27–6 applies these styles to the pagination control and sets the bullet style for the page indicators.

Example 27–6 Enabling the Modified Pagination Control Style in the PaginationSample Application

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Pagination;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.AnchorPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; public class PaginationSample extends Application { private Pagination pagination; String[] fonts = new String[]{}; public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { launch(args); } public int itemsPerPage() { return 15; } public VBox createPage(int pageIndex) { VBox box = new VBox(5); int page = pageIndex * itemsPerPage(); for (int i = page; i < page + itemsPerPage(); i++) { Label font = new Label(fonts[i]); box.getChildren().add(font); } return box; } @Override public void start(final Stage stage) throws Exception { fonts = Font.getFamilies().toArray(fonts); pagination = new Pagination(fonts.length/itemsPerPage(), 0); pagination.getStyleClass().add(Pagination.STYLE_CLASS_BULLET); pagination.setPageFactory((Integer pageIndex) -> createPage(pageIndex)); AnchorPane anchor = new AnchorPane(); AnchorPane.setTopAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setRightAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setBottomAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setLeftAnchor(pagination, 10.0); anchor.getChildren().addAll(pagination); Scene scene = new Scene(anchor, 400, 450); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("PaginationSample"); scene.getStylesheets().add("paginationsample/ControlStyle.css"); stage.show();

Page 215: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling a Pagination Control

Pagination Control 27-11

}}

When you apply the newly defined styles to the PaginationSample application, and compile and run it, you see the application window shown in Figure 27–8.

Figure 27–8 PaginationSample with Bullet Page Indicators and the New CSS Styles Applied

In addition to the applied styles you can consider the following styles to alter the appearance of the pagination control in your applications:

■ -fx-max-page-indicator-count — Sets the maximum number of page indicators.

■ -fx-arrows-visible — Toggles visibility of the Next and Previous button arrows, true by default.

■ -fx-tooltip-visible — Toggles visibility of the page indicator tooltip, true by default.

■ -fx-page-information-visible — Toggles visibility of the page information, true by default.

■ -fx-page-information-alignment — Sets the alignment of the page information.

Related API Documentation

■ Pagination

■ VBox

■ AnchorPane

Page 216: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling a Pagination Control

27-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 217: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

28

File Chooser 28-1

28File Chooser

This chapter explains how to use the FileChooser class to enable users to navigate the file system. The samples provided in this chapter explain how to open one or several files, configure a file chooser dialog window, and save the application content.

Unlike other user interface component classes, the FileChooser class does not belong to the javafx.scene.controls package. However, this class deserves to be mentioned in the JavaFX UI Controls tutorial, because it supports one of the typical GUI application functions: file system navigation.

The FileChooser class is located in the javafx.stage package along with the other basic root graphical elements, such as Stage, Window, and Popup. The View Pictures window in Figure 28–1 is an example of the file chooser dialog in Windows.

Figure 28–1 Example of a File Chooser Window

Opening FilesA file chooser can be used to invoke an open dialog window for selecting either a single file or multiple files, and to enable a file save dialog window. To display a file chooser, you typically use the FileChooser class. Example 28–1 provides the simplest way to enable a file chooser in your application.

Page 218: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Opening Files

28-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 28–1 Showing a File Chooser

FileChooser fileChooser = new FileChooser();fileChooser.setTitle("Open Resource File");fileChooser.showOpenDialog(stage);

After the code from Example 28–1 is added to a JavaFX application, the file chooser dialog window appears immediately when the application starts, as shown in Figure 28–2.

Figure 28–2 Simple File Chooser

Note: Figure 28–2 shows the file chooser in Windows. When you open file choosers in other operating systems that support this functionality, you receive alternative windows. Figure 28–3 and Figure 28–4 show examples of file chooser windows in Linux and Mac OS.

Page 219: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Opening Files

File Chooser 28-3

Figure 28–3 File Chooser Window in Linux

Figure 28–4 File Chooser Window in Mac OS

Although in the previous example the file chooser appears automatically when the application starts, a more typical approach is to invoke a file chooser by selecting the corresponding menu item or clicking a dedicated button. In this tutorial, you create an application that enables a user to click a button and open a one or more pictures located in the file system. Example 28–2 shows the code of the FileChooserSample application that implements this task.

Example 28–2 Opening File Chooser for Single and Multiple Selection

import java.awt.Desktop;import java.io.File;import java.io.IOException;import java.util.List;import java.util.logging.Level;import java.util.logging.Logger;

Page 220: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Opening Files

28-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.Pane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.FileChooser;import javafx.stage.Stage; public final class FileChooserSample extends Application { private final Desktop desktop = Desktop.getDesktop(); @Override public void start(final Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("File Chooser Sample"); final FileChooser fileChooser = new FileChooser(); final Button openButton = new Button("Open a Picture..."); final Button openMultipleButton = new Button("Open Pictures..."); openButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { File file = fileChooser.showOpenDialog(stage); if (file != null) { openFile(file); } }); openMultipleButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { List<File> list = fileChooser.showOpenMultipleDialog(stage); if (list != null) { list.stream().forEach((file) -> { openFile(file); }); } }); final GridPane inputGridPane = new GridPane(); GridPane.setConstraints(openButton, 0, 0); GridPane.setConstraints(openMultipleButton, 1, 0); inputGridPane.setHgap(6); inputGridPane.setVgap(6); inputGridPane.getChildren().addAll(openButton, openMultipleButton); final Pane rootGroup = new VBox(12); rootGroup.getChildren().addAll(inputGridPane); rootGroup.setPadding(new Insets(12, 12, 12, 12)); stage.setScene(new Scene(rootGroup)); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args);

Page 221: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Opening Files

File Chooser 28-5

} private void openFile(File file) { EventQueue.invokeLater(() -> { try { desktop.open(file); } catch (IOException ex) { Logger.getLogger(FileChooserSample. class.getName()). log(Level.SEVERE, null, ex); } }); }}

In Example 28–2, the Open a Picture button enables the user to open a file chooser for a single selection, and the Open Pictures button enables the user to open a file chooser for multiple selections. The setOnAction methods for these buttons are almost identical. The only difference is in the method that is used to invoke a FileChooser.

■ The showOpenDialog method shows a new file open dialog in which one file can be selected. The method returns the value that specifies the file chosen by the user or null if no selection has been made.

■ The showOpenMultipleDialog method shows a new file open dialog in which multiple files can be selected. The method returns the value that specifies the list of files chosen by the user or null if no selection has been made. The returned list cannot be modified and throws UnsupportedOperationException on each modification attempt.

Both methods do not return results until the displayed open dialog window is dismissed (in other words, until a user commits or cancels the selection).

When you compile and run the FileChooserSample application, it produces the window shown in Figure 28–5.

Figure 28–5 FileChooserSample with Two Buttons

When you click either of the buttons, the dialog window shown in Figure 28–6 appears. The opened file chooser dialog window shows the location that is the default for your operating system.

Page 222: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Configuring a File Chooser

28-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 28–6 Default File Chooser Window

Users of the FileChooserSample application may navigate to a directory containing pictures and select a picture. After a file is selected, it is opened with the associated application. The example code implements this by using the open method of the java.awt.Desktop class: desktop.open(file);.

You can improve the user experience for this application by setting the file chooser directory to the specific directory that contains the pictures.

Configuring a File ChooserYou can configure the file chooser dialog window by setting the initialDirectory and title properties of a FileChooser object. Example 28–3 shows how to specify the initial directory and a suitable title to preview and open pictures.

Example 28–3 Setting the Initial Directory and Window Title

import java.awt.Desktop;import java.io.File;import java.io.IOException;import java.util.List;import java.util.logging.Level;import java.util.logging.Logger;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;

Note: Availability of the Desktop class is platform dependent. Refer to API documentation for more information on the Desktop class. You can also use the isDesktopSupported() method to check if it is supported in your system.

Page 223: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Configuring a File Chooser

File Chooser 28-7

import javafx.scene.layout.Pane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.FileChooser;import javafx.stage.Stage; public final class FileChooserSample extends Application { private final Desktop desktop = Desktop.getDesktop(); @Override public void start(final Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("File Chooser Sample"); final FileChooser fileChooser = new FileChooser(); final Button openButton = new Button("Open a Picture..."); final Button openMultipleButton = new Button("Open Pictures...");

openButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { configureFileChooser(fileChooser); File file = fileChooser.showOpenDialog(stage); if (file != null) { openFile(file); } });

openMultipleButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { configureFileChooser(fileChooser); List<File> list = fileChooser.showOpenMultipleDialog(stage); if (list != null) { list.stream().forEach((file) -> { openFile(file); }); } });

final GridPane inputGridPane = new GridPane(); GridPane.setConstraints(openButton, 0, 0); GridPane.setConstraints(openMultipleButton, 1, 0); inputGridPane.setHgap(6); inputGridPane.setVgap(6); inputGridPane.getChildren().addAll(openButton, openMultipleButton); final Pane rootGroup = new VBox(12); rootGroup.getChildren().addAll(inputGridPane); rootGroup.setPadding(new Insets(12, 12, 12, 12)); stage.setScene(new Scene(rootGroup)); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } private static void configureFileChooser(final FileChooser fileChooser){

Page 224: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Configuring a File Chooser

28-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

fileChooser.setTitle("View Pictures"); fileChooser.setInitialDirectory( new File(System.getProperty("user.home")) ); }

private void openFile(File file) { EventQueue.invokeLater(() -> { try { desktop.open(file); } catch (IOException ex) { Logger.getLogger(FileChooserSample. class.getName()). log(Level.SEVERE, null, ex); } }); }}

The configureFileChooser method sets the View Pictures title and the path to the user home directory with the My Pictures sub-directory. When you compile and run the FileChooserSample and click one of the buttons, the file chooser shown in Figure 28–7 appears.

Figure 28–7 Opening a Pictures Library

You can also let the users specify the target directory by using the DirectoryChooser class. In the code fragment shown in Example 28–4, the click of the browseButton invokes the directoryChooser.showDialog method.

Example 28–4 Use of the DirectoryChooser Class

final Button browseButton = new Button("...");browseButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { final DirectoryChooser directoryChooser new DirectoryChooser();

Page 225: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Extension Filters

File Chooser 28-9

final File selectedDirectory = directoryChooser.showDialog(stage); if (selectedDirectory != null) { selectedDirectory.getAbsolutePath(); }});

After the selection is performed, you can assign the corresponding value to the file chooser as follows: fileChooser.setInitialDirectory(selectedDirectory); .

Setting Extension FiltersAs the next configuration option, you can set the extension filter to determine which files to open in a file chooser, as shown in Example 28–5.

Example 28–5 Setting an Image Type Filter

import java.awt.Desktop;import java.io.File;import java.io.IOException;import java.util.List;import java.util.logging.Level;import java.util.logging.Logger;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.Pane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.FileChooser;import javafx.stage.Stage; public final class FileChooserSample extends Application { private final Desktop desktop = Desktop.getDesktop(); @Override public void start(final Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("File Chooser Sample"); final FileChooser fileChooser = new FileChooser(); final Button openButton = new Button("Open a Picture..."); final Button openMultipleButton = new Button("Open Pictures..."); openButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { configureFileChooser(fileChooser); File file = fileChooser.showOpenDialog(stage); if (file != null) { openFile(file); } }); openMultipleButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { configureFileChooser(fileChooser); List<File> list =

Page 226: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Extension Filters

28-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

fileChooser.showOpenMultipleDialog(stage); if (list != null) { list.stream().forEach((file) -> { openFile(file); }); } }); final GridPane inputGridPane = new GridPane(); GridPane.setConstraints(openButton, 0, 1); GridPane.setConstraints(openMultipleButton, 1, 1); inputGridPane.setHgap(6); inputGridPane.setVgap(6); inputGridPane.getChildren().addAll(openButton, openMultipleButton); final Pane rootGroup = new VBox(12); rootGroup.getChildren().addAll(inputGridPane); rootGroup.setPadding(new Insets(12, 12, 12, 12)); stage.setScene(new Scene(rootGroup)); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } private static void configureFileChooser( final FileChooser fileChooser) { fileChooser.setTitle("View Pictures"); fileChooser.setInitialDirectory( new File(System.getProperty("user.home")) ); fileChooser.getExtensionFilters().addAll( new FileChooser.ExtensionFilter("All Images", "*.*"), new FileChooser.ExtensionFilter("JPG", "*.jpg"), new FileChooser.ExtensionFilter("PNG", "*.png") ); } private void openFile(File file) { EventQueue.invokeLater(() -> { try { desktop.open(file); } catch (IOException ex) { Logger.getLogger(FileChooserSample. class.getName()). log(Level.SEVERE, null, ex); } }); }}

In Example 28–5, you set an extension filter by using FileChooser.ExtensionFilter to define the following options for file selection: All images, JPG, and PNG.

When you compile, run the FileChooserSample code from Example 28–5, and click one of the buttons, the extension filters appear in the file chooser window. If a user selects JPG, then the file chooser displays only pictures of the JPG type. Figure 28–8 captures

Page 227: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Saving Files

File Chooser 28-11

the moment of selection JPG images in the My Pictures directory.

Figure 28–8 Filtering JPG Files in File Chooser

Saving FilesIn addition to opening and filtering files, the FileChooser API provides a capability to let a user specify a file name (and its location in the file system) for a file to be saved by the application. The showSaveDialog method of the FileChooser class opens a save dialog window. Like other show dialog methods, the showSaveDialog method returns the file chosen by the user or null if no selection has been performed.

The code fragment shown in Example 28–6 is an addition to the Menu sample. It implements one more item of the context menu that saves the displayed image in the file system.

Example 28–6 Saving an Image with the FileChooser Class

MenuItem cmItem2 = new MenuItem("Save Image");cmItem2.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { FileChooser fileChooser1 = new FileChooser(); fileChooser1.setTitle("Save Image"); System.out.println(pic.getId()); File file = fileChooser1.showSaveDialog(stage); if (file != null) { try { ImageIO.write(SwingFXUtils.fromFXImage(pic.getImage(), null), "png", file); } catch (IOException ex) { System.out.println(ex.getMessage()); } }});

When you add Example 28–6 to the MenuSample application (find the source code in the Application Files), compile and run it, you enable the Save Image menu item, as

Page 228: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Saving Files

28-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

shown in Figure 28–9.

Figure 28–9 Saving Image

After a user selects the Save Image item, the Save Image window shown in Figure 28–10 appears.

Figure 28–10 The Save Image Window

The Save Image window corresponds to the typical user experience for the save dialog windows: the user needs to select the target directory, type in the name of the saving file, and click Save.

Related API Documentation

■ FileChooser

Page 229: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Saving Files

File Chooser 28-13

■ DirectoryChooser

Page 230: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Saving Files

28-14 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 231: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

29

Customization of UI Controls 29-1

29Customization of UI Controls

This chapter describes the aspects of UI control customization and summarizes some tips and tricks provided by Oracle to help you modify the appearance and behavior of UI controls.

You can learn how to customize the controls from the sample applications in the UI Control Samples project by applying Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), redefining the default behavior, and using cell factories. For more specific cases, when the task of your application requires unique features that cannot be implemented with the classes of the javafx.scene.control package, extend the Control class to invent your own control.

Applying CSSYou can change the look of UI controls by redefining the style definitions of the JavaFX modena style sheets. Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS explains the general concepts and approaches to modifying the styles and enabling them in a JavaFX application.

Consider some of the specific tasks that are frequently requested by developers at the JavaFX forum.

Although the Tooltip class does not have any properties or methods to change the default color of the tooltip, you can modify the -fx-background-color property of the .tooltip CSS class as shown in Example 29–1.

Example 29–1 Changing the Background Color of a Tooltip

.tooltip { -fx-background-color: linear-gradient(#e2ecfe, #99bcfd);}.page-corner { -fx-background-color: linear-gradient(from 0% 0% to 50% 50%,#3278fa,#99bcfd);}

The .page-corner CSS class defines the color of the right-bottom corner of the tooltip. When you add the code in Example 29–1 to the style sheets of the TooltipSample and apply the style sheets to the scene, the tooltip changes its color to blue. See Figure 29–1 to evaluate the effect.

Page 232: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying CSS

29-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 29–1 Tooltip with the Blue Background Color

Note that when you modify the default style of a tooltip, the new look is applied to all the tooltips in your application.

Another popular design task is changing the default marks for the controls. For example, the default style of the CheckBox class defines the traditional check mark for the selected state. You can redefine the shape of the mark as well as its color as shown in Example 29–2.

Example 29–2 Alternative Mark for a Checkbox

.check-box .mark { -fx-shape:"M2,0L5,4L8,0L10,0L10,2L6,5L10,8L10,10L8,10L5,6L2,10L0,10L0,8L4,5L0,2L0,0Z";}.check-box:selected .mark { -fx-background-color: #0181e2;}

The -fx-shape property sets the new SVG path for the mark, and the -fx-background-color property defines its color. When the modified style sheets are enabled in the CheckBoxSample application, the selected checkboxes contain X marks instead of check marks, as shown in Figure 29–2.

Figure 29–2 ComboBoxSample with the Modified Checkbox Style

Many developers asked how to overcome the limitation in visual style of the TableView and ListView controls. By default, all rows in these controls are shown, whether they are empty or not. With the proper CSS settings, you can set a specific color for all empty rows. Example 29–3 implements this task for a TableView control.

Example 29–3 Setting Color for Empty Rows in a Table View

.table-row-cell:empty { -fx-background-color: lightyellow;} .table-row-cell:empty .table-cell { -fx-border-width: 0px;}

Page 233: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Applying CSS

Customization of UI Controls 29-3

The first CSS style determines that all empty rows, regardless of whether they are even or odd, should have light yellow backgrounds. When the table-row-cell is empty, the second CSS statement removes the vertical border that is painted on the right-hand side of all table cells.

When the CSS styles from Example 29–3 are enabled in the TableViewSample application, the Address Book table looks as shown Figure 29–3.

Figure 29–3 TableViewSample with Color Added to the Empty Rows

You can even set the null value for the background color of the empty cells. The style sheets will use the default background color of the table view in this case. See Figure 29–4 to evaluate the effect.

Page 234: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Default Behavior

29-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 29–4 TableViewSample with Null Background Color Added to the Empty Rows

You can set more CSS properties for UI Controls to alter their shapes, color schemes, and the applied effects. See the JavaFX CSS Reference Guide for more information about available CSS properties and classes.

Altering Default BehaviorMany developers requested a specific API to restrict input in the text field, for example, to allow only number values. Example 29–4 provides a simple application with a numeric text field.

Example 29–4 Prohibiting Letters in the Text Field

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class CustomTextFieldSample extends Application { final static Label label = new Label(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 300, 150); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Text Field Sample"); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10));

Page 235: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Default Behavior

Customization of UI Controls 29-5

grid.setVgap(5); grid.setHgap(5); scene.setRoot(grid); final Label dollar = new Label("$"); GridPane.setConstraints(dollar, 0, 0); grid.getChildren().add(dollar); final TextField sum = new TextField() { @Override public void replaceText(int start, int end, String text) { if (!text.matches("[a-z, A-Z]")) { super.replaceText(start, end, text); } label.setText("Enter a numeric value"); } @Override public void replaceSelection(String text) { if (!text.matches("[a-z, A-Z]")) { super.replaceSelection(text); } } }; sum.setPrefColumnCount(10); GridPane.setConstraints(sum, 1, 0); grid.getChildren().add(sum); Button submit = new Button("Submit"); GridPane.setConstraints(submit, 2, 0); grid.getChildren().add(submit); submit.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText(null); }); GridPane.setConstraints(label, 0, 1); GridPane.setColumnSpan(label, 3); grid.getChildren().add(label); scene.setRoot(grid); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

To redefine the default implementation of the TextField class, you must override the replaceText and replaceSelection methods inherited from the TextInputControl class.

When the user tries to enter any letter in the Sum text field, no symbols appear, and the warning message is shown. Figure 29–5 illustrates this situation.

Page 236: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

29-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 29–5 Attempt to Enter Letter Symbols

However, when the user attempts to enter the numeric values, they appear in the field as shown in Figure 29–6.

Figure 29–6 Entering Numeric Values

Implementing Cell FactoriesAppearance and even behavior of four UI controls can be entirely customized by using the mechanism of cell factories. You can apply cell factories to TableView, ListView, TreeView, and ComboBox. A cell factory is used to generate cell instances, which are used to represent any single item of these controls.

The Cell class extends the Labeled class, which provides all the required properties and methods to implement the most typical use case — showing and editing text. However, when the task of your application requires showing graphical objects in the lists or tables, you can use the graphic property and place any Node in the cell (see the Cell class API specification for more information about custom cells).

For instance, the code fragments in Example 29–5 create a cell factory for the list view and redefine the content of the cells within the updateItem method, so that the list shows rectangles of different colors.

Example 29–5 Implementing Cell Factories for the ListView Control

list.setCellFactory((ListView<String> l) -> new ColorRectCell());...static class ColorRectCell extends ListCell<String> { @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(100, 20); if (item != null) { rect.setFill(Color.web(item)); setGraphic(rect); } else { setGraphic(null); } }}

Figure 29–7 shows how this customized list looks in the ListViewSample of the UI Control Samples project.

Page 237: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

Customization of UI Controls 29-7

Figure 29–7 List View with Color Rectangles

This tutorial uses the cell factory mechanism extensively to customize UI controls. You can customize these controls by using the cell factory mechanism or use the prefabricated cell editor implementations that provide specific data models underlying the visualization. Table 29–1 lists the corresponding classes available in the JavaFX API.

Each cell editor class draws a specific node inside the cell. For example, the CheckBoxListCell class draws a CheckBox node inside the list cell.

To evaluate more cell factory and cell editor use cases, see the Table View, Tree View, and Combo Box chapters.

Related Documentation and Resources

■ Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS

Table 29–1 Cell Editor Classes for the List View, Tree View, and Table View Controls

Control Cell Editor Classes

List view ■ CheckBoxListCell

■ ChoiceBoxListCell

■ ComboBoxListCell

■ TextFieldListCell

Tree view ■ CheckBoxTreeCell

■ ChoiceBoxTreeCell

■ ComboBoxTreeCell

■ TextFieldTreeCell

Table view ■ CheckBoxTableCell

■ ChoiceBoxTableCell

■ ComboBoxTableCell

■ ProgressBarTableCell

■ TextFieldTableCell

Tree Table View ■ CheckBoxTreeTableCell

■ ChoiceBoxTreeTableCell

■ ComboBoxTreeTableCell

■ ProgressBarTreeTableCell

■ TextFieldTreeTableCell

Page 238: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Implementing Cell Factories

29-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

■ JavaFX CSS Reference Guide

■ JavaFX News, Demos, and Insight

Page 239: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

30

UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms 30-1

30UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms

In addition to the full range of desktop features, the JavaFX Software Development Kit (SDK) introduces new operational capabilities of UI controls designed for touch-enabled devices.

This chapter describes the specific of using JavaFX UI controls in the embedded environments.

Embedded Runtime FeaturesAlthough JavaFX UI controls do not include any additional public APIs to work in the embedded environments, significant implementation changes were made to enable developers using the desktop controls in their JavaFX applications for touch-enabled devices.

Support for Touch-Enabled DevicesThe JavaFX SDK introduces additional operational capabilities of UI controls for touch-enabled devices: gestures and touches. Gestures can be generated for both touchscreen and trackpad actions, but touches are delivered for touchscreen actions only. In the current release JavaFX SDK supports only a single-point touch and only swipe gestures.

See the chapter on working with events from touch-enabled devices in Handling Events for more information about handling gestures and touch events in JavaFX.

Virtual KeyboardThe virtual keyboard is a control that enables typing text on devices that lack a hardware keyboard. It operates the same way as any hardware keyboard except that numbers and symbols are located one tap away due to space constraints. Figure 30–1 shows an example of the virtual keyboard.

Page 240: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Embedded Runtime Features

30-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 30–1 Virtual Keyboard

The virtual keyboard is shown automatically when a text input field is in focus. Note that the control that is associated with the keyboard remains visible when the keyboard is displayed. There is no need to push the parent stage up. The keyboard slides in from the bottom area pushing the parent stage up in order to keep the control that the keyboard is associated with visible on the screen.

When the virtual keyboard appears, users can type a character by tapping the appropriate key. After that, character that is associated with the key is sent to the control. User can type alpha, numeric, and symbol characters. To switch between the keyboards, they need to use the ABC/!#123 key and the Shift key. To access less frequently used characters, users need to press the appropriate key for longer time and choose the target key from the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 30–2.

Figure 30–2 Typing Less Frequently Used Characters

Table 30–1 lists possible navigating actions within the virtual keyboard on touch-enabled devices.

Table 30–1 Navigation Within the Virtual Keyboard

Action Sequence of Keys

Type a letter. On the alpha keyboard: type a letter key.

On the numeric/alternative keyboard: tap the "ABC" key, then type a letter key.

Type a capital letter. On the alpha keyboard: tap the Shift key once, then type a letter key.

Type capital letters. On the alpha keyboard: tap the Shift key twice, then tap letter keys.

Page 241: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Embedded Runtime Features

UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms 30-3

When UI interface of your application requires typing email address, URL, or only numeric symbols, you can set one of the alternative keyboard layouts. This setting is defined for a particular text control as shown in Example 30–1.

Example 30–1 Setting Email Layout for the Virtual Keyboard

final TextField emailAddress = new TextField("[email protected]");text.getProperties().put("vkType", "email");

Currently, the vkType property supports the following values: numeric, url, email, and text. The last one corresponds to the default layout.

Figure 30–3 shows the email layout of the keyboard. In addition to letters, number, and alternative symbols, the layout has "@" and ".com" (".org") keys that are particularly helpful for quick typing email addresses.

Figure 30–3 Email Layout of the Virtual Keyboard

The URL layout of the virtual keyboard, shown in Figure 30–4, does not have the Space key. Instead, it provides capabilities to type in "www." and "http//".

Type a number. On the numeric/alternative keyboard: type a number.

On the alpha keyboard: tap the "!#123" key and type any number you want.

Type an alternative symbol. On the numeric/alternative keyboard: type an alternative symbol.

On the alpha keyboard: tap the "!#123" key and type an alternative symbol.

Delete a character. Tap the Backspace key to delete character on the left side of the caret.

Confirmed entered data. Tap the Enter key to confirm entered data.

Hide the virtual keyboard. Tap a Hide button that is left-most in the lowest row of the keyboard.

Table 30–1 (Cont.) Navigation Within the Virtual Keyboard

Action Sequence of Keys

Page 242: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Appearance of UI Controls on Embedded Platforms

30-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 30–4 URL Layout of the Virtual Keyboard

In some UIs, users are supposed to enter only numbers. Figure 30–5 shows a simplified numeric layout of the virtual keyboard that implements this task. No Shift key, neither alternative symbols are available in this layout.

Figure 30–5 Numeric Layout of the Virtual Keyboard

Appearance of UI Controls on Embedded PlatformsThe embedded.css style sheet is designed specifically for touch-enabled platforms. It supplements the modena.css style sheet and overrides some of its styles. The UAStylesheetLoader class manages the styles of UI controls switching the CSS files when a touch-enabled platform is detected.

The embedded.css style sheet alters the appearance of the following controls:

■ ScrollBar, ScrollPane — redefines the scrolling elements

■ TextArea, TextField, PasswordField, DatePicker — visualizes carets

■ ContextMenu — introduces the horizontal context menu

Scrolling ControlsA scroll pane on a mobile touch platform performs scrolling as a result of touch gestures targeted on scroll view content. Scroll bars are hidden when the user is not interacting with the scroll pane, even if the content is bigger than the scroll pane. Scroll bars appear automatically after the touch gestures are performed, but only as an indicator of content size and position, not as an active control that the user uses for scrolling. When scroll bars appear, they overlap visible content and do not shift it like on the desktop platform, as shown in Figure 30–6.

Page 243: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Appearance of UI Controls on Embedded Platforms

UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms 30-5

Figure 30–6 Appearance of the Scroll Pane in Desktop and Embedded Environments

Scroll bars disappear automatically when the content stops scrolling.

Text Input ControlsOn touch-enabled platforms, TextArea, TextField, and PasswordField are implemented as rectangular spaces where users can enter a single line or multiple lines of text. Interaction with text controls is similar for all platforms. However, for embedded environments, the caret is used to facilitate navigation and text selection. The virtual keyboard is used to enter characters into text controls.

Figure 30–7 shows the TextFieldSample application running on a touch-enabled platform. The caret indicates the place where a user enters the symbols with the help of the virtual keyboard. See the code at TextFieldSample.java.

Figure 30–7 Appearance of the TextField Control

The virtual keyboard is shown automatically when a text input field is in focus and it reacts when devices are rotated. The virtual keyboard appears when users need to enter text into TextField, TextArea, PasswordField, and other UI controls if their edit state is enabled. To hide the keyboard, users can tap a Hide button or tap outside the control.

Context MenusThe default appearance of the context menu is changed for the embedded environments to provide the horizontal layout of the menu items.

Page 244: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Appearance of UI Controls on Embedded Platforms

30-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

The context menu is invoked when users tap and hold. If nothing is in the clipboard, then the context menu shows Select and Select All menu items. If something is in the clipboard, then the context menu looks as shown in Figure 30–8.

Figure 30–8 Appearance of a Context Menu

If the text in the text control is selected, then the Cut, Copy, Paste, and Select All items are displayed, as shown in Figure 30–9.

Figure 30–9 Appearance of a Context Menu After Selection Is Performed

Page 245: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

UI Controls Features Available on the Embedded Platforms

UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms 30-7

You can find another style sheet for the touch-enabled platforms in the JavaFX SDK. The embedded-qvga.css file defines the CSS styles for embedded devices that have QVGA screens. In particular, it specifies alternative padding for the TextField and TextArea controls.

UI Controls Features Available on the Embedded PlatformsIn addition to the visual changes mentioned in the previous section, the behavior of UI controls is modified to accommodate single point touches and swipe gestures. Table 30–2 summarizes these changes.

Table 30–2 Features Specific to Embedded Runtime

UI Control User Action Touch Support

Button, Hyperlink, MenuButton, ToggleButton

Tap. Activates the button.

CheckBox Tap. Switches the selected and deselected states of a check box.

ComboBox Tap a drop-down icon. Displays or hides the active list. The item that is displayed in the text field is selected when the active list is open.

Tap on the text field. For a noneditable combo box: displays the active list.

For an editable combo box: places the caret into the text field.

Tap on an item in the list. Closes the active list and commits the value.

Tap outside the list. Closes the list.

Drag. Scrolls the content continuously following the drag gesture.

Drop. Stops scrolling.

Swipe. Invokes accelerated scrolling.

ListView Drag. Scrolls the content continuously following the drag gesture.

Drop. Stops scrolling.

Swipe. Invokes accelerated scrolling.

Tap. Selects an item and activates the action associated with it. If the content is scrolling, then it stops scrolling.

Double-tap. If enabled, enters inline editing mode.

Page 246: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

UI Controls Features Available on the Embedded Platforms

30-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

TextField, TextArea, PasswordField

Tap. Sets the caret.

Double-tap. Selects the content.

Tap and hold. Opens a context menu.

Swipe. Invokes accelerated scrolling.

Drag. Scrolls the content continuously following the drag gesture.

Drop. Stops scrolling. When the user "over-scrolls" the content beyond the TextArea border, the drop gesture releases the content and it smoothly returns to the border of the TextArea.

RadioButton Tap. If the radio button is selected, then no action is performed. If it is deselected, then the tap makes it selected and other radio buttons in the group are deselected.

ScrollBar, ScrollView

Drag. Scrolls the content continuously following the drag gesture.

Drop. Stops scrolling.

Swipe. Invokes accelerated scrolling.

Tap. Selects an item and activates the action associated with it. If the content is scrolling, then it stops scrolling.

TableView, TreeView

Tap. Selects the cell or invokes an action if the cell is actionable. Expands or collapses the node for the tree view.

Double-tap. Switches to editing if the selected cell supports editing.

Drag. Scrolls the content continuously following the drag gesture.

Drop. Stops scrolling.

Swipe. Invokes accelerated scrolling of content.

ColorPicker Short tap a color in the Color field or Custom Colors area in the Color Palette.

Updates the color in the color chooser. Closes the color palette. Applies the color.

Tap outside the palette. Closes the palette.

Tap any place in the Color field of the Custom Color dialog window.

Updates values in RGB, HSB, and Web panes. Updates New Color in the Color Preview.

Tap any place in the Hue bar of the Custom Color dialog window.

Updates values in RGB, HSB, and Web panes. Updates New Color in the Custom Color dialog window.

Tap any place on the slider, or drag the sliders to the left or right.

Dismisses the dialog window. Closes the color palette. Updates the color chooser. Applies the color.

Table 30–2 (Cont.) Features Specific to Embedded Runtime

UI Control User Action Touch Support

Page 247: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Other Features That Are Not Available on Embedded Touch Platforms

UI Controls on the Embedded Platforms 30-9

All the actions mentioned in Table 30–2 are enabled when the application is run on the touch-enabled platform, and they do not require any additional code.

UI Controls Features That Are Not Available on Embedded Touch Platforms

The following list shows some features of UI controls that are currently disabled on embedded platforms:

■ Column resizing, column rearranging, and data sorting in table views

■ Multi selection in list views and tree views

■ Text copy support in password fields

Other Features That Are Not Available on Embedded Touch PlatformsFhe following JavaFX features are not supported on the embedded platforms:

■ Functionality of the Stage class related to desktop interaction is not available on some embedded platforms. For example, on these platforms a Stage window will have not have a title or decorations and will not be resizable by the user.

■ Web component – a user interface component that provides a web viewer and full browsing functionality through its API. See Adding HTML Content to JavaFX Applications for more information.

■ Media – media functionality available through the Java APIs for JavaFX. See Incorporating Media Assets Into JavaFX Applications for more information.

Pagination Tap a page button. Opens the selected page.

Tap the Next button, Swipe left. Opens the next page.

Tap the Previous button, Swipe right.

Opens the previous page.

DatePicker Tap the date field. Displays caret in the field; virtual keyboard appears.

Tap the calendar icon. Displays and hides the calendar.

Tap the LEFT or RIGHT calendar arrows.

Display previous or next month and year.

Tap any date in the calendar. Updates the field with selected date and closes the calendar.

Tap outside the calendar. Closes the calendar without updating the field.

Table 30–2 (Cont.) Features Specific to Embedded Runtime

UI Control User Action Touch Support

Page 248: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Other Features That Are Not Available on Embedded Touch Platforms

30-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 249: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Part IIIPart III Working with JavaFX Charts

This tutorial describes the graphical charts available in the javafx.scene.chart package of the JavaFX SDK and contains the following chapters:

■ Pie Chart

Describes a chart that represents data in a form of circle divided into triangular wedges called slices.

■ Line Chart

Describes the line chart, a type of two-axis chart that presents data as a series of points connected by straight lines

■ Area Chart

Describes the area chart that presents data as an area between a series of points connected by straight lines and the axis.

■ Bubble Chart

Describes the bubble chart, a two-axis chart that plots bubbles for the data points in a series.

■ Scatter Chart

Describes the scatter chart, a two-axis chart that presents its data as a set of points.

■ Bar Chart

Describes the bar chart, a two-axis chart that presents discrete data with rectangular bars.

Each chapter provides code samples and applications to illustrate how to use a particular chart. You can find the source files of the applications and the corresponding NetBeans projects in the Chart Samples appendix.

Page 250: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing
Page 251: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

31

Pie Chart 31-1

31Pie Chart

This chapter describes a chart that represents data in a form of circle divided into triangular wedges called slices. Each slice represents a percentage that corresponds to a particular value.

Figure 31–1 shows a pie chart created by using the PieChart class. The colors of the slices are defined by the order of the corresponding data items added to the PieChart.Data array.

Figure 31–1 Typical Pie Chart

Creating a Pie ChartTo create a pie chart in your JavaFX application, at a minimum, you must instantiate the PieChart class, define the data, assign the data items to the PieChart object, and add the chart to the application. When creating the chart data, define as many PieChart.Data objects for as many slices you want to appear. Each PieChart.Data object has two fields: the name of the pie slice and its corresponding value. Example 31–1 creates the basic pie chart.

Example 31–1 Creating a Pie Chart

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.scene.chart.*;

Page 252: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Pie Chart

31-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.Group; public class PieChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Imported Fruits"); stage.setWidth(500); stage.setHeight(500); ObservableList<PieChart.Data> pieChartData = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new PieChart.Data("Grapefruit", 13), new PieChart.Data("Oranges", 25), new PieChart.Data("Plums", 10), new PieChart.Data("Pears", 22), new PieChart.Data("Apples", 30)); final PieChart chart = new PieChart(pieChartData); chart.setTitle("Imported Fruits");

((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(chart); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The result of compiling and running this application is shown in Figure 31–2.

Figure 31–2 Imported Fruits Charts

In addition to the basic settings, Example 31–1 specifies the title of the chart by calling the setTitle method.

Page 253: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting a Pie Chart and a Legend

Pie Chart 31-3

Setting a Pie Chart and a LegendThe default view of a pie chart includes the pie with the labels and the chart legend. The values of the labels are retrieved from the name field of a PieChart.Data object. You can manage the appearance of the labels by using the setLabelsVisile method. Similarly, you can manage the appearance of the chart legend by calling the setLegendVisible method.

You can alter the position of the labels and the legend. With the setLabelLineLength method, you can specify the length of the line between the circumference of the pie and the labels. Use the setLegendSide method to alter the default position of the legend relative to the pie. Example 31–2 demonstrates how to apply these methods to the chart created in Example 31–1.

Example 31–2 Changing Position of the Labels and the Legend

chart.setLabelLineLength(10);chart.setLegendSide(Side.LEFT);

The result of adding these lines to the application code, compiling, and then running the application is shown in Figure 31–3.

Figure 31–3 Alternative Position of the Chart Legend and Labels

Your application might require that you alter the direction in which the slices are placed in the pie. By default, the slices are placed clockwise. However, you can change this by specifying the false value for the setClockwise method chart.setClockwise(false). Use this method in combination with the setStartAngle method to attain the desired position of the slices. Figure 31–4 shows how the appearance of the pie chart changes when the setStartAngle(180) method is called for the chart object.

Page 254: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Events for a Pie Chart

31-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 31–4 Changing the Start Angle of the Pie Chart Slices

Processing Events for a Pie ChartAlthough a pie chart slice is not a Node object, each PieChart.Data element has a node associated with it, which can be used to analyze events and process them accordingly. The code fragment shown in Example 31–3 creates an EventHandler object to process a MOUSE_PRESSED event that falls into a particular chart slice.

Example 31–3 Processing Mouse Events for a Pie Chart

final Label caption = new Label("");caption.setTextFill(Color.DARKORANGE);caption.setStyle("-fx-font: 24 arial;");

for (final PieChart.Data data : chart.getData()) { data.getNode().addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED, new EventHandler<MouseEvent>() { @Override public void handle(MouseEvent e) { caption.setTranslateX(e.getSceneX()); caption.setTranslateY(e.getSceneY()); caption.setText(String.valueOf(data.getPieValue()) + "%"); } });}

When you add this code fragment to the application code and compile and run it, the application starts reacting to the mouse clicks. Figure 31–5 shows the value displayed for Pears when a user clicks the corresponding slice.

Page 255: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Events for a Pie Chart

Pie Chart 31-5

Figure 31–5 Processing the Mouse-Pressed Events for a Pie Chart

By using this coding pattern, you can process various events or apply visual effects to the whole chart as well as to its slices.

Related API Documentation

■ PieChart

■ PieChart.Data

■ Chart

Page 256: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Processing Events for a Pie Chart

31-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 257: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

32

Line Chart 32-1

32Line Chart

This chapter describes the line chart, a type of two-axis chart that presents data as a series of points connected by straight lines.

The line chart is often used to illustrate the dynamics of data over a particular interval of time. Figure 32–1 demonstrates a typical line chart with three series of data.

Figure 32–1 Example of a Line Chart

Each two-axis chart has two axes, the plot of data points, and the legend. You can also specify a title for the chart.

Chart SettingsFor each chart, you can specify the title and its position relative to the graph. The title can be located on the top, right, left, or bottom of the graph. Similarly, you can specify the position of the chart legend.

For a two-axis graph, you can manage the appearance of the chart plot, the chart area where the graphical symbols corresponding to data values are rendered. You can set alternative columns and rows as well as horizontal and vertical grid lines and zero lines.

You can alter the default appearance of each chart by defining the following settings:

■ The axis label

Page 258: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Chart Data

32-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

■ The axis position relative to the chart plot

■ The upper and lower boundaries of the axis range

■ The minimum and maximum tick marks, tick units, the gap between two tick marks, and tick labels

You can also specify that any changes to the axis and its range will be animated, or you can enable the axis to automatically determine its range from the data.

Chart DataThe XYChart class, a super class for all two-axis charts, provides basic capabilities for building area, line, bar, scatter, and bubble charts. Use the XYChart.Data class to specify the data model for these types of charts. The xValue property defines the value of a chart element to be plotted on the X axis, and the yValue property defines the value for the Y axis. You can also set the extra value for each chart element. This value can be plotted in any way the chart needs, or it can be used to store additional information about the chart element. For example, it can be used to define a radius for bubble charts.

For two-axis charts, you can define several series of data by using the XYChart.Series class. You can also assign a particular name to each series to display in the chart legend.

Creating a Line ChartTo create a line chart, at a minimum, you must define two axes, create the LineChart object by instantiating the LineChart class, create one or more series of data by using the XYChart.Series class, and assign the data to the chart. Example 32–1 implements these tasks.

Example 32–1 Simple Line Chart

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.LineChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class LineChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Line Chart Sample"); //defining the axes final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); xAxis.setLabel("Number of Month"); //creating the chart final LineChart<Number,Number> lineChart = new LineChart<Number,Number>(xAxis,yAxis); lineChart.setTitle("Stock Monitoring, 2010"); //defining a series XYChart.Series series = new XYChart.Series(); series.setName("My portfolio"); //populating the series with data

Page 259: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Line Chart

Line Chart 32-3

series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 23)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2, 14)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 15)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4, 24)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(5, 34)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 36)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7, 22)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8, 45)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 43)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(10, 17)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(11, 29)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 25)); Scene scene = new Scene(lineChart,800,600); lineChart.getData().add(series); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

In this example, both vertical and horizontal axes are created by using the NumberAxis class, a subclass of the Axis class, to represent numerical values. Having declared both X and Y axes numerical, you should specify Number parameters for XYChart.Data objects when creating a series of data. The first parameters of XYChart.Data objects define values for the horizontal axis, whereas, the second parameters of the XYChart.Data objects define values for the vertical axis.

The result of compiling and running this application is shown in Figure 32–2.

Figure 32–2 Line Chart with One Series of Data

The line chart shown in Figure 32–2 uses symbols to highlight each data item on the chart. If you want to show trends instead of specific data values on your line chart, you can disable the chart symbols as shown in Example 32–2.

Example 32–2 Disabling Symbols for a Line Chart

lineChart.setCreateSymbols(false);

Page 260: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating Categories for a Line Chart

32-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

The sample of a trend chart is shown in Figure 32–1.

In Figure 32–1, axes are shown in their default positions relative to the chart plot. However, you can display an axis on another side of the chart plot by applying the setSide method. Example 32–3 demonstrates how to move the horizontal axis to the top of the chart plot.

Example 32–3 Specifying the Axis Side

xAxis.setSide(Side.TOP);

Creating Categories for a Line ChartUse the CategoryAxis class instead of the NumberAxis class to render non-numerical data in a line chart.

Examine the modified code of the application shown in Example 32–4. It creates the horizontal axis by instantiating the CategoryAxis class. The declaration of the LineChart object is modified to accommodate the change of the X axis type.

Example 32–4 Using Category Axis to Show Months

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.LineChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class LineChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Line Chart Sample"); final CategoryAxis xAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); xAxis.setLabel("Month"); final LineChart<String,Number> lineChart = new LineChart<String,Number>(xAxis,yAxis); lineChart.setTitle("Stock Monitoring, 2010"); XYChart.Series series = new XYChart.Series(); series.setName("My portfolio"); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 23)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 14)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 15)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 24)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 34)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 36)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 22)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 45)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 43)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 17)); series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 29));

Page 261: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Series to the Line Chart

Line Chart 32-5

series.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 25)); Scene scene = new Scene(lineChart,800,600); lineChart.getData().add(series); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The XYChartData objects contain the month name and the corresponding numerical value. The label of the horizontal axis is modified accordingly.

The result of compiling and running the modified code of the application is shown in Figure 32–3.

Figure 32–3 Horizontal Category Axis

Often, line charts enable analyzing different set of data over the same period of time. Use several series of XYChart.Data objects to implement this task in your application.

Adding Series to the Line ChartExample 32–5 provides source code for the stock monitoring application with three series of data. In addition to the series used in Example 32–4, the previous example, two new series are declared.

The series are assigned to the chart by using consecutive calls of the getData and addAll methods.

Example 32–5 Adding Two More Series to the Stock Monitoring Sample

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.LineChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;

Page 262: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Series to the Line Chart

32-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class LineChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Line Chart Sample"); final CategoryAxis xAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); xAxis.setLabel("Month"); final LineChart<String,Number> lineChart = new LineChart<String,Number>(xAxis,yAxis); lineChart.setTitle("Stock Monitoring, 2010"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("Portfolio 1"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 23)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 14)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 15)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 24)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 34)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 36)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 22)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 45)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 43)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 17)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 29)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 25)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("Portfolio 2"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 33)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 34)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 25)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 44)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 39)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 16)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 55)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 54)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 48)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 27)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 37)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 29)); XYChart.Series series3 = new XYChart.Series(); series3.setName("Portfolio 3"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 44)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 35)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 36)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 33)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 31)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 26)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 22)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 25)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 43)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 44)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 45));

Page 263: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Series to the Line Chart

Line Chart 32-7

series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 44)); Scene scene = new Scene(lineChart,800,600); lineChart.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Each series of data has its unique name defined by using the setName method.

The result of compiling and running this application is shown in Figure 32–4.

Figure 32–4 Stock Monitoring Example with Tree Series of Data

Note that the different colors of the lines are defined by the declared order of the corresponding series in the addAll method. Change the order as follows: lineChart.getData().addAll(series3, series1, series2), and then compile and run the application. The modified output is shown in Figure 32–5.

Page 264: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Series to the Line Chart

32-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 32–5 Alternative Order of Series in the Line Chart

Related API Documentation

■ LineChart

■ Chart

■ XYChart

■ XYChart.Data

■ XYChart.Series

■ Axis

■ NumberAxis

■ CategoryAxis

Page 265: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

33

Area Chart 33-1

33Area Chart

This chapter describes the area chart, yet another type of a two-axis chart.

Similar to line charts, it presents data as a series of points connected by straight lines. However, the area between the axis and the line is painted with color. Each series of data is painted with a different color. Figure 33–1 shows an area chart with two series of data.

Figure 33–1 Typical Area Chart

Creating an Area ChartTo create a simple area chart in your application, at minimum, you must define two axes, create the AreaChart object by instantiating the AreaChart class, create one or more series of data by using the XYChart.Series class, and assign the data to the chart.

When instantiating the AreaChart class, you can specify the observable list with a series of data within a constructor, or add the series later by calling the getData and addAll methods on the AreaChart object.

Example 33–1 creates an area chart to illustrate temperature monitoring data. The example uses two series of data collected for the periods of April and May.

Page 266: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating an Area Chart

33-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 33–1 Creating an Area Chart

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.AreaChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class AreaChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Area Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 31, 1); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); final AreaChart<Number,Number> ac = new AreaChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); ac.setTitle("Temperature Monitoring (in Degrees C)"); XYChart.Series seriesApril= new XYChart.Series(); seriesApril.setName("April"); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 4)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 10)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 15)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 8)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 5)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 15)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 13)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 19)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 21)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(30, 21)); XYChart.Series seriesMay = new XYChart.Series(); seriesMay.setName("May"); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 20)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 15)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 13)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 12)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 14)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 25)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 25)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 23)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 26)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(31, 26)); Scene scene = new Scene(ac,800,600); ac.getData().addAll(seriesApril, seriesMay); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

This example creates two NumberAxis objects to present numerical data on horizontal and vertical axes. Values rendered on the horizontal axis (X) are retrieved from the first

Page 267: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Stacked Area Chart

Area Chart 33-3

parameter of the XYChart.Data objects, whereas the second parameter provides data for the vertical axis (Y).

The series of data is assigned to the chart by using the getData and addAll methods. Because the seriesMay data is added last, the corresponding green area overlays the yellow area that shows April data.

The result of compiling and running the application, is shown in Figure 33–2.

Figure 33–2 Area Chart with Two Series of Data

Creating a Stacked Area ChartYou can represent data in the area chart by using the StackedAreaChart class. This class builds areas that are stacked so that each series adjoins but does not overlap the preceding series. Example 33–2 implements this task.

Example 33–2 Creating a Stacked Area Chart

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.StackedAreaChart;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class StackedAreaChartSample extends Application { final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 31, 1); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); final StackedAreaChart<Number, Number> sac = new StackedAreaChart<>(xAxis, yAxis); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Area Chart Sample"); sac.setTitle("Temperature Monitoring (in Degrees C)"); XYChart.Series<Number, Number> seriesApril = new XYChart.Series<>();

Page 268: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Stacked Area Chart

33-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

seriesApril.setName("April"); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 4)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 10)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 15)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 8)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 5)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 15)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 13)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 19)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 21)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(30, 21)); XYChart.Series<Number, Number> seriesMay = new XYChart.Series<>(); seriesMay.setName("May"); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 20)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 15)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 13)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 12)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 14)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 25)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 25)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 23)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 26)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(31, 26)); Scene scene = new Scene(sac, 800, 600); sac.getData().addAll(seriesApril, seriesMay); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

When you compile and run this application, it creates the chart shown in Figure 33–3.

Page 269: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Axis and Tick Properties

Area Chart 33-5

Figure 33–3 Stacked Area Chart with Two Areas

Compare the data shown in Figure 33–3 with the same data in Figure 33–2. The areas in the stacked area chart show cumulative values on the vertical axis at any given point along the horizontal axis. For example, the value on the vertical axis shown for May 15th in the stacked area chart is 36, which does not correspond to the actual temperature that day. This value represents the cumulative result for temperatures on April 15th and May 15th.

When you develop area charts in your JavaFX applications, remember that data on the vertical axes is interpreted according to the type of area charts (AreaChart or StackedAreaChart). Choose the data representation best suited for the task of the application.

Setting Axis and Tick PropertiesThe output of the Temperature Monitoring application in Figure 33–2 and Figure 33–3 presents the numerical values on the axes in the default double format., rather than in a user-friendly manner. For example, the month days should be integers and in the range of 1 to 31, instead of float numbers.

The JavaFX SDK API provides several methods to adjust the appearance of values rendered on chart axes. Figure 33–4 shows the main elements of the chart axis, including tick marks and tick labels that indicate numeric values of the range.

Figure 33–4 Elements of an Axis

Page 270: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Axis and Tick Properties

33-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

You can specify the minimum and maximum values in the numerical range by using a constructor of the NumberAxis class or the corresponding methods, as shown in Example 33–3.

Example 33–3 Specifying a Data Range for the Horizontal Axis

//Using the NumberAxis constructorfinal NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 31, 1);//Using the corresponding methodsxAxis.setLowerBound(1);xAxis.setUpperBound(31);xAxis.setTickUnit(1);

When using the three-parameter constructor of the NumberAxis class, remember that the first parameter defines the minimum value in the range, the second parameter is the maximum value in the range, and the third parameter defines the tick unit, a value between two tick marks on the axis.

Additionally, if you want to prohibit showing minor ticks on the horizontal axis, then specify 0 for the minorTickCount property, as shown in Example 33–4.

Example 33–4 Setting Zero Value for Minor Tick Count

xAxis.setMinorTickCount(0);

This property defines the number of minor ticks to be displayed between each major tick mark. By setting its value to 0, you disable the minor ticks for the horizontal axis.

When you add the code lines from Example 33–3 and Example 33–4 to the Temperature Monitoring application, the horizontal axis changes as shown in Figure 33–5.

Figure 33–5 Setting the Horizontal Axis

If your application requires no tick labels to be shown, use the setTickLabelsVisible method with the false value. Similarly, use setTickMarkVisible method with the false value if you do not want tick marks to be visible.

Use the code line shown in Example 33–5 to adjust the range of values for the vertical axis.

Page 271: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Negative Values

Area Chart 33-7

Example 33–5 Specifying a Data Range for the Vertical Axis

final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(0, 27, 5);

You can also adjust tick marks so that minor and major tick marks have equal length. Use the tickLength and minorTickLength properties as shown in Example 33–6.

Example 33–6 Adjusting the Length of Major and Minor Tick Marks

yAxis.setMinorTickLength(yAxis.getTickLength());

When you add code lines from Example 33–5 and Example 33–6 to the Temperature Monitoring application, the vertical axes changes as shown in Figure 33–6.

Figure 33–6 Setting the Vertical Axis

Adding Negative ValuesBecause the vertical axis in the Temperature Monitoring application is created by using the NumberAxis class, you can specify negative values for the area chart data.

Create one more series of data as shown in Example 33–7.

Example 33–7 Adding a Series of Data with Negative Values

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.AreaChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class AreaChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Area Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 31, 1); xAxis.setMinorTickCount(0); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(-5, 27, 5); yAxis.setMinorTickLength(yAxis.getTickLength());

Page 272: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Negative Values

33-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

yAxis.setForceZeroInRange(false); final AreaChart<Number,Number> ac = new AreaChart<Number,Number>(xAxis,yAxis); ac.setTitle("Temperature Monitoring (in Degrees C)"); XYChart.Series seriesApril= new XYChart.Series(); seriesApril.setName("April"); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0, 4)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 10)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 15)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 8)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 5)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 15)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 13)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 19)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 21)); seriesApril.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(30, 21)); XYChart.Series seriesMay = new XYChart.Series(); seriesMay.setName("May"); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0, 20)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 15)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 13)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 12)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 14)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 25)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 25)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 23)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 26)); seriesMay.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(31, 26)); XYChart.Series seriesMarch = new XYChart.Series(); seriesMarch.setName("March"); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0, -2)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, -4)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 0)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 5)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, -4)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 6)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 8)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 14)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 4)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 6)); seriesMarch.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(31, 6)); Scene scene = new Scene(ac,800,600); ac.getData().addAll(seriesMarch, seriesApril, seriesMay); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 273: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Area Charts

Area Chart 33-9

Figure 33–7 demonstrates the Temperature Monitoring application modified to display the weather data for three months: March, April, and May.

Figure 33–7 Adding Negative Data

Styling Area ChartsThe color for each month in Example 33–7 is defined by the order of the corresponding data series as declared in the addAll method. That is why the March area in Figure 33–7 is painted yellow. You can set the color for AreaChart objects through CSS.

Create the Chart.css file and save it in the same directory as the main class of the AreaChartSample application. Add the lines shown in Example 33–8 to the Chart.css file.

Example 33–8 CSS Styles for an Area Chart

.default-color0.chart-area-symbol { -fx-background-color: #e9967a, #ffa07a; }

.default-color1.chart-area-symbol { -fx-background-color: #f0e68c, #fffacd; }

.default-color2.chart-area-symbol { -fx-background-color: #dda0dd, #d8bfd855; } .default-color0.chart-series-area-line { -fx-stroke: #e9967a; }.default-color1.chart-series-area-line { -fx-stroke: #f0e68c; }.default-color2.chart-series-area-line { -fx-stroke: #dda0dd; } .default-color0.chart-series-area-fill { -fx-fill: #ffa07a55; }.default-color1.chart-series-area-fill { -fx-fill: #fffacd55; }.default-color2.chart-series-area-fill { -fx-fill: #d8bfd855; }

The chart-area-symbol CSS class defines parameters of the symbol in the chart legend for a particular data series. Example 33–8 sets the inner and outer colors for the circles in the chart legend.

The chart-series-area-line CSS class sets parameters for the area chart lines. In this example, the color of the line stroke. The chart-series-area-fill CSS class defines the color and the opacity level of the areas.

These styles are applied to the AreaChartSample application by using the getStylesheets() method of the Scene class, as shown Example 33–9.

Page 274: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Styling Area Charts

33-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 33–9 Applying CSS Styles to the Scene

scene.getStylesheets().add("areachartsample/Chart.css");

Compiling and running this application produces the modified appearance of the area chart shown in Figure 33–8.

Figure 33–8 Styled Area Chart

You can learn more about using CSS styles in JavaFX applications from Styling Charts with CSS.

Related API Documentation

■ AreaChart

■ Chart

■ XYChart

■ XYChart.Data

■ XYChart.Series

■ NumberAxis

Page 275: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

34

Bubble Chart 34-1

34Bubble Chart

This chapter describes the bubble chart, a two-axis chart that plots bubbles for the data points in a series.

Each data item can be defined by two or three parameters. Figure 34–1 shows a typical bubble chart, where each data item is presented by the three following parameters: X value, Y value, and the radius of the bubble.

Figure 34–1 Typical Bubble Chart

Creating a Bubble ChartTo create a bubble chart in your JavaFX application, at minimum, you must instantiate the BubbleChart class, define horizontal and vertical axes, and specify one or more series of data by using constructors of the XYChart.Data class with two or three parameters. Example 34–1 creates a bubble chart with two series of data. Each data item is represented by X and Y values: a number of a week and an amount of product budget.

Example 34–1 Creating a Bubble Chart with Two Data Parameters

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.BubbleChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;

Page 276: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Bubble Chart

34-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class BubbleChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Bubble Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 53, 4); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(0, 80, 10); final BubbleChart<Number,Number> blc = new BubbleChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); xAxis.setLabel("Week"); yAxis.setLabel("Product Budget"); blc.setTitle("Budget Monitoring"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("Product 1"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 35)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 60)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 15)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(22, 30)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(28, 20)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(35, 41)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(42, 17)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(49, 30)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("Product 2"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8, 15)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(13, 23)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 45)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 30)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(38, 78)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(40, 41)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45, 57)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(47, 23)); Scene scene = new Scene(blc); blc.getData().addAll(series1, series2); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

The result of compiling and running this application is shown in Figure 34–2.

Page 277: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Bubble Chart

Bubble Chart 34-3

Figure 34–2 Bubble Chart with Two Data Parameters

This application defines lower and upper boundaries of the data ranges and the tick units within the constructors of the NumberAxis class. Additionally, the minor tick count is set to 4, so that each minor tick corresponds to a particular week.

To indicate that the vertical axis renders the amount of money in US dollars, use a tick label formatter as shown in Example 34–2.

Example 34–2 Formatting Tick Labels

yAxis.setTickLabelFormatter(new NumberAxis.DefaultFormatter(yAxis,"$ ",null));

The NumberAxis.DefaultFormatter class adds prefixes and suffixes to the tick labels of the specified axis. In Example 34–2, the formatter defines a dollar sign ($) prefix for each tick label of the vertical axis. The null value for the suffix parameter indicates that no suffixes are added. Figure 34–3 shows the bubble chart after the formatting has been applied.

Figure 34–3 Specifying Prefixes for Tick Labels

Page 278: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Using the Extra Value Property

34-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Using the Extra Value PropertyThe bubble chart shown in Figure 34–1 provides information about budgets of two products for the period of a year. However, you can enhance this application and benefit from the additional capabilities of the BubbleChart class. Use the extraValue property and define three parameters in XYChart.Data objects when specifying the series of data for your bubble chart.

The code fragment shown in Example 34–3 demonstrates how to modify data series for the Budget Monitoring application, so that each bubble shows the percentage of consumed budget for a particular product. The third parameter in the XYChart.Data object defines the radius of each bubble: the bigger the radius, the higher the percentage of the budget consumed. Thus, a radius of 7.5 corresponds to consuming 75% of the budget, 5.5 to 55%, and so on.

Example 34–3 Adding Extra Value

XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series();series1.setName("Product 1");series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 35, 2));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 60, 1.8));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 15, 7));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(22, 30, 2.5));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(28, 20, 1));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(35, 41, 5.5));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(42, 17, 9));series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(49, 30, 1.8)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series();series2.setName("Product 2");series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8, 15, 2));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(13, 23, 1));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 45, 3));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 30, 4.5));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(38, 78, 1));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(40, 41, 7.5));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45, 57, 2));series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(47, 23, 3.8));

The result of adding the modified code fragment to the Budget Monitoring application and then compiling and running it is shown in Figure 34–4.

Page 279: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Appearance Visual Setting of the Plot and Tick Marks

Bubble Chart 34-5

Figure 34–4 Demonstrating Percentage of Consumed Budget

Changing the Appearance Visual Setting of the Plot and Tick MarksYou can alter the appearance of the chart plot and axes. Examine some methods and properties available in the JavaFX SDK API to modify the look of the Budget Monitoring application.

The verticalGridLinesVisible and horizontalGridLinesVisible properties enable and disable showing the grid lines.

In addition to the plot properties, you can modify the properties of the axis to attain the required appearance. Code lines in Example 34–4 specify the CHOCOLATE color for the tick labels.

Example 34–4 Defining a Fill Color for the Tick Labels

xAxis.setTickLabelFill(Color.CHOCOLATE);yAxis.setTickLabelFill(Color.CHOCOLATE);

Finally, you can adjust the position of the tick labels relative to the tick marks. Use the setTickLabelGap method to specify the gap between tick labels and the tick mark lines on the vertical axis: yAxis.setTickLabelGap(10).

Figure 34–5 shows the output of the Budget Monitoring application after all the modifications are incorporated in the code.

Page 280: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Appearance Visual Setting of the Plot and Tick Marks

34-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 34–5 Changes in the Appearance of the Bubble Chart

Related API Documentation

■ BubbleChart

■ Chart

■ XYChart

■ XYChart.Data

■ XYChart.Series

■ NumberAxis

■ NumberAxis.DefaultFormatter

Page 281: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

35

Scatter Chart 35-1

35Scatter Chart

This chapter describes the scatter chart, a two-axis chart that presents its data as a set of points.

Each point is defined by an X and Y value. Similar to any other two-axis chart, you can create one or several series of data. Figure 35–1 illustrates a scatter chart with three series of data.

Figure 35–1 Sample of the Scatter Chart

Creating a Scatter ChartTo create a scatter chart, define at least one series of data, set horizontal and vertical axes, create the chart by instantiating the ScatterChart class, and assign data to the chart. Example 35–1 demonstrates how to create a simple scatter charts with two series of data.

Example 35–1 Scatter Chart with Two Series of Data

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.ScatterChart;

Page 282: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Scatter Chart

35-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ScatterChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Scatter Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(0, 10, 1); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(-100, 500, 100); final ScatterChart<Number,Number> sc = new ScatterChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); xAxis.setLabel("Age (years)"); yAxis.setLabel("Returns to date"); sc.setTitle("Investment Overview"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("Equities"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.2, 193.2)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.8, 33.6)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6.2, 24.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 14)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.2, 26.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.4, 114.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8.5, 323)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6.9, 289.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9.9, 287.1)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0.9, -9)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3.2, 150.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.8, 20.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.3, -42.3)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.8, 81.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.3, 110.3)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.7, 41.2)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("Mutual funds"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(5.2, 229.2)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.4, 37.6)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3.2, 49.8)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.8, 134)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3.2, 236.2)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.4, 114.1)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3.5, 323)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9.3, 29.9)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8.1, 287.4)); sc.getData().addAll(series1, series2); Scene scene = new Scene(sc, 500, 400); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 283: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Chart Data

Scatter Chart 35-3

In this example, the ScatterChart object is created with two Number axes to present numerical data for years and amounts of returns. The range of the data and the tick unit are defined within constructors of the NumberAxis class.

The result of compiling and running this application is shown in Figure 35–2.

Figure 35–2 Scatter Chart with Two Series to Display Investment Overview

Managing Chart DataExample 35–1 creates a scatter chart whose data is coded into the application and cannot be changed from its user interface. Use UI controls in your application to manage the set of data presented by the chart, for example, adding and removing a series of data.

Examine the code shown in Example 35–2. It creates two buttons, Add Series and Remove Series, to alter the set of data.

Example 35–2 Using Buttons to Manager Chart Data

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.ScatterChart;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ScatterChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Scatter Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(0, 10, 1); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(-100, 500, 100); final ScatterChart<Number,Number> sc =

Page 284: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Chart Data

35-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

new ScatterChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); xAxis.setLabel("Age (years)"); yAxis.setLabel("Returns to date"); sc.setTitle("Investment Overview"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("Option 1"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.2, 193.2)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.8, 33.6)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6.2, 24.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 14)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.2, 26.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.4, 114.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8.5, 323)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6.9, 289.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9.9, 287.1)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0.9, -9)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3.2, 150.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.8, 20.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.3, -42.3)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.8, 81.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.3, 110.3)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.7, 41.2)); sc.setPrefSize(500, 400); sc.getData().addAll(series1); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); final HBox hbox = new HBox(); final Button add = new Button("Add Series"); final Button remove = new Button("Remove Series"); hbox.setSpacing(10); hbox.getChildren().addAll(add, remove); vbox.getChildren().addAll(sc, hbox); hbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 50)); ((Group)scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}Whereas Example 35–1 adds the scatter chart directly to the scene, Example 35–2 uses VBox and HBox layout containers to arrange components in the application scene.

Define the setOnAction methods for the Add Series button as shown in Example 35–3. It creates a new series of data by populating the XYChart.Series objects with randomly calculated values. Each new series is assigned to the chart by using the add(series) method.

Example 35–3 Adding Series of Data

add.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> {

Page 285: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Managing Chart Data

Scatter Chart 35-5

if (sc.getData() == null) { sc.setData(FXCollections.<XYChart.Series<Number, Number>>observableArrayList()); } ScatterChart.Series<Number, Number> series = new ScatterChart.Series<>(); series.setName("Option " + (sc.getData().size() + 1)); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { series.getData().add( new ScatterChart.Data<>(Math.random() * 100, Math.random() * 500)); } sc.getData().add(series); });

To remove a data series from the chart, define the setOnAction method for the Remove Series button as shown in Example 35–4. The remove(int) method called on the scatter chart removes a series of data by using a randomly generated index.

Example 35–4 Removing Series of Data

remove.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (!sc.getData().isEmpty()) sc.getData().remove((int)( Math.random()*(sc.getData().size()-1))); });

When you add Example 35–3 and Example 35–4 into the application in Example 35–2, the output shown in Figure 35–3 appears. It captures the moment when five series are added to the Option 1 series.

Figure 35–3 Added Series of Data

The symbols used to indicate a series of data are coded into the implementation of the ScatterChart class. Example 35–5 shows the default styles for one of the scatter chart symbols.

Page 286: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Effects to Charts

35-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Example 35–5 Styling a ScatterChart Symbol

.default-color5.chart-symbol { /* hollow circle */ -fx-background-color: #860061, white; -fx-background-insets: 0, 2; -fx-background-radius: 5px; -fx-padding: 5px;}

You can change the styles for this symbol by setting the alternative values for the .default-color5.chart-symbol property. See Styling Charts with CSS for more information.

Adding Effects to ChartsAll the chart classes available in the javafx.scene.chart are extensions of the Node class. Therefore, you can apply visual effects or transformation to every type of charts. Examine the code fragment in Example 35–6. It creates and applies a drop shadow effect to the scatter chart.

Example 35–6 Creating and Applying a Drop Shadow

final DropShadow shadow = new DropShadow();shadow.setOffsetX(2);shadow.setColor(Color.GREY);sc.setEffect(shadow);

When you add this code fragment to the Investment Overview application, then compile and run it, the scatter chart is highlighted by the shadow as shown in Figure 35–4.

Figure 35–4 Scatter Chart with a Drop Shadow

Note that the visual effect of the drop shadow is applied to all elements of the chart including axes, tick marks, and tick labels.

Page 287: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Chart Symbol

Scatter Chart 35-7

Changing the Chart SymbolEach data series in a scatter chart is represented by the symbols defined in the modena.css, the default style sheet for JavaFX applications. However, you can change the chart symbol by implementing your own style sheet.

Create the Chart.css file and save it in the same directory as the main class of the AreaChartSample application. Add the lines shown in Example 35–7 to the Chart.css file.

Example 35–7 Creating a New Chart Symbol with CSS

.chart-symbol{ -fx-stroke: #a9e200; -fx-shape: "M0,4 L2,4 L4,8 L7,0 L9,0 L4,11 Z";}

This code fragment creates the symbol shape by defining its SVG path in the -fx-shape parameter and sets the stroke color for the symbol.

Use the getStylesheets() method of the Scene class to apply the style sheet to the application, as shown in Example 35–8.

Example 35–8 Applying a CSS Style to the Scene

scene.getStylesheets().add("scaterchartsample/Chart.css");

Compiling and running this application produces the modified appearance of the area chart shown in Figure 35–5.

Figure 35–5 Scatter Chart with the Modified Chart Symbol

You can learn more about using CSS styles in JavaFX applications from Styling Charts with CSS and Styling UI Controls with CSS.

Related API Documentation

■ ScatterChart

■ Chart

Page 288: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing the Chart Symbol

35-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

■ XYChart

■ XYChart.Data

■ XYChart.Series

■ NumberAxis

■ Button

Page 289: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

36

Bar Chart 36-1

36Bar Chart

This chapter describes the bar chart, a two-axis chart with rectangular bars that can be either vertical or horizontal.

The length of each bar is proportional to a particular value that the chart presents. Typically, bar charts are used to display discrete data. You can use groups of bars as categories to plot data, as shown in Figure 36–1.

Figure 36–1 Sample Bar Chart

Creating a Bar ChartTo build a bar chart in your JavaFX application, create two axes, instantiate the BarChar class, define the series of data, and assign the data to the chart. Example 36–1 creates a bar chart with three series of data to present financial information about five countries. Each country is presented as a category that is a group of bars on the horizontal axis.

Example 36–1 Creating a Bar Chart with Three Series of Data

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.BarChart;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;

Page 290: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Bar Chart

36-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class BarChartSample extends Application { final static String austria = "Austria"; final static String brazil = "Brazil"; final static String france = "France"; final static String italy = "Italy"; final static String usa = "USA"; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Bar Chart Sample"); final CategoryAxis xAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); final BarChart<String,Number> bc = new BarChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); bc.setTitle("Country Summary"); xAxis.setLabel("Country"); yAxis.setLabel("Value"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("2003"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(austria, 25601.34)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(brazil, 20148.82)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(france, 10000)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(italy, 35407.15)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(usa, 12000)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("2004"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(austria, 57401.85)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(brazil, 41941.19)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(france, 45263.37)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(italy, 117320.16)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(usa, 14845.27)); XYChart.Series series3 = new XYChart.Series(); series3.setName("2005"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(austria, 45000.65)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(brazil, 44835.76)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(france, 18722.18)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(italy, 17557.31)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(usa, 92633.68)); Scene scene = new Scene(bc,800,600); bc.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Figure 36–2 shows the expected output of this application when you compile and run it.

Page 291: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Horizontal Bar Chart

Bar Chart 36-3

Figure 36–2 Creating a Bar Chart with Three Series of Data

Two properties of the BarChart class enable managing space between categories of data and between bars within the same category. Use the barGap and categoryGap properties to better distribute bars in the chart plot. Example 36–2 uses the setBarGap and setCategoryGap methods to set specific values for these properties.

Example 36–2 Setting Gaps Between Bars and Categories

bc.setBarGap(3);bc.setCategoryGap(20);

Horizontal Bar ChartYou can change the orientation of the bar chart from vertical to horizontal by defining the category for the vertical axis. Example 36–3 implements this for the Country Summary application. Declare the horizontal axis of the NumberAxis type and the vertical axis of the CategoryAxis type. Do not forget to modify the declaration of the BarChart object.

Example 36–3 Changing Orientation of the Bar Chart

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.BarChart;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class BarChartSample extends Application { final static String austria = "Austria"; final static String brazil = "Brazil"; final static String france = "France"; final static String italy = "Italy"; final static String usa = "USA"; @Override public void start(Stage stage) {

Page 292: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Horizontal Bar Chart

36-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

stage.setTitle("Bar Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(); final CategoryAxis yAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final BarChart<Number,String> bc = new BarChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); bc.setTitle("Country Summary"); xAxis.setLabel("Value"); xAxis.setTickLabelRotation(90); yAxis.setLabel("Country"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("2003"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(25601.34, austria)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(20148.82, brazil)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(10000, france)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(35407.15, italy)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12000, usa)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("2004"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(57401.85, austria)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(41941.19, brazil)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45263.37, france)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(117320.16, italy)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(14845.27, usa)); XYChart.Series series3 = new XYChart.Series(); series3.setName("2005"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45000.65, austria)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(44835.76, brazil)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18722.18, france)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(17557.31, italy)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(92633.68, usa)); Scene scene = new Scene(bc,800,600); bc.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Note that the setTickLabelRotation method is called on the horizontal axis to rotate labels and make the value captions easier to read.

The result of compiling and running the modified application is shown in Figure 36–3.

Page 293: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Stacked Bar Chart

Bar Chart 36-5

Figure 36–3 Horizontal Bar Chart

Horizontal bar charts can be particularly helpful when you want to represent data as ranked lists.

Creating a Stacked Bar ChartYou can represent data in a bar chart so that the bars in a category are stacked. Use the StackedBarChart class available in the JavaFX API, as shown in Example 36–4.

Example 36–4 Creating a Stacked Bar Chart

import java.util.Arrays;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.StackedBarChart;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class StackedBarChartSample extends Application { final static String austria = "Austria"; final static String brazil = "Brazil"; final static String france = "France"; final static String italy = "Italy"; final static String usa = "USA"; final CategoryAxis xAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); final StackedBarChart<String, Number> sbc = new StackedBarChart<>(xAxis, yAxis); final XYChart.Series<String, Number> series1 = new XYChart.Series<>();

Page 294: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Stacked Bar Chart

36-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

final XYChart.Series<String, Number> series2 = new XYChart.Series<>(); final XYChart.Series<String, Number> series3 = new XYChart.Series<>(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Bar Chart Sample"); sbc.setTitle("Country Summary"); xAxis.setLabel("Country"); xAxis.setCategories(FXCollections.<String>observableArrayList( Arrays.asList(austria, brazil, france, italy, usa))); yAxis.setLabel("Value"); series1.setName("2003"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(austria, 25601.34)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(brazil, 20148.82)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(france, 10000)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(italy, 35407.15)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(usa, 12000)); series2.setName("2004"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(austria, 57401.85)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(brazil, 41941.19)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(france, 45263.37)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(italy, 117320.16)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(usa, 14845.27)); series3.setName("2005"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(austria, 45000.65)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(brazil, 44835.76)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(france, 18722.18)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(italy, 17557.31)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data<>(usa, 92633.68)); Scene scene = new Scene(sbc, 800, 600); sbc.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

When you define axes for a stacked bar chart in your application, you must explicitly assign the categories of data to a particular axis. In Example 36–4, the categories are assigned to the horizontal axis by using the setCategories method. The bar chart produced by this application is shown in Figure 36–4.

Page 295: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Creating a Stacked Bar Chart

Bar Chart 36-7

Figure 36–4 Stacked Bar Chart with Five Categories of Data

Compare the data shown in Figure 36–3 with the same data in Figure 36–4. The areas in the stacked bar chart show cumulative values on the vertical axis at any given point along the horizontal axis. For example, on the vertical axis of Figure 36–4, the 2004 values for Austria range from approximately 25,000 to approximately 85,000. However, the data in Example 36–4 indicates a value of 57,401.85 for Austria in 2004. The 2004 high value of approximately 85,000 in Figure 36–4 represents the cumulative results for Austria in 2003 and 2004.

When you develop bar charts in your JavaFX application, remember that data on the vertical axes are interpreted differently for a BarChart than for a StackedBarChart. Choose the type of chart that best illustrates the task of the application.

You can specify the distance between the stacked categories by setting the value in the setCategoryGap method. For example, you can set the distance of 50 pixels for the Country Summary bar chart: sbc.setCategoryGap(50);

When you apply this method to the stacked bar chart in Example 36–4, the bar categories look as shown in Figure 36–5.

Page 296: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Animating Data in Charts

36-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 36–5 Stacked Bar Chart with the Specified Gap Between the Categories

Animating Data in ChartsYou can implement animated charts to illustrate dynamic behavior of financial activities. Example 36–5 defines an animation timeline and creates key frames to randomly set the X value for the data of the bar chart. The timeline starts when the application does and continues indefinitely in the auto-reverse mode.

Example 36–5 Animating Data in a Bar Chart

Timeline tl = new Timeline();tl.getKeyFrames().add(new KeyFrame(Duration.millis(500), (ActionEvent actionEvent) -> { bc.getData().stream().forEach((series) -> { series.getData().stream().forEach((data) -> { data.setXValue(Math.random() * 1000); }); }); }));tl.setCycleCount(Animation.INDEFINITE);tl.setAutoReverse(true);tl.play();

When you add this code fragment to the Country Summary application in Example 36–3, and then compile and run the modified code, you will notice that both the axis and the chart plot change smoothly to accommodate new values in ranges and new lengths of the bars. This is because of the animated properties of the Chart and Axis classes. By default, they set to true to animate any data changes.

For the Country Summary application, you can prohibit animating data along the vertical axis when the data on this axis is presented in categories and does not change. To avoid undesirable flickering of the country labels, use the setAnimated method as shown in Example 36–6.

Page 297: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Animating Data in Charts

Bar Chart 36-9

Example 36–6 Managing Animation of Data Changes

yAxis.setAnimated(false);

See the API documentation for more information about the features and capabilities of JavaFX charts.

Related API Documentation

■ BarChart

■ Chart

■ XYChart

■ XYChart.Data

■ XYChart.Series

■ Axis

■ NumberAxis

■ CategoryAxis

■ Timeline

■ KeyFrame

Page 298: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Animating Data in Charts

36-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 299: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Part IVPart IV Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS

This part provides general information about creating cascading style sheets (CSS) styles and applying them to the user interface (UI) components of your JavaFX applications. It contains the following chapters:

■ Styling UI Controls with CSS

Describes how to use CSS with JavaFX applications and create a custom look for its UI controls.

■ Styling Charts with CSS

Explains how to change a chart color scheme, modify its legend or axes, and alter chart symbols.

Page 300: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing
Page 301: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

37

Styling UI Controls with CSS 37-1

37Styling UI Controls with CSS

This topic describes how to use cascading style sheets (CSS) with JavaFX and create a custom look for your application.

Style sheets contain style definitions that control the look of user interface elements. Using CSS in JavaFX applications is similar to using CSS in HTML. JavaFX CSS are based on the W3C CSS version 2.1 specification (available at http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/) with some additions from current work on version 3 of the specification and some extensions that support specific JavaFX features.

Skinning your UI with JavaFX CSS enables you to change the UI shown in Figure 37–1 to the UI shown in Figure 37–2 just by changing the style sheet used.

Figure 37–1 Style 1

Page 302: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Default Style Sheet

37-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 37–2 Style 2

Default Style SheetThe default style sheet for JavaFX applications is modena.css, which is found in the JavaFX runtime JAR file, jfxrt.jar. This style sheet defines styles for the root node and the UI controls. To view this file, go to the \jre\lib\ext directory under the directory in which the Java Development Kit (JDK) is installed. Use the following command to extract the style sheet from the JAR file:

jar xf jfxrt.jar com/sun/javafx/scene/control/skin/modena/modena.css

Figure 37–3 shows what the sample UI looks like with the default style sheet.

Page 303: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Defining Styles

Styling UI Controls with CSS 37-3

Figure 37–3 Default Style

Creating Style SheetsYou can create one or more of your own style sheets to override the styles in the default style sheet and to add your own styles. Typically style sheets that you create have an extension of .css and are located in the same directory as the main class for your JavaFX application.

The style sheet controlStyle1.css provides the skinning shown in Figure 37–1. The style sheet controlStyle2.css provides the skinning shown in Figure 37–2.

Style sheets are applied to Scene objects as shown in Example 37–1, where path is the directory structure that reflects the location of your style sheet, and stylesheet is the name of your style sheet. For example, the path and name of the style sheet for Figure 37–2 is uicontrolcss/controlStyle2.css.

Example 37–1 Adding a Style Sheet

Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 500, 400);scene.getStylesheets().add("path/stylesheet.css");

Defining StylesA style definition consists of the name of the style, also called the selector, and a series of rules that set the properties for the style. Rules for a definition are enclosed in braces ({}). Example 37–2 shows the definition for a style named .custom-button.

Example 37–2 Sample Style Definition

.custom-button { -fx-font: 16px "Serif";

Page 304: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Defining Styles

37-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

-fx-padding: 10; -fx-background-color: #CCFF99;}

SelectorsSeveral types of styles can be defined. Each type of style has its own convention for selectors.

Style classes correspond to class names. By convention, style class names that consist of more than one word use a hyphen (-) between words. Style class selectors are preceded by a dot (.).

Examples of class selectors:

.button

.check-box

.scroll-bar

You can also define styles that are associated with a node through the node’s ID. The ID is set using the node’s setId() method. The style name is the ID preceded by a hash symbol (#). For example, a node with the ID my-button is skinned with the style #my-button.

Examples of ID style selectors:

#my-button#shaded-hbox

Compound selectors are also possible. Some classes include elements that can have their own style definition, which are called descendant classes. For example, many UI controls have a descendant class for the label. These definitions are identified by the selector for the class and the selector for the descendant class separated by a space.

Examples of selectors for descendant classes:

.check-box .label

.check-box .box

.radio-button .dot

Pseudo-classes enable you to customize states of a node, such as when a node has focus. These definitions are identified by the selector for the class and the name for the state separated by a colon (:).

Examples of selectors for pseudo-classes:

.radio-button:focused

.radio-button:hover

.scroll-bar:vertical

Rules and PropertiesThe rules for a style definition assign values to properties associated with the class. Rule property names correspond to the names of the properties for a class. The convention for property names with multiple words is to separate the words with a hyphen (-). Property names for styles in JavaFX style sheets are preceded by -fx-.

Note: The size of a font can be specified in either points (pt) or pixels (px). A resolution of 96 dots per inch (dpi) is assumed, so 1px = 0.75pt.

Page 305: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Skinning Controls

Styling UI Controls with CSS 37-5

Property names and values are separated by a colon (:). Rules are terminated with a semicolon (;).

Examples of rules:

-fx-background-color: #333333;-fx-text-fill: white;-fx-alignment: CENTER;

The .root style class is applied to the root node of the Scene instance. Because all nodes in the scene graph are a descendant of the root node, styles in the .root style class can be applied to any node.

The .root style class includes properties that can be used by other styles to provide consistency in a UI. For example, the property -fx-focused-base is defined in the .root style. This property is used by styles for other UI controls as the color for the control when it has focus. The following definition shows how this property is used in the style for the class CheckBox:

.check-box:focused { -fx-color: -fx-focused-base;}

Skinning the SceneYou can quickly change the look of your UI just by customizing the .root style class. Both of the sample style sheets set the font size and family, the base color from which other colors are derived, and the background color of the scene. Example 37–3 shows the .root style from controlStyle2.css.

Example 37–3 Root Style from controlStyle2.css

.root{ -fx-font-size: 16pt; -fx-font-family: "Courier New"; -fx-base: rgb(132, 145, 47); -fx-background: rgb(225, 228, 203);}

With just this style, you create the basic look of Figure 37–2. This is possible because the built-in UI controls use the properties set for the root node to derive their own colors and fonts.

Skinning ControlsYou can further customize your UI by defining styles for the different controls that you are using. You can override the definitions in the default style sheet or create new class or ID styles. You can also define the style for a node within your code.

Overriding Default StylesYou can override a style in the default style sheet by including the style in your style sheet and assigning it different properties. Example 37–4 shows the style for the Button class from controlStyle2.css.

Example 37–4 Override a Style

.button{

Page 306: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Skinning Controls

37-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

-fx-text-fill: rgb(49, 89, 23);-fx-border-color: rgb(49, 89, 23);-fx-border-radius: 5;-fx-padding: 3 6 6 6;

}

The font color, border color, border radius, and padding are picked up from this definition. The color of the button and the font style of the label are picked up from the .root definition from Example 37–3. Buttons with this styling look as shown in the following image.

Creating Class StylesYou can create a class style by adding a definition for it to your style sheet. Example 37–5 defines a new style in controlStyle1.css called .button1.

Example 37–5 Define a New Style

.button1{ -fx-text-fill: #006464; -fx-background-color: #DFB951; -fx-border-radius: 20; -fx-background-radius: 20; -fx-padding: 5;}

Any button to which this style is added looks as shown in the following image. Note that the font of the label is picked up from the .root definition in controlStyle1.css.

To assign this class style to a node, use the getStyleClass().add() sequence of methods. Example 37–6 shows the .button1 style assigned to the Accept button.

Example 37–6 Assign a Class Style

Button buttonAccept = new Button("Accept");buttonAccept.getStyleClass().add("button1");

Be aware that adding styles to a node is accumulative. After adding the .button1 style class to the buttonAccept node, the node is rendered using rules from both the .button and .button1 styles.

Note: If a class does not have a style defined in the modena.css style sheet, define the style in your style sheet and assign it to each class instance as shown in Example 37–6. For example, layout panes do not have styles defined in the modena.css style sheet. See Styling Layout Panes with CSS for information on creating styles for classes such as HBox and GridPane.

Page 307: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Additional Resources

Styling UI Controls with CSS 37-7

Creating ID StylesYou can define a style for an individual node by creating a style and assigning the style to the node. The style name is the ID preceded by a hash symbol (#). Example 37–7 creates a definition for a style named #font-button.

Example 37–7 Define an ID Style

#font-button { -fx-font: bold italic 20pt "Arial"; -fx-effect: dropshadow( one-pass-box , black , 8 , 0.0 , 2 , 0 );}The button that is assigned the ID font-button looks as shown in the following image.

Example 37–8 shows how to assign the ID style to a node.

Example 37–8 Assign an ID Style

Button buttonFont = new Button("Font");buttonFont.setId("font-button");

Setting Styles in the CodeYou also have the option of setting style properties for a node within the code for your application. Rules set within the code take precedence over styles from a style sheet. Example 37–9 shows how to change the background color and font color for a button.

Example 37–9 Define a Style Inline

Button buttonColor = new Button("Color");buttonColor.setStyle("-fx-background-color: slateblue; -fx-text-fill: white;");

The following image shows how the button appears.

Additional ResourcesFor more in-depth information on JavaFX style sheets, see the JavaFX CSS Reference Guide.

For information on styling the UI Controls, see Using JavaFX UI Controls.

For information on styling layout panes, see Styling Layout Panes with CSS.

For information on styling charts, see Styling Charts with CSS.

Page 308: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Additional Resources

37-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 309: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

38

Styling Charts with CSS 38-1

38Styling Charts with CSS

This chapter explains how to change the default appearance of JavaFX charts by applying Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Learn how to change a chart color scheme, modify its legend or axes, and alter chart symbols.

All visual elements of JavaFX charts are defined by the modena style sheet. The JavaFX API has a limited set of methods and properties to alter these visual elements. Oracle recommends that you use the chart-specific CSS properties to implement an alternative look and feel for charts in your JavaFX application.

You can find a complete list of the chart-specific properties in the JavaFX CSS Reference Guide. When you apply CSS styles to your charts, refer to Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS for implementation details.

Modifying Basic Chart ElementsAll JavaFX charts have common properties that can be set though the .chart, .chart-content, .chart-title, and .chart-legend CSS classes. Figure 38–1 shows the corresponding areas of the chart.

Figure 38–1 Visual Elements of a Chart

You can change and set the following visual characteristics of these elements:

■ Padding and insets

Page 310: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Modifying Basic Chart Elements

38-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

■ Background color and image

■ Font

■ Text fill color

By default, any chart has 5-pixel padding and its content has 10-pixel padding. You can alter these values by using the -fx-padding properties of the .chart and .chart-content CSS classes as shown in Example 38–1.

Example 38–1 Set Chart Padding

.chart { -fx-padding: 10px;}.chart-content { -fx-padding: 30px;}

Figure 38–2 shows the view of the line chart after these styles are applied.

Figure 38–2 Setting Chart Top-Level CSS Properties

You can define a background color or a background image for the chart. Add the -fx-background-image property as shown in Example 38–2.

Example 38–2 Setting a Background Image

.chart { -fx-padding: 10px; -fx-background-image: url("icon.png");}.chart-content { -fx-padding: 30px;}

Page 311: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Modifying Basic Chart Elements

Styling Charts with CSS 38-3

Because the icon is smaller than the line chart, the image is repeated to fill the remaining area. Figure 38–3 shows line chart when the background image is applied.

Figure 38–3 Line Chart with a Background Image

The chart legend for the line chart shown in Figure 38–3 has the default look and feel. You can change its appearance by altering the properties defined in the .chart-legend CSS class, as demonstrated in Example 38–3.

Example 38–3 Setting a Chart Legend

.chart { -fx-padding: 10px; -fx-background-image: url("icon.png");}.chart-content { -fx-padding: 30px; }.chart-legend { -fx-background-color: transparent; -fx-padding: 20px;} .chart-legend-item-symbol{ -fx-background-radius: 0;} .chart-legend-item{ -fx-text-fill: #191970;}

When you apply these styles, the chart legend is rendered with a transparent background, the labels are painted with dark blue, and the legend symbols change to square, as shown in Figure 38–4.

Page 312: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Modifying Basic Chart Elements

38-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 38–4 Changing the Chart Legend

By default, legend symbols look like circles, because they are declared as rounded rectangles with a 5-pixel height, 5-pixel width, and 5-pixel radius. When you explicitly set the radius to 0, the circles turn into squares. You can also define the legend symbol by using the -fx-shape property. For example, the following line creates a triangle by specifying its SVG path: -fx-shape: "M5,0 L10,8 L0,8 Z."

To alter the chart text elements, you should use the corresponding styles as shown in Example 38–4. The .chart-title class sets the fill color and the font size for the chart title. The .axis-label class define the fill color of the axis label.

Example 38–4 Changing Color of the Text Elements

.chart { -fx-padding: 10px; -fx-background-image: url("icon.png"); }.chart-content { -fx-padding: 30px; } .chart-title { -fx-text-fill: #4682b4; -fx-font-size: 1.6em;} .axis-label { -fx-text-fill: #4682b4;} .chart-legend { -fx-background-color: transparent; -fx-padding: 20px;} .chart-legend-item-symbol{ -fx-background-radius: 0;}

Page 313: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Colors of the Chart Plot

Styling Charts with CSS 38-5

.chart-legend-item{ -fx-text-fill: #191970;}

These modifications result in the appearance shown in Figure 38–5.

Figure 38–5 Line Chart with the Modified Text Elements

Altering Colors of the Chart PlotWhen you change the default background color of a chart or set an image as a chart background, the changes do not affect the graph itself. As specified in the modena style sheet, the chart plot of a two-axis chart has a light gray background, and its alternative rows are gray. Use the -fx-background-color and -fx-background-image properties of the .chart-plot-background class to set the background for the chart plot. Example 38–5 defines the background color for the chart plot, the fill color for the alternative rows, and the color of vertical and horizontal grid lines.

Example 38–5 Setting a Background Color for a Chart Plot

.chart { -fx-padding: 10px; -fx-background-image: url("icon.png"); }.chart-content { -fx-padding: 30px; } .chart-title { -fx-text-fill: #4682b4; -fx-font-size: 1.6em;} .axis-label { -fx-text-fill: #4682b4;} .chart-legend { -fx-background-color: transparent;

Page 314: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Colors of the Chart Plot

38-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

-fx-padding: 20px;} .chart-legend-item-symbol{ -fx-background-radius: 0;} .chart-legend-item{ -fx-text-fill: #191970;} .chart-plot-background { -fx-background-color: #e2ecfe;}.chart-vertical-grid-lines { -fx-stroke: #3278fa;}.chart-horizontal-grid-lines { -fx-stroke: #3278fa;}.chart-alternative-row-fill { -fx-fill: #99bcfd; -fx-stroke: transparent; -fx-stroke-width: 0;}

Figure 38–6 shows the line chart with the modified plot background.

Figure 38–6 Line Chart with an Alternative Plot Color

When you design your chart so that its plot has the same background as the other chart areas, set a transparent background for the plot and alternative rows, as shown in Example 38–6.

Example 38–6 Setting a Transparent Background for the Chart Plot

.chart { -fx-padding: 10px; -fx-background-image: url("icon.png"); }

Page 315: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Altering Colors of the Chart Plot

Styling Charts with CSS 38-7

.chart-content { -fx-padding: 30px; } .chart-title { -fx-text-fill: #4682b4; -fx-font-size: 1.6em;} .axis-label { -fx-text-fill: #4682b4;} .chart-legend { -fx-background-color: transparent; -fx-padding: 20px;} .chart-legend-item-symbol{ -fx-background-radius: 0;} .chart-legend-item{ -fx-text-fill: #191970;} .chart-plot-background { -fx-background-color: transparent;}.chart-vertical-grid-lines { -fx-stroke: #3278fa;}.chart-horizontal-grid-lines { -fx-stroke: #3278fa;}.chart-alternative-row-fill { -fx-fill: transparent; -fx-stroke: transparent; -fx-stroke-width: 0;}

You can make the alternative rows invisible by applying the setAlternativeRowFillVisible(false) method to the chart in the JavaFX application.

When the transparent background colors are applied, the chart appears as shown in Figure 38–7.

Page 316: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting the Axes

38-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 38–7 Line Chart with a Transparent Plot Background

Setting the AxesAlthough the Axis class provides methods and properties to set the tick marks and labels, you can use the corresponding CSS classes and properties to define the appearance for these chart elements.

Consider the bubble chart sample described in the Bubble Chart chapter. Disable the color set for the tick labels in Example 34–4 by either deleting or commenting out the following lines.

■ xAxis.setTickLabelFill(Color.CHOCOLATE);

■ yAxis.setTickLabelFill(Color.CHOCOLATE);

Add the code fragment shown in Example 38–7 to the CSS file of the application.

Example 38–7 Defining Styles for the Chart Axes

.axis { -fx-font-size: 1.4em; -fx-tick-label-fill: #914800; -fx-font-family: Tahoma; -fx-tick-length: 20; -fx-minor-tick-length: 10;} .axis-label { -fx-text-fill: #462300; }

This style sheet defines the relative font size, font family, and fill colors for the axis labels and tick labels. It also sets the lengths for the tick marks and minor tick marks. When these styles are applied to the chart, it looks as shown in Figure 38–8.

Page 317: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting the Axes

Styling Charts with CSS 38-9

Figure 38–8 Bubble Chart with the Modified Appearance of Its Axes

Example 38–7 changes the default values for the length of tick marks and minor tick marks. You can continue changing their appearance by defining a new color scheme, as shown in Example 38–8. This example also sets a 3-pixel width for the basic tick marks, so that they look thicker than minor tick marks.

Example 38–8 Altering Colors of Tick Marks and Minor Tick Marks

.axis { -fx-font-size: 1.4em; -fx-tick-label-fill: #914800; -fx-font-family: Tahoma; -fx-tick-length: 20; -fx-minor-tick-length: 10;} .axis-label { -fx-text-fill: #462300; } .axis-tick-mark { -fx-stroke: #637040; -fx-stroke-width: 3; }.axis-minor-tick-mark { -fx-stroke: #859656;}

Figure 38–9 shows how the axes change when you modify the color and width of the chart tick marks.

Page 318: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Chart Colors

38-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 38–9 Alternative Color Scheme and Width for the Tick Marks

Setting Chart ColorsChanging the default colors of the charts is the simple way to provide a unique style for your JavaFX application. This section describes some aspects of setting alternative colors for basic types of charts.

By default, the modena style sheet defines eight colors of line that correspond to the first eight series of data. When the number of data series added to the line chart exceeds eight, the color of the extra lines is defined in the .chart-series-line CSS class.

Use the .chart-series-line class and .default-color<x>.chart-series-line classes to change the style of lines. The style defined in Example 38–9 sets new colors for the lines of the three data series, removes the default effects, and specifies a 2-pixel width.

Example 38–9 Setting Alternative Colors for Three Series in a Line Chart

.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke-width: 2px; -fx-effect: null;} .default-color0.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke: #e9967a; }.default-color1.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke: #f0e68c; }.default-color2.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke: #dda0dd; }

Figure 38–10 shows the line chart after this style has been applied.

Page 319: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Chart Colors

Styling Charts with CSS 38-11

Figure 38–10 Line Chart with the Modified Line Colors

Note that the legend still shows the default colors of the chart series. This is because the corresponding changes were not applied to the chart symbols. Example 38–10 shows how to change the colors of the series in the legend.

Example 38–10 Changing Chart Symbol Color

.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke-width: 2px; -fx-effect: null;} .default-color0.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke: #e9967a; }.default-color1.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke: #f0e68c; }.default-color2.chart-series-line { -fx-stroke: #dda0dd; } .default-color0.chart-line-symbol { -fx-background-color: #e9967a, white; }.default-color1.chart-line-symbol { -fx-background-color: #f0e68c, white; }.default-color2.chart-line-symbol { -fx-background-color: #dda0dd, white; }

Compare Figure 38–10 and Figure 38–11 to observe the change in the chart legend.

Page 320: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Chart Colors

38-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 38–11 Line Chart with the Modified Colors of Its Lines and Proper Legend Symbols

When you change colors in a area chart, consider three graphical components: the area for each data series, the corresponding bounding line, and the chart symbol. By default, the modena styles sheet defines a color scheme for eight series of data, including the colors of their areas, lines, and symbols. The default style also sets the basic color for areas, lines, and symbols of additional series.

Example 38–11 shows how to change the default color scheme for the areas that correspond to three series of data.

Example 38–11 Creating a New Color Scheme for an Area Chart

.default-color0.chart-area-symbol { -fx-background-color: #e9967a, #ffa07a; }

.default-color1.chart-area-symbol { -fx-background-color: #f0e68c, #fffacd; }

.default-color2.chart-area-symbol { -fx-background-color: #dda0dd, #d8bfd8; } .default-color0.chart-series-area-line { -fx-stroke: #e9967a; }.default-color1.chart-series-area-line { -fx-stroke: #f0e68c; }.default-color2.chart-series-area-line { -fx-stroke: #dda0dd; } .default-color0.chart-series-area-fill { -fx-fill: #ffa07aaa}.default-color1.chart-series-area-fill { -fx-fill: #fffacd77; }.default-color2.chart-series-area-fill { -fx-fill: #d8bfd833; }

Pay attention to the values in bold. These bold characters set new values for area opacity. By default, all areas have an opacity level of 0.17. Example 38–11 reassigns opacity for the areas so that the first area has the lowest opacity level, and the third area has the highest opacity level. Note that the hexadecimal color syntax with alpha is not a standard W3C CSS format. To conform with the W3C requirements, use the rgba CSS function with the fourth parameter as an alpha value. Figure 38–12 shows how these styles change the chart appearance when they are applied.

Page 321: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Chart Colors

Styling Charts with CSS 38-13

Figure 38–12 Area Chart with an Alternative Color Scheme

Example 38–12 shows the basic style for all bars in the bar chart defined in the modena style sheet. This style creates a linear gradient for the background color and sets the radius so that all bar edges look rounded.

Example 38–12 Default Style of the Bar Chart

.chart-bar { -fx-bar-fill: #22bad9; -fx-background-color: linear (0%,0%) to (0%,100%) stops (0%, derive(-fx-bar-fill,-30%)) (100%, derive(-fx-bar-fill,-40%)), linear (0%,0%) to (0%,100%) stops (0%, derive(-fx-bar-fill,80%)) (100%, derive(-fx-bar-fill, 0%)), linear (0%,0%) to (0%,100%) stops (0%, derive(-fx-bar-fill,30%)) (100%, derive(-fx-bar-fill,-10%)); -fx-background-insets: 0,1,2; -fx-background-radius: 5 5 0 0, 4 4 0 0, 3 3 0 0;}

The background settings are not limited to colors, gradients, and effects. You can also set background image for each data series. To implement this approach, first simplify the BarChartSample application as shown in Example 38–13.

Example 38–13 Simplified Bar Chart Sample

package barchartsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.BarChart;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;

Page 322: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Chart Colors

38-14 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.stage.Stage; public class BarChartSample extends Application { final static String austria = "Austria"; final static String brazil = "Brazil"; final static String france = "France"; final static String italy = "Italy"; final static String usa = "USA"; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Bar Chart Sample"); final CategoryAxis xAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); final BarChart<String, Number> bc = new BarChart<String, Number>(xAxis, yAxis); bc.setTitle("Country Summary"); xAxis.setLabel("Country"); xAxis.setTickLabelRotation(90); yAxis.setLabel("Value"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("2003"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(austria, 25601.34)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(brazil, 20148.82)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(france, 10000)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(italy, 35407.15)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(usa, 11000)); Scene scene = new Scene(bc, 400, 600); bc.getData().add(series1); bc.setLegendVisible(false); stage.setScene(scene); scene.getStylesheets().add("barchartsample/Chart.css"); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Now define the chart style sheet as shown in Example 38–14.

Example 38–14 Adding Images to the Bar Background

.chart-bar { -fx-background-color: rgba(0,168,355,0.05); -fx-border-color: rgba(0,168,355,0.3) rgba(0,168,355,0.3) transparent rgba(0,168,355,0.3); -fx-background-radius: 0; -fx-background-position: left center;} .data0.chart-bar { -fx-background-image: url("austria.png");}.data1.chart-bar { -fx-background-image: url("brazil.png");

Page 323: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Setting Chart Colors

Styling Charts with CSS 38-15

}.data2.chart-bar { -fx-background-image: url("france.png");}.data3.chart-bar { -fx-background-image: url("italy.png");}.data4.chart-bar { -fx-background-image: url("usa.png");}

This style sets a background image for each data series and defines the position of the image within the bar. Figure 38–13 shows how the BarChartSample looks after the new styles are applied.

Figure 38–13 Using Images to Fill a Bar Chart

When you build pie charts in your JavaFX application, you typically need to set alternative colors for the pie chart slices. You can redefine the default color scheme by setting the .default-color<x>.chart-pie CSS classes. Example 38–15 implements this task.

Example 38–15 Setting Colors of a Pie Chart

.default-color0.chart-pie { -fx-pie-color: #ffd700; }

.default-color1.chart-pie { -fx-pie-color: #ffa500; }

.default-color2.chart-pie { -fx-pie-color: #860061; }

.default-color3.chart-pie { -fx-pie-color: #adff2f; }

.default-color4.chart-pie { -fx-pie-color: #ff5700; }

Page 324: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing Chart Symbols

38-16 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

.chart-pie-label-line { -fx-stroke: #8b4513; -fx-fill: #8b4513;} .chart-pie-label { -fx-fill: #8b4513; -fx-font-size: 1em;} .chart-legend { -fx-background-color: #fafad2; -fx-stroke: #daa520;}

The pie chart colors now resemble the colors of fruit that they represent. Additionally, the style sheet in Example 38–15 sets alternative colors for the labels and the chart legend. You can observe the new style in Figure 38–14.

Figure 38–14 Pie Chart with the Redefined Colors of Its Slices

Changing Chart SymbolsAlthough symbols to display in the chart legend are defined in the modena style sheet, you can change their appearance by modifying the default color scheme and symbol shape. Example 38–11 changes the colors of the area chart symbols. You can add the following line to change the symbol shape to a square: .chart-area-symbol{-fx-background-radius: 0;}. By default, the background radius is 5 pixels. Changing the background radius to 0, turns the circle into a square. This change applies to all series of data, as shown in Figure 38–15.

Page 325: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing Chart Symbols

Styling Charts with CSS 38-17

Figure 38–15 Area Chart with Modified Chart Symbols

In scatter charts, all data is represented by set of points. Each data series has its special symbol. By default, the modena style defines seven symbols for seven series of data and the basic symbol that it uses for other data series. Example 38–16 shows the default styles for the scatter charts.

Example 38–16 Styles for a Scatter Chart Defined in the Modena Style Sheet

.chart-symbol { /* solid circle */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_1; -fx-background-radius: 5px; -fx-padding: 5px;}.default-color1.chart-symbol { /* solid square */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_2; -fx-background-radius: 0;}.default-color2.chart-symbol { /* solid diamond */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_3; -fx-background-radius: 0; -fx-padding: 7px 5px 7px 5px; -fx-shape: "M5,0 L10,9 L5,18 L0,9 Z";}.default-color3.chart-symbol { /* cross */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_4; -fx-background-radius: 0; -fx-background-insets: 0; -fx-shape: "M2,0 L5,4 L8,0 L10,0 L10,2 L6,5 L10,8 L10,10 L8,10 L5,6 L2,10 L0,10 L0,8 L4,5 L0,2 L0,0 Z";}.default-color4.chart-symbol { /* solid triangle */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_5; -fx-background-radius: 0; -fx-background-insets: 0; -fx-shape: "M5,0 L10,8 L0,8 Z";}

Page 326: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing Chart Symbols

38-18 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

.default-color5.chart-symbol { /* hollow circle */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_6, white; -fx-background-insets: 0, 2; -fx-background-radius: 5px; -fx-padding: 5px;}.default-color6.chart-symbol { /* hollow square */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_7, white; -fx-background-insets: 0, 2; -fx-background-radius: 0;}.default-color7.chart-symbol { /* hollow diamond */ -fx-background-color: CHART_COLOR_8, white; -fx-background-radius: 0; -fx-background-insets: 0, 2.5; -fx-padding: 7px 5px 7px 5px; -fx-shape: "M5,0 L10,9 L5,18 L0,9 Z";}

You can use these CSS classes and the available CSS properties to change the symbols of scatter charts, or you can invent your own symbols to represent data.

Use the .default-color1.chart-symbol CSS class to change the default color and shape of the symbol for the second data series as shown in Example 38–17.

Example 38–17 Redefining the Shape of the Second Series of Data

.default-color1.chart-symbol { -fx-background-color: #a9e200; -fx-shape: "M0,4 L2,4 L4,8 L7,0 L9,0 L4,11 Z";}

When this style is applied to the scatter chart, as shown in Figure 38–16, the points of the second series appear as check marks. The points of other series appear according to the default styles.

Figure 38–16 Scatter Chart with New Check Mark Symbol to Designate the Second Data Series

Page 327: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing Chart Symbols

Styling Charts with CSS 38-19

Use the .chart-symbol class to set a new chart symbol for the all data series in the scatter chart, as shown in Example 38–18.

Example 38–18 Defining an Alternative Symbol for a Scatter Chart

.chart-symbol{ -fx-shape: "M0,4 L2,4 L4,8 L7,0 L9,0 L4,11 Z";}

Figure 38–17 shows a scatter chart with seven series of data. Each series is represented by a check mark of different color. The color of each series is derived from the modena style sheet.

Figure 38–17 Scatter Chart with a Check Sign as a Chart Symbol

In conclusion, when you need to style a chart in your JavaFX application, consider the following steps:

■ Add a .css file to your JavaFX application.

■ Identify the graphical elements of the chart you need to change.

■ Determine the corresponding CSS classes.

■ Set the properties of the selected CSS classes specifying the values to attain the required appearance.

Refer to Styling UI Controls with CSS for additional information about how to style your JavaFX application with CSS.

Page 328: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Changing Chart Symbols

38-20 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 329: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Part VPart V Working with Text in JavaFX Applications

This document explains how to add text and text effects to JavaFX applications. It includes demo samples that illustrate how to apply single effects and a chain of effects to text nodes.

The document contains the following chapters:

■ Using Text in JavaFX

■ Applying Effects to Text

Page 330: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing
Page 331: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

39

Using Text in JavaFX 39-1

39Using Text in JavaFX

This chapter explains how to add text to your JavaFX applications.

It also includes code samples to illustrate the APIs being used.

IntroductionThe graphical content of JavaFX applications consists of objects organized in a tree-like structure called a scene graph. A single element in the scene graph is called a node. Nodes can handle different types of content, including text. Nodes can be transformed and animated. You can also apply various effects to nodes. Using features common to all node types enables you to provide sophisticated text content that meets the demands of modern rich Internet applications (RIAs).

The JavaFX SDK provides the javafx.scene.text.Text class that is used to display text. The Text class inherits from the Node class. For this reason, you can apply effects, animation, and transformations to text nodes in the same way as to any other nodes. Because the Node class inherits from the Shape class, you can set a stroke or apply a fill setting to text nodes in the same way as to any shape.

Adding TextTo add a text object to your application, use any of the constructors shown in Example 39–1 through Example 39–3.

Example 39–1

Text t = new Text();t.setText("This is a text sample");

Example 39–2

Text t = new Text("This is a text sample");

Example 39–3

Text t = new Text (10, 20, "This is a text sample");

The constructor in Example 39–3 creates a text object at the coordinates specified with the first two parameters.

Page 332: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Text

39-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Setting Text Font and ColorWhen adding text, you can also set some of its properties. To set the font, you can use an instance of the javafx.scene.text.Font class. The Font.font() method enables you to specify the font family name and size. You can also set the text color as shown in Example 39–4.

Example 39–4

t.setText("This is a text sample");t.setFont(Font.font ("Verdana", 20));t.setFill(Color.RED);

Alternatively, you may want to use a system font, which varies depending on the platform. For this purpose, call the Font.getDefault() method.

In the production code, Oracle recommends that you set the styles using cascading style sheets (CSS). For example, to be able to apply a linear gradient fill to your text objects, add the style with the required rules to your CSS as shown in Example 39–5.

Example 39–5

#fancytext { -fx-font: 100px Tahoma; -fx-fill: linear-gradient(from 0% 0% to 100% 200%, repeat, aqua 0%, red 50%); -fx-stroke: black; -fx-stroke-width: 1;}

In your code, create a text object and apply the style from CSS as shown in Example 39–6.

Example 39–6

Text t = new Text ("Stroke and Fill");t.setId("fancytext");

This code creates the text shown in Figure 39–1.

Figure 39–1

For more details about using CSS in JavaFX applications, see Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS.

Making Text Bold or ItalicTo make the text look bold, use the FontWeight constant of the font method as shown in Example 39–7.

Page 333: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Text

Using Text in JavaFX 39-3

Example 39–7

t.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", FontWeight.BOLD, 70));

To display text in italic, use the FontPosture constant as shown in Example 39–8.

Example 39–8

t.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", FontPosture.ITALIC, 20));

Using Custom FontsIf you need to use a unique font that might not be installed on another computer, you can include a TrueType font (.ttf) or an OpenType (.otf) in your JavaFX application.

To include a TrueType or OpenType font as a custom font, use the following procedure:

1. Create a resources/fonts folder in your project folder.

2. Copy your font files to the fonts subfolder in your project.

3. In your source code, load the custom font as shown in Example 39–9.

Example 39–9

text.setFont(Font.loadFont("file:resources/fonts/isadoracyr.ttf", 120));

This code provides the font for the text shown in Figure 39–2.

Figure 39–2

Setting LCD Text SupportLCD (liquid crystal display) text is an anti-aliased text that takes advantage of the properties of LCD panels to render smoother text. You can take advantage of the LCD text on the text nodes by using the API shown in Example 39–10.

Example 39–10

text.setFontSmoothingType(FontSmoothingType.LCD));

Alternatively, you can provide this setting in a .css file by using the syntax shown in Example 39–11.

Example 39–11

.text { -fx-font-smoothing-type: lcd; }

Page 334: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Text

39-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Rich Text and Bidirectional SupportYou can create several Text nodes and lay them out in a single text flow by using the TextFlow layout pane. The TextFlow object employs the text and font of each Text node but ignores the wrapping width and the x and y properties of its children. The TextFlow object uses its own width and text alignment to determine the location of each child. Example 39–12 shows three Text nodes that have different fonts and text laid out in a TextFlow pane.

Example 39–12

String family = "Helvetica";double size = 50;

TextFlow textFlow = new TextFlow();textFlow.setLayoutX(40);textFlow.setLayoutY(40);Text text1 = new Text("Hello ");text1.setFont(Font.font(family, size));text1.setFill(Color.RED);Text text2 = new Text("Bold");text2.setFill(Color.ORANGE);text2.setFont(Font.font(family, FontWeight.BOLD, size));Text text3 = new Text(" World");text3.setFill(Color.GREEN);text3.setFont(Font.font(family, FontPosture.ITALIC, size));textFlow.getChildren().addAll(text1, text2, text3);

Group group = new Group(textFlow);Scene scene = new Scene(group, 500, 150, Color.WHITE);stage.setTitle("Hello Rich Text");stage.setScene(scene);stage.show();

This code provides the output shown in Figure 39–3.

Figure 39–3

You can embed objects such as shapes and images together with the text nodes in a TextFlow object or create text with bidirectional support as shown in Example 39–13.

Page 335: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Text

Using Text in JavaFX 39-5

Example 39–13

import javafx.application.Application;import static javafx.application.Application.launch;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.scene.text.Text;import javafx.scene.text.TextFlow;import javafx.stage.Stage;

public class JavaFXBidiText extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) throws Exception { TextFlow textFlow = new TextFlow(); Font font = new Font("Tahoma", 48); Text text1 = new Text("He said \u0627\u0644\u0633\u0644\u0627\u0645"); text1.setFill(Color.RED); text1.setFont(font); Text text2 = new Text(" \u0639\u0644\u064a\u0643\u0645 to me."); text2.setFill(Color.BLUE); text2.setFont(font); textFlow.getChildren().addAll(text1, text2); Group group = new Group(textFlow); Scene scene = new Scene(group, 650, 150, Color.WHITE); stage.setTitle("Hello Bidi Text"); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }

This code creates the output shown in Figure 39–4.

Figure 39–4

This example shows how the content of a single Text node can be divided and placed in different locations on the TextFlow object due to bidirectional reordering.

The default orientation of the TextFlow object is left-to-right with Arabic words to be rendered right-to-left. There are two Arabic words to be rendered together: the red word is rendered first at the rightmost position and is followed to the left by the blue word.

You can change the default orientation of the TextFlow object by calling

textFlow.setNodeOrientation(NodeOrientation.RIGHT_TO_LEFT);

Page 336: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Adding Text

39-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Note that both the Text and TextFlow objects support bidirectional reordering as defined by the Unicode Consortium in the Bidirectional Algorithm Annex #9 at

http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/

Page 337: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

40

Applying Effects to Text 40-1

40Applying Effects to Text

In this chapter you learn how to apply single effects and a chain of effects to text nodes. It includes demo samples to illustrate the APIs being used.

The JavaFX SDK provides a wide set of effects that reside in the javafx.scene.effect package. For a complete set of available effects, see the API documentation. You can see some of the effects in action in the TextEffects demo application. This application displays text nodes with various effects. Download the TextEffectsSample.zip file, extract the files, save them on your computer, and open a NetBeans project in the NetBeans IDE.

Perspective EffectThe PerspectiveTansform class enables you to imitate a three-dimensional effect for your two-dimensional content. The perspective transformation can map an arbitrary quadrilateral into another quadrilateral. An input for this transformation is your node. To define the perspective transformation, you specify the x and y coordinates of output locations of all four corners. In the TextEffects application, the PerspectiveTransform effect is set for a group consisting of a rectangle and text as shown in Example 40–1.

Example 40–1

PerspectiveTransform pt = new PerspectiveTransform();pt.setUlx(10.0f);pt.setUly(10.0f);pt.setUrx(310.0f);pt.setUry(40.0f);pt.setLrx(310.0f);pt.setLry(60.0f);pt.setLlx(10.0f);pt.setLly(90.0f); g.setEffect(pt);g.setCache(true); Rectangle r = new Rectangle();r.setX(10.0f);r.setY(10.0f);r.setWidth(280.0f);r.setHeight(80.0f);r.setFill(Color.BLUE); Text t = new Text();t.setX(20.0f);

Page 338: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Blur Effect

40-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

t.setY(65.0f);t.setText("Perspective");t.setFill(Color.YELLOW);t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36)); g.getChildren().add(r);g.getChildren().add(t);return g;

Using the setCache(true) property enables you to improve performance when rendering the node.

You can see the result of the perspective transformation in Figure 40–1.

Figure 40–1 Text with a Perspective Effect

Blur EffectThe GaussianBlur class provides a blur effect based on a Gaussian convolution kernel.

Example 40–2 shows a text node with an applied Gaussian blur effect implemented in the TextEffects application.

Example 40–2

Text t2 = new Text();t2.setX(10.0f);t2.setY(140.0f);t2.setCache(true);t2.setText("Blurry Text");t2.setFill(Color.RED);t2.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36));t2.setEffect(new GaussianBlur());return t2;

You can see the result of the Gaussian blur effect in Figure 40–2.

Figure 40–2 Text with a Blur Effect

Drop Shadow EffectTo implement a drop shadow effect, use the DropShadow class. You can specify a color and an offset for the shadow of your text. In the TextEffects application, the drop

Page 339: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Inner Shadow Effect

Applying Effects to Text 40-3

shadow effect is applied to the red text and provides a three-pixel gray shadow. You can see the code in Example 40–3.

Example 40–3

DropShadow ds = new DropShadow();ds.setOffsetY(3.0f);ds.setColor(Color.color(0.4f, 0.4f, 0.4f)); Text t = new Text();t.setEffect(ds);t.setCache(true);t.setX(10.0f);t.setY(270.0f);t.setFill(Color.RED);t.setText("JavaFX drop shadow...");t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 32));

You can see the result of the applied effect in Figure 40–3.

Figure 40–3 Text with a Drop Shadow Effect

Inner Shadow EffectAn inner shadow effect renders a shadow inside the edges of your content. For text content, you can specify a color and an offset. See how the inner shadow effect with four-pixel offsets in the x and y directions is applied to a text node in Example 40–4.

Example 40–4

InnerShadow is = new InnerShadow();is.setOffsetX(4.0f);is.setOffsetY(4.0f);

Text t = new Text();t.setEffect(is);t.setX(20);t.setY(100);t.setText("InnerShadow");t.setFill(Color.YELLOW);t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 80));

t.setTranslateX(300);t.setTranslateY(300); return t;

The result of the applied effect is shown in Figure 40–4.

Page 340: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Reflection

40-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Figure 40–4 Text with an Inner Shadow Effect

ReflectionThe Reflection class enables you to display the reflected version of your text below the original text. You can adjust the view of your reflected text by providing additional parameters such as a bottom opacity value, a fraction of the input to be visible in the reflection, an offset between the input text and its reflection, and a top opacity value. For details, see the API documentation.

The reflection effect is implemented in the TextEffects application as shown in Example 40–5.

Example 40–5

Text t = new Text();t.setX(10.0f);t.setY(50.0f);t.setCache(true);t.setText("Reflections on JavaFX...");t.setFill(Color.RED);t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 30)); Reflection r = new Reflection();r.setFraction(0.7f); t.setEffect(r); t.setTranslateY(400);return t;

You can see the text node with the reflection effect in Figure 40–5.

Figure 40–5 Text with a Reflection Effect

Combining Several EffectsIn the previous section you learned how to apply a single effect to a text node. To further enrich your text content, you can compose several effects and apply a chain of effects to achieve a specific visual result. Consider the NeonSign application shown in Figure 40–6.

Page 341: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Combining Several Effects

Applying Effects to Text 40-5

Figure 40–6 The Neon Sign Application Window

The graphical scene of the NeonSign application consists of the following elements:

■ An image of a brick wall used as a background

■ A rectangle that provides a radial gradient fill

■ A text node with a chain of effects

■ A text field used for entering text data

The background is set in an external .css file.

This application uses a binding mechanism to set the text content on the text node. The text property of the text node is bound to the text property of the text field as shown in Example 40–6.

Example 40–6

Text text = new Text();TextField textField = new TextField();textField.setText("Neon Sign");text.textProperty().bind(textField.textProperty());

You can type in the text field and view the changed contents of the text node.

A chain of effects is applied to the text node. The primary effect is a blend effect that uses the MULTIPLY mode to mix two inputs together: a drop shadow effect and another blend effect, blend1. Similarly, the blend1 effect combines a drop shadow effect (ds1) and a blend effect (blend2). The blend2 effect combines two inner shadow effects. Using this chain of effects and varying color parameters enables you to apply subtle and sophisticated color patterns to text objects. See the code for the chain of effects in Example 40–7.

Example 40–7

Blend blend = new Blend();

Page 342: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Application Files

40-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

blend.setMode(BlendMode.MULTIPLY);

DropShadow ds = new DropShadow();ds.setColor(Color.rgb(254, 235, 66, 0.3));ds.setOffsetX(5);ds.setOffsetY(5);ds.setRadius(5);ds.setSpread(0.2);

blend.setBottomInput(ds);

DropShadow ds1 = new DropShadow();ds1.setColor(Color.web("#f13a00"));ds1.setRadius(20);ds1.setSpread(0.2);

Blend blend2 = new Blend();blend2.setMode(BlendMode.MULTIPLY);

InnerShadow is = new InnerShadow();is.setColor(Color.web("#feeb42"));is.setRadius(9);is.setChoke(0.8);blend2.setBottomInput(is);

InnerShadow is1 = new InnerShadow();is1.setColor(Color.web("#f13a00"));is1.setRadius(5);is1.setChoke(0.4);blend2.setTopInput(is1);

Blend blend1 = new Blend();blend1.setMode(BlendMode.MULTIPLY);blend1.setBottomInput(ds1);blend1.setTopInput(blend2);

blend.setTopInput(blend1);

text.setEffect(blend);

In this article, you learned how to add text and apply various effects to text content. For a complete set of available effects, see the API documentation.

If you need to implement a text editing area in your JavaFX application, use the HTMLEditor component. For more information about the HTMLEditor control, see HTML Editor.

Application FilesSource Code

■ TextEffects.java

■ NeonSign.java

NetBeans Projects

■ TextEffectsSample.zip

■ NeonSignSample.zip

Page 343: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Part VIPart VI Source Code for the UI Components

Tutorials

The following tables list the demo applications in this document with their associated source code files.

UI Control Samples

Chapter Source File NetBeans Project File

Label LabelSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Button ButtonSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Radio Button RadioButtonSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Toggle Button ToggleButtonSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Checkbox CheckboxSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Choice Box ChoiceBoxSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Text Field TextFieldSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Password Field PasswordField.java UIControlSamples.zip

Scrollbar ScrollBarSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Scroll Pane ScrollPaneSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

List View ListViewSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Table View TableViewSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Tree View TreeViewSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Tree Table View TreeTableViewSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Combo Box ComboBoxSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Separator SeparatorSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Slider SliderSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Progress Bar, Progress Indicator

ProgressSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Hyperlink HyperlinkSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Hyperlink HTMLEditorSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

HTML Editor HTMLEditorSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Tooltip TooltipSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Page 344: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

Chart Samples

CSS Samples

Text Samples

Accordion and Titled Pane

TitledPaneSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Menu Controls MenuSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Color Picker ColorPickerSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Date Picker DatePickerSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Pagination PaginationSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

File Chooser FileChooserSample.java UIControlSamples.zip

Chapter Source File NetBeans Project Files

Pie Chart PieChartSample.java PieChartSample.zip

Line Chart LineChartSample.java LineChartSample.zip

Area Chart AreaChartSample.java AreaChartSample.zip

Bubble Chart BubbleChartSample.java BubbleChartSample.zip

Scatter Chart ScatterChartSample.java ScatterChartSample.zip

Bar Chart BarChartSample.java BarChartSample.zip

Chapter Source Files NetBeans Project Files

Styling UI Controls with CSS DownloadButton.java UIControlCSS.zip

Styling UI Controls with CSS DownloadButtonStyle1.css UIControlCSS.zip

Styling UI Controls with CSS DownloadButtonStyle2.css UIControlCSS.zip

Styling UI Controls with CSS StyleStage.java UIControlCSS.zip

Styling UI Controls with CSS UIControlCSS.java UIControlCSS.zip

Styling UI Controls with CSS controlStyle1.css UIControlCSS.zip

Styling UI Controls with CSS controlStyle2.css UIControlCSS.zip

Chapter Source File NetBeans Project Files

Applying Effects to Text TextEffects.java TextEffectsSample.zip

Applying Effects to Text NeonSign.java NeonSignSample.zip

Chapter Source File NetBeans Project File

Page 345: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

A

UI Control Samples A-1

AUI Control Samples

This appendix lists code for the following JavaFX samples:

■ LabelSample.java

■ ButtonSample.java

■ RadioButtonSample.java

■ ToggleButtonSample.java

■ CheckboxSample.java

■ ChoiceBoxSample.java

■ TextFieldSample.java

■ PasswordField.java

■ ScrollBarSample.java

■ ScrollPaneSample.java

■ ListViewSample.java

■ TableViewSample.java

■ TreeViewSample.java

■ TreeTableViewSample.java

■ ComboBoxSample.java

■ SeparatorSample.java

■ SliderSample.java

■ ProgressSample.java

■ HyperlinkSample.java

■ HyperlinkWebViewSample.java

■ HTMLEditorSample.java

■ TooltipSample.java

■ TitledPaneSample.java

■ MenuSample.java

■ ColorPickerSample.java

■ DatePickerSample.java

■ PaginationSample.java

Page 346: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

LabelSample.java

A-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

■ FileChooserSample.java

For the descriptions of this source files, see Using JavaFX UI Controls.

LabelSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package labelsample; import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.input.MouseEvent;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.scene.text.TextAlignment;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class LabelSample extends Application { Label label3 = new Label("A label that needs to be wrapped"); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }

Page 347: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ButtonSample.java

UI Control Samples A-3

@Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Label Sample"); stage.setWidth(420); stage.setHeight(180); HBox hbox = new HBox(); Image image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("labels.jpg")); Label label1 = new Label("Search"); label1.setGraphic(new ImageView(image)); label1.setFont(new Font("Arial", 30)); label1.setTextFill(Color.web("#0076a3")); label1.setTextAlignment(TextAlignment.JUSTIFY); Label label2 = new Label ("Values"); label2.setFont(Font.font("Cambria", 32)); label2.setRotate(270); label2.setTranslateY(50); label3.setWrapText(true); label3.setTranslateY(50); label3.setPrefWidth(100); label3.setOnMouseEntered((MouseEvent e) -> { label3.setScaleX(1.5); label3.setScaleY(1.5); }); label3.setOnMouseExited((MouseEvent e) -> { label3.setScaleX(1); label3.setScaleY(1); }); hbox.setSpacing(10); hbox.getChildren().add((label1)); hbox.getChildren().add(label2); hbox.getChildren().add(label3); ((Group)scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(hbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

ButtonSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: *

Page 348: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ButtonSample.java

A-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package buttonsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.input.MouseEvent;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ButtonSample extends Application { private static final Color color = Color.web("#464646"); Button button3 = new Button("Decline"); DropShadow shadow = new DropShadow(); Label label = new Label(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Button Sample"); stage.setWidth(300); stage.setHeight(190); scene.getStylesheets().add("buttonsample/ControlStyle.css");

Page 349: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ButtonSample.java

UI Control Samples A-5

label.setFont(Font.font("Times New Roman", 22)); label.setTextFill(color); Image imageDecline = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("not.png")); Image imageAccept = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("ok.png")); VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setLayoutX(20); vbox.setLayoutY(20); HBox hbox1 = new HBox(); HBox hbox2 = new HBox(); Button button1 = new Button("Accept", new ImageView(imageAccept)); button1.getStyleClass().add("button1"); button1.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText("Accepted"); }); Button button2 = new Button("Accept"); button2.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText("Accepted"); }); button3.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText("Declined"); }); button3.addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED, (MouseEvent e) -> { button3.setEffect(shadow); }); button3.addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED, (MouseEvent e) -> { button3.setEffect(null); }); hbox1.getChildren().add(button2); hbox1.getChildren().add(button3); hbox1.getChildren().add(label); hbox1.setSpacing(10); hbox1.setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_CENTER); Button button4 = new Button(); button4.setGraphic(new ImageView(imageAccept)); button4.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText("Accepted"); }); Button button5 = new Button(); button5.setGraphic(new ImageView(imageDecline)); button5.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { label.setText("Declined"); }); hbox2.getChildren().add(button4); hbox2.getChildren().add(button5); hbox2.setSpacing(25);

Page 350: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

RadioButtonSample.java

A-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

vbox.getChildren().add(button1); vbox.getChildren().add(hbox1); vbox.getChildren().add(hbox2); vbox.setSpacing(10); ((Group)scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

RadioButtonSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package radiobuttonsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.*;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;

Page 351: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

RadioButtonSample.java

UI Control Samples A-7

public class RadioButtonSample extends Application { final ImageView icon = new ImageView(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Radio Button Sample"); stage.setWidth(250); stage.setHeight(150); final ToggleGroup group = new ToggleGroup(); RadioButton rb1 = new RadioButton("Home"); rb1.setToggleGroup(group); rb1.setUserData("Home"); RadioButton rb2 = new RadioButton("Calendar"); rb2.setToggleGroup(group); rb2.setUserData("Calendar"); RadioButton rb3 = new RadioButton("Contacts"); rb3.setToggleGroup(group); rb3.setUserData("Contacts"); group.selectedToggleProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle old_toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (group.getSelectedToggle() != null) { final Image image = new Image( getClass().getResourceAsStream( group.getSelectedToggle().getUserData().toString() + ".jpg" ) ); icon.setImage(image); } }); HBox hbox = new HBox(); VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.getChildren().add(rb1); vbox.getChildren().add(rb2); vbox.getChildren().add(rb3); vbox.setSpacing(10); hbox.getChildren().add(vbox); hbox.getChildren().add(icon); hbox.setSpacing(50); hbox.setPadding(new Insets(20, 10, 10, 20)); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(hbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }

Page 352: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ToggleButtonSample.java

A-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

}

ToggleButtonSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package togglebuttonsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Toggle;import javafx.scene.control.ToggleButton;import javafx.scene.control.ToggleGroup;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ToggleButtonSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }

Page 353: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ToggleButtonSample.java

UI Control Samples A-9

@Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Toggle Button Sample"); stage.setWidth(250); stage.setHeight(180); HBox hbox = new HBox(); VBox vbox = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(vbox)); stage.setScene(scene); scene.getStylesheets().add("togglebuttonsample/ControlStyle.css"); Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(); rect.setHeight(50); rect.setFill(Color.WHITE); rect.setStroke(Color.DARKGRAY); rect.setStrokeWidth(2); rect.setArcHeight(10); rect.setArcWidth(10); final ToggleGroup group = new ToggleGroup(); group.selectedToggleProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (new_toggle == null) rect.setFill(Color.WHITE); else rect.setFill((Color) group.getSelectedToggle().getUserData()); }); ToggleButton tb1 = new ToggleButton("Minor"); tb1.setToggleGroup(group); tb1.setUserData(Color.LIGHTGREEN); tb1.setSelected(true); tb1.getStyleClass().add("toggle-button1"); ToggleButton tb2 = new ToggleButton("Major"); tb2.setToggleGroup(group); tb2.setUserData(Color.LIGHTBLUE); tb2.getStyleClass().add("toggle-button2"); ToggleButton tb3 = new ToggleButton("Critical"); tb3.setToggleGroup(group); tb3.setUserData(Color.SALMON); tb3.getStyleClass().add("toggle-button3"); hbox.getChildren().addAll(tb1, tb2, tb3); vbox.getChildren().add(new Label("Priority:")); vbox.getChildren().add(hbox); vbox.getChildren().add(rect); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(20, 10, 10, 20)); stage.show(); rect.setWidth(hbox.getWidth());

Page 354: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

CheckboxSample.java

A-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

}}

CheckboxSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package checkboxsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.layout.StackPane;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class CheckboxSample extends Application { Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(90, 30); final String[] names = new String[]{"Security", "Project", "Chart"};

Page 355: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

CheckboxSample.java

UI Control Samples A-11

final Image[] images = new Image[names.length]; final ImageView[] icons = new ImageView[names.length]; final CheckBox[] cbs = new CheckBox[names.length]; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Checkbox Sample"); stage.setWidth(250); stage.setHeight(150); rect.setArcHeight(10); rect.setArcWidth(10); rect.setFill(Color.rgb(41, 41, 41)); for (int i = 0; i < names.length; i++) { final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(names[i] + ".png")); final ImageView icon = icons[i] = new ImageView(); final CheckBox cb = cbs[i] = new CheckBox(names[i]); cb.selectedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> ov, Boolean old_val, Boolean new_val) -> { icon.setImage(new_val ? image : null); }); } VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.getChildren().addAll(cbs); vbox.setSpacing(5); HBox hbox = new HBox(); hbox.getChildren().addAll(icons); hbox.setPadding(new Insets(0, 0, 0, 5)); StackPane stack = new StackPane(); stack.getChildren().add(rect); stack.getChildren().add(hbox); StackPane.setAlignment(rect, Pos.TOP_CENTER); HBox root = new HBox(); root.getChildren().add(vbox); root.getChildren().add(stack); root.setSpacing(40); root.setPadding(new Insets(20, 10, 10, 20)); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

Page 356: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ChoiceBoxSample.java

A-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

ChoiceBoxSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package choiceboxsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ChoiceBox;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Tooltip;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ChoiceBoxSample extends Application { Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(150, 30); final Label label = new Label("Hello"); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }

Page 357: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextFieldSample.java

UI Control Samples A-13

@Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); scene.setFill(Color.ALICEBLUE); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); stage.setTitle("ChoiceBox Sample"); stage.setWidth(300); stage.setHeight(200); label.setFont(Font.font("Arial", 25)); label.setLayoutX(40); final String[] greetings = new String[]{"Hello", "Hola", "??????", "??", "?????"}; final ChoiceBox cb = new ChoiceBox(FXCollections.observableArrayList( "English", "Español", "???????", "????", "???") ); cb.getSelectionModel().selectedIndexProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { label.setText(greetings[new_val.intValue()]); }); cb.setTooltip(new Tooltip("Select the language")); cb.setValue("English"); HBox hb = new HBox(); hb.getChildren().addAll(cb, label); hb.setSpacing(30); hb.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); hb.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(hb); }}

TextFieldSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission.

Page 358: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextFieldSample.java

A-14 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package textfieldsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TextFieldSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 300, 150); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Text Field Sample"); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10)); grid.setVgap(5); grid.setHgap(5); scene.setRoot(grid); final TextField name = new TextField(); name.setPromptText("Enter your first name."); GridPane.setConstraints(name, 0, 0); grid.getChildren().add(name); final TextField lastName = new TextField(); lastName.setPromptText("Enter your last name."); GridPane.setConstraints(lastName, 0, 1); grid.getChildren().add(lastName); final TextField comment = new TextField(); comment.setPromptText("Enter your comment."); GridPane.setConstraints(comment, 0, 2); grid.getChildren().add(comment); Button submit = new Button("Submit"); GridPane.setConstraints(submit, 1, 0);

Page 359: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

PasswordField.java

UI Control Samples A-15

grid.getChildren().add(submit); Button clear = new Button("Clear"); GridPane.setConstraints(clear, 1, 1); grid.getChildren().add(clear); final Label label = new Label(); GridPane.setConstraints(label, 0, 3); GridPane.setColumnSpan(label, 2); grid.getChildren().add(label); submit.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if ( (comment.getText() != null && !comment.getText().isEmpty()) ) { label.setText(name.getText() + " " + lastName.getText() + ", " + "thank you for your comment!"); } else { label.setText("You have not left a comment."); } }); clear.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { name.clear(); lastName.clear(); comment.clear(); label.setText(null); }); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

PasswordField.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. *

Page 360: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

PasswordField.java

A-16 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package passwordfieldsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.PasswordField;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class PasswordFiledSample extends Application { final Label message = new Label(""); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 260, 80); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Password Field Sample"); VBox vb = new VBox(); vb.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10)); vb.setSpacing(10); HBox hb = new HBox(); hb.setSpacing(10); hb.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER_LEFT); Label label = new Label("Password"); final PasswordField pb = new PasswordField(); pb.setText("Your password"); pb.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (!pb.getText().equals("T2f$Ay!")) { message.setText("Your password is incorrect!"); message.setTextFill(Color.rgb(210, 39, 30)); } else { message.setText("Your password has been confirmed"); message.setTextFill(Color.rgb(21, 117, 84)); } pb.clear(); });

Page 361: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ScrollBarSample.java

UI Control Samples A-17

hb.getChildren().addAll(label, pb); vb.getChildren().addAll(hb, message); scene.setRoot(vb); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

ScrollBarSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package scrollbarsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Orientation;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ScrollBar;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;

Page 362: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ScrollBarSample.java

A-18 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ScrollBarSample extends Application { final ScrollBar sc = new ScrollBar(); final Image[] images = new Image[5]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[5]; final VBox vb = new VBox(); DropShadow shadow = new DropShadow(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 180, 180); scene.setFill(Color.BLACK); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Scrollbar"); root.getChildren().addAll(vb, sc); shadow.setColor(Color.GREY); shadow.setOffsetX(2); shadow.setOffsetY(2); vb.setLayoutX(5); vb.setSpacing(10); sc.setLayoutX(scene.getWidth()-sc.getWidth()); sc.setMin(0); sc.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL); sc.setPrefHeight(180); sc.setMax(360); for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("fw" +(i+1)+ ".jpg")); final ImageView pic = pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); pic.setEffect(shadow); vb.getChildren().add(pics[i]); } sc.valueProperty().addListener((ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { vb.setLayoutY(-new_val.doubleValue()); }); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 363: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ScrollPaneSample.java

UI Control Samples A-19

ScrollPaneSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package scrollpanesample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.ScrollPane;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ScrollPaneSample extends Application { final ScrollPane sp = new ScrollPane(); final Image[] images = new Image[5]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[5]; final VBox vb = new VBox(); final Label fileName = new Label(); final String [] imageNames = new String [] {"fw1.jpg", "fw2.jpg", "fw3.jpg", "fw4.jpg", "fw5.jpg"}; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox box = new VBox();

Page 364: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ListViewSample.java

A-20 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Scene scene = new Scene(box, 180, 180); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("ScrollPaneSample"); box.getChildren().addAll(sp, fileName); VBox.setVgrow(sp, Priority.ALWAYS); fileName.setLayoutX(30); fileName.setLayoutY(160); Image roses = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("roses.jpg")); sp.setContent(new ImageView(roses)); sp.setHbarPolicy(ScrollPane.ScrollBarPolicy.NEVER); for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageNames[i])); pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); pics[i].setFitWidth(100); pics[i].setPreserveRatio(true); vb.getChildren().add(pics[i]); } sp.setVmax(440); sp.setPrefSize(115, 150); sp.setContent(vb); sp.vvalueProperty().addListener((ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { fileName.setText(imageNames[(new_val.intValue() - 1)/100]); }); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

ListViewSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. *

Page 365: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ListViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-21

* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package listviewsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.ListCell;import javafx.scene.control.ListView;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ListViewSample extends Application { ListView<String> list = new ListView<>(); ObservableList<String> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( "chocolate", "salmon", "gold", "coral", "darkorchid", "darkgoldenrod", "lightsalmon", "black", "rosybrown", "blue", "blueviolet", "brown"); final Label label = new Label(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox box = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(box, 200, 200); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("ListViewSample"); box.getChildren().addAll(list, label); VBox.setVgrow(list, Priority.ALWAYS); label.setLayoutX(10); label.setLayoutY(115); label.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); list.setItems(data); list.setCellFactory((ListView<String> l) -> new ColorRectCell()); list.getSelectionModel().selectedItemProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends String> ov, String old_val, String new_val) -> { label.setText(new_val);

Page 366: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TableViewSample.java

A-22 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

label.setTextFill(Color.web(new_val)); }); stage.show(); } static class ColorRectCell extends ListCell<String> { @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); Rectangle rect = new Rectangle(100, 20); if (item != null) { rect.setFill(Color.web(item)); setGraphic(rect); } else { setGraphic(null); } } } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

TableViewSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package tableviewsample;

Page 367: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TableViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-23

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TableColumn.CellEditEvent;import javafx.scene.control.TableView;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.cell.PropertyValueFactory;import javafx.scene.control.cell.TextFieldTableCell;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TableViewSample extends Application { private final TableView<Person> table = new TableView<>(); private final ObservableList<Person> data = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new Person("Jacob", "Smith", "[email protected]"), new Person("Isabella", "Johnson", "[email protected]"), new Person("Ethan", "Williams", "[email protected]"), new Person("Emma", "Jones", "[email protected]"), new Person("Michael", "Brown", "[email protected]")); final HBox hb = new HBox(); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Table View Sample"); stage.setWidth(450); stage.setHeight(550); final Label label = new Label("Address Book"); label.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); table.setEditable(true); TableColumn<Person, String> firstNameCol = new TableColumn<>("First Name"); firstNameCol.setMinWidth(100); firstNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("firstName")); firstNameCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); firstNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get(

Page 368: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TableViewSample.java

A-24 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setFirstName(t.getNewValue()); }); TableColumn<Person, String> lastNameCol = new TableColumn<>("Last Name"); lastNameCol.setMinWidth(100); lastNameCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("lastName")); lastNameCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); lastNameCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setLastName(t.getNewValue()); }); TableColumn<Person, String> emailCol = new TableColumn<>("Email"); emailCol.setMinWidth(200); emailCol.setCellValueFactory( new PropertyValueFactory<>("email")); emailCol.setCellFactory(TextFieldTableCell.<Person>forTableColumn()); emailCol.setOnEditCommit( (CellEditEvent<Person, String> t) -> { ((Person) t.getTableView().getItems().get( t.getTablePosition().getRow()) ).setEmail(t.getNewValue()); }); table.setItems(data); table.getColumns().addAll(firstNameCol, lastNameCol, emailCol); final TextField addFirstName = new TextField(); addFirstName.setPromptText("First Name"); addFirstName.setMaxWidth(firstNameCol.getPrefWidth()); final TextField addLastName = new TextField(); addLastName.setMaxWidth(lastNameCol.getPrefWidth()); addLastName.setPromptText("Last Name"); final TextField addEmail = new TextField(); addEmail.setMaxWidth(emailCol.getPrefWidth()); addEmail.setPromptText("Email"); final Button addButton = new Button("Add"); addButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { data.add(new Person( addFirstName.getText(), addLastName.getText(), addEmail.getText())); addFirstName.clear(); addLastName.clear(); addEmail.clear(); }); hb.getChildren().addAll(addFirstName, addLastName, addEmail, addButton); hb.setSpacing(3); final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setSpacing(5); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 0, 0, 10));

Page 369: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-25

vbox.getChildren().addAll(label, table, hb); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static class Person { private final SimpleStringProperty firstName; private final SimpleStringProperty lastName; private final SimpleStringProperty email; private Person(String fName, String lName, String email) { this.firstName = new SimpleStringProperty(fName); this.lastName = new SimpleStringProperty(lName); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getFirstName() { return firstName.get(); } public void setFirstName(String fName) { firstName.set(fName); } public String getLastName() { return lastName.get(); } public void setLastName(String fName) { lastName.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }}

TreeViewSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright

Page 370: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeViewSample.java

A-26 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package treeviewsample; import java.util.Arrays;import java.util.List;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.TreeCell;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.input.KeyCode;import javafx.scene.input.KeyEvent;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.control.ContextMenu;import javafx.scene.control.MenuItem;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox; public class TreeViewSample extends Application { private final Node rootIcon = new ImageView(new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("root.png"))); private final Image depIcon = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("department.png")); List<Employee> employees = Arrays.<Employee>asList( new Employee("Jacob Smith", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Isabella Johnson", "Accounts Department"), new Employee("Ethan Williams", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Emma Jones", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Michael Brown", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Anna Black", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Rodger York", "Sales Department"), new Employee("Susan Collins", "Sales Department"),

Page 371: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-27

new Employee("Mike Graham", "IT Support"), new Employee("Judy Mayer", "IT Support"), new Employee("Gregory Smith", "IT Support")); TreeItem<String> rootNode = new TreeItem<>("MyCompany Human Resources", rootIcon); public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { rootNode.setExpanded(true); for (Employee employee : employees) { TreeItem<String> empLeaf = new TreeItem<>(employee.getName()); boolean found = false; for (TreeItem<String> depNode : rootNode.getChildren()) { if (depNode.getValue().contentEquals(employee.getDepartment())){ depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); found = true; break; } } if (!found) { TreeItem depNode = new TreeItem(employee.getDepartment(), new ImageView(depIcon) ); rootNode.getChildren().add(depNode); depNode.getChildren().add(empLeaf); } } stage.setTitle("Tree View Sample"); VBox box = new VBox(); final Scene scene = new Scene(box, 400, 300); scene.setFill(Color.LIGHTGRAY); TreeView<String> treeView = new TreeView<>(rootNode); treeView.setShowRoot(true); treeView.setEditable(true); treeView.setCellFactory((TreeView<String> p) -> new TextFieldTreeCellImpl()); box.getChildren().add(treeView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private final class TextFieldTreeCellImpl extends TreeCell<String> { private TextField textField; private final ContextMenu addMenu = new ContextMenu(); public TextFieldTreeCellImpl() { MenuItem addMenuItem = new MenuItem("Add Employee"); addMenu.getItems().add(addMenuItem); addMenuItem.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { TreeItem newEmployee = new TreeItem<>("New Employee"); getTreeItem().getChildren().add(newEmployee);

Page 372: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeViewSample.java

A-28 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

}); } @Override public void startEdit() { super.startEdit(); if (textField == null) { createTextField(); } setText(null); setGraphic(textField); textField.selectAll(); } @Override public void cancelEdit() { super.cancelEdit(); setText((String) getItem()); setGraphic(getTreeItem().getGraphic()); } @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (empty) { setText(null); setGraphic(null); } else { if (isEditing()) { if (textField != null) { textField.setText(getString()); } setText(null); setGraphic(textField); } else { setText(getString()); setGraphic(getTreeItem().getGraphic()); if (!getTreeItem().isLeaf()&&getTreeItem().getParent()!= null){ setContextMenu(addMenu); } } } } private void createTextField() { textField = new TextField(getString()); textField.setOnKeyReleased((KeyEvent t) -> { if (t.getCode() == KeyCode.ENTER) { commitEdit(textField.getText()); } else if (t.getCode() == KeyCode.ESCAPE) { cancelEdit(); } }); }

Page 373: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeTableViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-29

private String getString() { return getItem() == null ? "" : getItem().toString(); } } public static class Employee { private final SimpleStringProperty name; private final SimpleStringProperty department; private Employee(String name, String department) { this.name = new SimpleStringProperty(name); this.department = new SimpleStringProperty(department); } public String getName() { return name.get(); } public void setName(String fName) { name.set(fName); } public String getDepartment() { return department.get(); } public void setDepartment(String fName) { department.set(fName); } }}

TreeTableViewSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

Page 374: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeTableViewSample.java

A-30 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package treetableviewsample; import java.util.Arrays;import java.util.List;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.property.ReadOnlyStringWrapper;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.SelectionMode;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableColumn;import javafx.scene.control.TreeItem;import javafx.scene.control.TreeSortMode;import javafx.scene.control.TreeTableView;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TreeTableViewSample extends Application { List<Employee> employees = Arrays.<Employee>asList( new Employee("Ethan Williams", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Emma Jones", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Michael Brown", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Anna Black", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Rodger York", "[email protected]"), new Employee("Susan Collins", "[email protected]")); private final ImageView depIcon = new ImageView ( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("department.png")) ); final TreeItem<Employee> root = new TreeItem<>(new Employee("Sales Department", ""), depIcon); public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(TreeTableViewSample.class, args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { root.setExpanded(true); employees.stream().forEach((employee) -> { root.getChildren().add(new TreeItem<>(employee)); }); stage.setTitle("Tree Table View Sample"); final Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 875, 700); scene.setFill(Color.LIGHTGRAY); Group sceneRoot = (Group) scene.getRoot(); TreeTableColumn<Employee, String> empColumn = new TreeTableColumn<>("Employee");

Page 375: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TreeTableViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-31

empColumn.setPrefWidth(150); empColumn.setCellValueFactory( (TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures<Employee, String> param) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(param.getValue().getValue().getName()) ); TreeTableColumn<Employee, String> emailColumn = new TreeTableColumn<>("Email"); emailColumn.setPrefWidth(190); emailColumn.setCellValueFactory( (TreeTableColumn.CellDataFeatures<Employee, String> param) -> new ReadOnlyStringWrapper(param.getValue().getValue().getEmail()) ); emailColumn.setSortType(TreeTableColumn.SortType.ASCENDING); TreeTableView<Employee> treeTableView = new TreeTableView<>(root); treeTableView.getColumns().setAll(empColumn, emailColumn); treeTableView.setSortMode(TreeSortMode.ALL_DESCENDANTS); treeTableView.getSelectionModel().setSelectionMode(SelectionMode.MULTIPLE); treeTableView.getSelectionModel().setCellSelectionEnabled(true); sceneRoot.getChildren().add(treeTableView); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public class Employee { private SimpleStringProperty name; private SimpleStringProperty email; public SimpleStringProperty nameProperty() { if (name == null) { name = new SimpleStringProperty(this, "name"); } return name; } public SimpleStringProperty emailProperty() { if (email == null) { email = new SimpleStringProperty(this, "email"); } return email; } private Employee(String name, String email) { this.name = new SimpleStringProperty(name); this.email = new SimpleStringProperty(email); } public String getName() { return name.get(); } public void setName(String fName) { name.set(fName); } public String getEmail() { return email.get(); } public void setEmail(String fName) { email.set(fName); } }}

Page 376: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ComboBoxSample.java

A-32 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

ComboBoxSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package comboboxsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.event.Event;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; public class ComboBoxSample extends Application { public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } final Button button = new Button ("Send"); final Label notification = new Label (); final TextField subject = new TextField(""); final TextArea text = new TextArea ("");

Page 377: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ComboBoxSample.java

UI Control Samples A-33

String address = " "; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ComboBoxSample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 500, 270); final ComboBox emailComboBox = new ComboBox(); emailComboBox.getItems().addAll( "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]", "[email protected]" ); emailComboBox.setPromptText("Email address"); emailComboBox.setEditable(true); emailComboBox.setOnAction((Event ev) -> { address = emailComboBox.getSelectionModel().getSelectedItem().toString(); }); final ComboBox priorityComboBox = new ComboBox(); priorityComboBox.getItems().addAll( "Highest", "High", "Normal", "Low", "Lowest" ); priorityComboBox.setValue("Normal"); priorityComboBox.setCellFactory( new Callback<ListView<String>, ListCell<String>>() { @Override public ListCell<String> call(ListView<String> param) { final ListCell<String> cell = new ListCell<String>() { { super.setPrefWidth(100); } @Override public void updateItem(String item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (item != null) { setText(item); if (item.contains("High")) { setTextFill(Color.RED); } else if (item.contains("Low")){ setTextFill(Color.GREEN); } else { setTextFill(Color.BLACK); } } else { setText(null); } } };

Page 378: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

SeparatorSample.java

A-34 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

return cell; } }); button.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (emailComboBox.getValue() != null && !emailComboBox.getValue().toString().isEmpty()){ notification.setText("Your message was successfully sent" + " to " + address); emailComboBox.setValue(null); if (priorityComboBox.getValue() != null && !priorityComboBox.getValue().toString().isEmpty()){ priorityComboBox.setValue(null); } subject.clear(); text.clear(); } else { notification.setText("You have not selected a recipient!"); } }); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(4); grid.setHgap(10); grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); grid.add(new Label("To: "), 0, 0); grid.add(emailComboBox, 1, 0); grid.add(new Label("Priority: "), 2, 0); grid.add(priorityComboBox, 3, 0); grid.add(new Label("Subject: "), 0, 1); grid.add(subject, 1, 1, 3, 1); grid.add(text, 0, 2, 4, 1); grid.add(button, 0, 3); grid.add (notification, 1, 3, 3, 1); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(grid); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } }

SeparatorSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright

Page 379: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

SeparatorSample.java

UI Control Samples A-35

* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package separatorsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Orientation;import javafx.geometry.VPos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class SeparatorSample extends Application { Label caption = new Label("Weather Forecast"); Label friday = new Label("Friday"); Label saturday = new Label("Saturday"); Label sunday = new Label("Sunday"); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 500, 200); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Separator Sample"); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10)); grid.setVgap(2); grid.setHgap(5); scene.setRoot(grid); scene.getStylesheets().add("separatorsample/controlStyle.css"); Image cloudImage = new Image( getClass().getResourceAsStream("cloud.jpg")

Page 380: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

SeparatorSample.java

A-36 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

); Image sunImage = new Image( getClass().getResourceAsStream("sun.jpg") ); caption.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(caption, 0, 0); GridPane.setColumnSpan(caption, 8); grid.getChildren().add(caption); final Separator sepHor = new Separator(); sepHor.setValignment(VPos.CENTER); GridPane.setConstraints(sepHor, 0, 1); GridPane.setColumnSpan(sepHor, 7); grid.getChildren().add(sepHor); friday.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 18)); GridPane.setConstraints(friday, 0, 2); GridPane.setColumnSpan(friday, 2); grid.getChildren().add(friday); final Separator sepVert1 = new Separator(); sepVert1.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL); sepVert1.setValignment(VPos.CENTER); sepVert1.setPrefHeight(80); GridPane.setConstraints(sepVert1, 2, 2); GridPane.setRowSpan(sepVert1, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepVert1); saturday.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 18)); GridPane.setConstraints(saturday, 3, 2); GridPane.setColumnSpan(saturday, 2); grid.getChildren().add(saturday); final Separator sepVert2 = new Separator(); sepVert2.setOrientation(Orientation.VERTICAL); sepVert2.setValignment(VPos.CENTER); sepVert2.setPrefHeight(80); GridPane.setConstraints(sepVert2, 5, 2); GridPane.setRowSpan(sepVert2, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepVert2); sunday.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 18)); GridPane.setConstraints(sunday, 6, 2); GridPane.setColumnSpan(sunday, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sunday); final ImageView cloud = new ImageView(cloudImage); GridPane.setConstraints(cloud, 0, 3); grid.getChildren().add(cloud); final Label t1 = new Label("16"); t1.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(t1, 1, 3); grid.getChildren().add(t1); final ImageView sun1 = new ImageView(sunImage); GridPane.setConstraints(sun1, 3, 3); grid.getChildren().add(sun1);

Page 381: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

SliderSample.java

UI Control Samples A-37

final Label t2 = new Label("18"); t2.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(t2, 4, 3); grid.getChildren().add(t2); final ImageView sun2 = new ImageView(sunImage); GridPane.setConstraints(sun2, 6, 3); grid.getChildren().add(sun2); final Label t3 = new Label("20"); t3.setFont(Font.font("Verdana", 20)); GridPane.setConstraints(t3, 7, 3); grid.getChildren().add(t3); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

SliderSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package slidersample; import javafx.application.Application;

Page 382: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

SliderSample.java

A-38 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Slider;import javafx.scene.effect.SepiaTone;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class SliderSample extends Application { final Slider opacityLevel = new Slider(0, 1, 1); final Slider sepiaTone = new Slider(0, 1, 1); final Slider scaling = new Slider (0.5, 1, 1); final Image image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream( "cappuccino.jpg") ); final Label opacityCaption = new Label("Opacity Level:"); final Label sepiaCaption = new Label("Sepia Tone:"); final Label scalingCaption = new Label("Scaling Factor:"); final Label opacityValue = new Label( Double.toString(opacityLevel.getValue())); final Label sepiaValue = new Label( Double.toString(sepiaTone.getValue())); final Label scalingValue = new Label( Double.toString(scaling.getValue())); final static Color textColor = Color.BLACK; final static SepiaTone sepiaEffect = new SepiaTone(); @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 600, 400); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Slider Sample"); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 10)); grid.setVgap(10); grid.setHgap(70); final ImageView cappuccino = new ImageView (image); cappuccino.setEffect(sepiaEffect); GridPane.setConstraints(cappuccino, 0, 0); GridPane.setColumnSpan(cappuccino, 3); grid.getChildren().add(cappuccino); scene.setRoot(grid); opacityCaption.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(opacityCaption, 0, 1); grid.getChildren().add(opacityCaption);

Page 383: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

SliderSample.java

UI Control Samples A-39

opacityLevel.valueProperty().addListener(( ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { cappuccino.setOpacity(new_val.doubleValue()); opacityValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val)); }); GridPane.setConstraints(opacityLevel, 1, 1); grid.getChildren().add(opacityLevel); opacityValue.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(opacityValue, 2, 1); grid.getChildren().add(opacityValue); sepiaCaption.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(sepiaCaption, 0, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepiaCaption); sepiaTone.valueProperty().addListener(( ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { sepiaEffect.setLevel(new_val.doubleValue()); sepiaValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val)); }); GridPane.setConstraints(sepiaTone, 1, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepiaTone); sepiaValue.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(sepiaValue, 2, 2); grid.getChildren().add(sepiaValue); scalingCaption.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(scalingCaption, 0, 3); grid.getChildren().add(scalingCaption); scaling.valueProperty().addListener(( ObservableValue<? extends Number> ov, Number old_val, Number new_val) -> { cappuccino.setScaleX(new_val.doubleValue()); cappuccino.setScaleY(new_val.doubleValue()); scalingValue.setText(String.format("%.2f", new_val)); }); GridPane.setConstraints(scaling, 1, 3); grid.getChildren().add(scaling); scalingValue.setTextFill(textColor); GridPane.setConstraints(scalingValue, 2, 3); grid.getChildren().add(scalingValue); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 384: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ProgressSample.java

A-40 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

ProgressSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package progresssample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressBar;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressIndicator;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ProgressSample extends Application { final Float[] values = new Float[] {-1.0f, 0f, 0.6f, 1.0f};final Label [] labels = new Label[values.length];final ProgressBar[] pbs = new ProgressBar[values.length];final ProgressIndicator[] pins = new ProgressIndicator[values.length];final HBox hbs [] = new HBox [values.length]; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Group root = new Group(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, 300, 250); stage.setScene(scene);

Page 385: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

HyperlinkSample.java

UI Control Samples A-41

stage.setTitle("Progress Controls"); for (int i = 0; i < values.length; i++) { final Label label = labels[i] = new Label(); label.setText("progress:" + values[i]); final ProgressBar pb = pbs[i] = new ProgressBar(); pb.setProgress(values[i]); final ProgressIndicator pin = pins[i] = new ProgressIndicator(); pin.setProgress(values[i]); final HBox hb = hbs[i] = new HBox(); hb.setSpacing(5); hb.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); hb.getChildren().addAll(label, pb, pin); } final VBox vb = new VBox(); vb.setSpacing(5); vb.getChildren().addAll(hbs); scene.setRoot(vb); stage.show(); }

public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

HyperlinkSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT

Page 386: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

HyperlinkSample.java

A-42 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package hyperlinksample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.*;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HyperlinkSample extends Application { final static String[] imageFiles = new String[]{ "product.png", "education.png", "partners.png", "support.png" }; final static String[] captions = new String[]{ "Products", "Education", "Partners", "Support" }; final ImageView selectedImage = new ImageView(); final ScrollPane list = new ScrollPane(); final Hyperlink[] hpls = new Hyperlink[captions.length]; final Image[] images = new Image[imageFiles.length]; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(HyperlinkSample.class, args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Hyperlink Sample"); stage.setWidth(300); stage.setHeight(200); selectedImage.setLayoutX(100); selectedImage.setLayoutY(10); for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) { final Hyperlink hpl = hpls[i] = new Hyperlink(captions[i]); final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageFiles[i])); hpl.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { selectedImage.setImage(image); }); } final Button button = new Button("Refresh links"); button.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) {

Page 387: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

HyperlinkWebViewSample.java

UI Control Samples A-43

hpls[i].setVisited(false); selectedImage.setImage(null); } }); VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.getChildren().addAll(hpls); vbox.getChildren().add(button); vbox.setSpacing(5); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(vbox, selectedImage); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

HyperlinkWebViewSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package hyperlinkwebviewsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.*;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;

Page 388: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

HyperlinkWebViewSample.java

A-44 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.Priority;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.scene.web.WebEngine;import javafx.scene.web.WebView;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HyperlinkWebViewSample extends Application { final static String[] imageFiles = new String[]{ "product.png", "education.png", "partners.png", "support.png" }; final static String[] captions = new String[]{ "Products", "Education", "Partners", "Support" }; final static String[] urls = new String[]{ "http://www.oracle.com/us/products/index.html", "http://education.oracle.com/", "http://www.oracle.com/partners/index.html", "http://www.oracle.com/us/support/index.html" }; final ImageView selectedImage = new ImageView(); final Hyperlink[] hpls = new Hyperlink[captions.length]; final Image[] images = new Image[imageFiles.length]; public static void main(String[] args){ launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { VBox vbox = new VBox(); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox); stage.setTitle("Hyperlink Sample"); stage.setWidth(570); stage.setHeight(550); selectedImage.setLayoutX(100); selectedImage.setLayoutY(10); final WebView browser = new WebView(); final WebEngine webEngine = browser.getEngine(); for (int i = 0; i < captions.length; i++) { final Hyperlink hpl = hpls[i] = new Hyperlink(captions[i]); final Image image = images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageFiles[i])); hpl.setGraphic(new ImageView (image)); hpl.setFont(Font.font("Arial", 14)); final String url = urls[i];

Page 389: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

HTMLEditorSample.java

UI Control Samples A-45

hpl.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { webEngine.load(url); }); } HBox hbox = new HBox(); hbox.setAlignment(Pos.BASELINE_CENTER); hbox.getChildren().addAll(hpls); vbox.getChildren().addAll(hbox, browser); VBox.setVgrow(browser, Priority.ALWAYS); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

HTMLEditorSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package htmleditorsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;

Page 390: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

HTMLEditorSample.java

A-46 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.web.HTMLEditor;import javafx.scene.web.WebEngine;import javafx.scene.web.WebView;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class HTMLEditorSample extends Application { private final String INITIAL_TEXT = "Lorem ipsum dolor sit " + "amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nam tortor felis, pulvinar " + "in scelerisque cursus, pulvinar at ante. Nulla consequat" + "congue lectus in sodales. Nullam eu est a felis ornare " + "bibendum et nec tellus. Vivamus non metus tempus augue auctor " + "ornare. Duis pulvinar justo ac purus adipiscing pulvinar. " + "Integer congue faucibus dapibus. Integer id nisl ut elit " + "aliquam sagittis gravida eu dolor. Etiam sit amet ipsum " + "sem."; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("HTMLEditor Sample"); stage.setWidth(650); stage.setHeight(500); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); VBox root = new VBox(); root.setPadding(new Insets(8, 8, 8, 8)); root.setSpacing(5); root.setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_LEFT); final HTMLEditor htmlEditor = new HTMLEditor(); htmlEditor.setPrefHeight(245); htmlEditor.setHtmlText(INITIAL_TEXT); final WebView browser = new WebView(); final WebEngine webEngine = browser.getEngine(); ScrollPane scrollPane = new ScrollPane(); scrollPane.getStyleClass().add("noborder-scroll-pane"); scrollPane.setStyle("-fx-background-color: white"); scrollPane.setContent(browser); scrollPane.setFitToWidth(true); scrollPane.setPrefHeight(180); Button showHTMLButton = new Button("Load Content in Browser"); root.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); showHTMLButton.setOnAction((ActionEvent arg0) -> { webEngine.loadContent(htmlEditor.getHtmlText()); }); root.getChildren().addAll(htmlEditor, showHTMLButton, scrollPane); scene.setRoot(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }

Page 391: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TooltipSample.java

UI Control Samples A-47

}

TooltipSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package tooltipsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.CheckBox;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Tooltip;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TooltipSample extends Application { final static String[] rooms = new String[]{ "Accommodation (BB)", "Half Board", "Late Check-out", "Extra Bed" };

Page 392: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TitledPaneSample.java

A-48 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

final static Integer[] rates = new Integer[]{ 100, 20, 10, 30 }; final CheckBox[] cbs = new CheckBox[rooms.length]; final Label total = new Label("Total: $0"); Integer sum = 0; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Tooltip Sample"); stage.setWidth(330); stage.setHeight(150); total.setFont(new Font("Arial", 20)); for (int i = 0; i < rooms.length; i++) { final CheckBox cb = cbs[i] = new CheckBox(rooms[i]); final Integer rate = rates[i]; final Tooltip tooltip = new Tooltip("$" + rates[i].toString()); tooltip.setFont(new Font("Arial", 16)); cb.setTooltip(tooltip); cb.selectedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> ov, Boolean old_val, Boolean new_val) -> { if (cb.isSelected()) { sum = sum + rate; } else { sum = sum - rate; } total.setText("Total: $" + sum.toString()); } ); } VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.getChildren().addAll(cbs); vbox.setSpacing(5); HBox root = new HBox(); root.getChildren().add(vbox); root.getChildren().add(total); root.setSpacing(40); root.setPadding(new Insets(20, 10, 10, 20)); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(root); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

TitledPaneSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

Page 393: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TitledPaneSample.java

UI Control Samples A-49

* All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package titledpanesample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Accordion;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.TitledPane;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TitledPaneSample extends Application { final String[] imageNames = new String[]{"Apples", "Flowers", "Leaves"}; final Image[] images = new Image[imageNames.length]; final ImageView[] pics = new ImageView[imageNames.length]; final TitledPane[] tps = new TitledPane[imageNames.length]; final Label label = new Label("N/A"); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("TitledPane");

Page 394: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

MenuSample.java

A-50 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Scene scene = new Scene(new Group(), 450, 250); TitledPane gridTitlePane = new TitledPane(); GridPane grid = new GridPane(); grid.setVgap(4); grid.setPadding(new Insets(5, 5, 5, 5)); grid.add(new Label("First Name: "), 0, 0); grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 0); grid.add(new Label("Last Name: "), 0, 1); grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 1); grid.add(new Label("Email: "), 0, 2); grid.add(new TextField(), 1, 2); grid.add(new Label("Attachment: "), 0, 3); grid.add(label,1, 3); gridTitlePane.setText("Grid"); gridTitlePane.setContent(grid); final Accordion accordion = new Accordion (); for (int i = 0; i < imageNames.length; i++) { images[i] = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(imageNames[i]+".jpg")); pics[i] = new ImageView(images[i]); tps[i] = new TitledPane(imageNames[i],pics[i]); } accordion.getPanes().addAll(tps); accordion.expandedPaneProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends TitledPane> ov, TitledPane old_val, TitledPane new_val) -> { if (new_val != null) { label.setText(accordion.getExpandedPane().getText() + ".jpg"); } }); HBox hbox = new HBox(10); hbox.setPadding(new Insets(20, 0, 0, 20)); hbox.getChildren().setAll(gridTitlePane, accordion); Group root = (Group)scene.getRoot(); root.getChildren().add(hbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

MenuSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met:

Page 395: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

MenuSample.java

UI Control Samples A-51

* * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package menusample; import java.util.AbstractMap.SimpleEntry;import java.util.Map.Entry;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.*;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.effect.Effect;import javafx.scene.effect.Glow;import javafx.scene.effect.SepiaTone;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.input.*;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.scene.text.TextAlignment;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class MenuSample extends Application { final PageData[] pages = new PageData[] { new PageData("Apple", "The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree, species Malus " + "domestica in the rose family (Rosaceae). It is one of the most " + "widely cultivated tree fruits, and the most widely known of " + "the many members of genus Malus that are used by humans. " + "The tree originated in Western Asia, where its wild ancestor, " + "the Alma, is still found today.", "Malus domestica"), new PageData("Hawthorn",

Page 396: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

MenuSample.java

A-52 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

"The hawthorn is a large genus of shrubs and trees in the rose family," + "Rosaceae, native to temperate regions of the Northern Hemisphere " + "in Europe, Asia and North America. The name hawthorn was " + "originally applied to the species native to northern Europe, " + "especially the Common Hawthorn C. monogyna, and the unmodified " + "name is often so used in Britain and Ireland.", "Crataegus monogyna"), new PageData("Ivy", "The ivy is a flowering plant in the grape family (Vitaceae) native to " + " eastern Asia in Japan, Korea, and northern and eastern China. " + "It is a deciduous woody vine growing to 30 m tall or more given " + "suitable support, attaching itself by means of numerous small " + "branched tendrils tipped with sticky disks.", "Parthenocissus tricuspidata"), new PageData("Quince", "The quince is the sole member of the genus Cydonia and is native to " + "warm-temperate southwest Asia in the Caucasus region. The " + "immature fruit is green with dense grey-white pubescence, most " + "of which rubs off before maturity in late autumn when the fruit " + "changes color to yellow with hard, strongly perfumed flesh.", "Cydonia oblonga") }; final String[] viewOptions = new String[] { "Title", "Binomial name", "Picture", "Description" }; final Entry<String, Effect>[] effects = new Entry[] { new SimpleEntry<>("Sepia Tone", new SepiaTone()), new SimpleEntry<>("Glow", new Glow()), new SimpleEntry<>("Shadow", new DropShadow()) }; final ImageView pic = new ImageView(); final Label name = new Label(); final Label binName = new Label(); final Label description = new Label(); private int currentIndex = -1; public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Menu Sample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new VBox(), 400, 350); scene.setFill(Color.OLDLACE); name.setFont(new Font("Verdana Bold", 22)); binName.setFont(new Font("Arial Italic", 10)); pic.setFitHeight(150); pic.setPreserveRatio(true); description.setWrapText(true); description.setTextAlignment(TextAlignment.JUSTIFY);

Page 397: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

MenuSample.java

UI Control Samples A-53

shuffle(); MenuBar menuBar = new MenuBar(); // --- Graphical elements final VBox vbox = new VBox(); vbox.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER); vbox.setSpacing(10); vbox.setPadding(new Insets(0, 10, 0, 10)); vbox.getChildren().addAll(name, binName, pic, description); // --- Menu File Menu menuFile = new Menu("File"); MenuItem add = new MenuItem("Shuffle", new ImageView(new Image("menusample/new.png"))); add.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { shuffle(); vbox.setVisible(true); }); MenuItem clear = new MenuItem("Clear"); clear.setAccelerator(KeyCombination.keyCombination("Ctrl+X")); clear.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { vbox.setVisible(false); }); MenuItem exit = new MenuItem("Exit"); exit.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { System.exit(0); }); menuFile.getItems().addAll(add, clear, new SeparatorMenuItem(), exit); // --- Menu Edit Menu menuEdit = new Menu("Edit"); Menu menuEffect = new Menu("Picture Effect"); final ToggleGroup groupEffect = new ToggleGroup(); for (Entry<String, Effect> effect : effects) { RadioMenuItem itemEffect = new RadioMenuItem(effect.getKey()); itemEffect.setUserData(effect.getValue()); itemEffect.setToggleGroup(groupEffect); menuEffect.getItems().add(itemEffect); } final MenuItem noEffects = new MenuItem("No Effects"); noEffects.setDisable(true); noEffects.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { pic.setEffect(null); groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().setSelected(false); noEffects.setDisable(true); }); groupEffect.selectedToggleProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Toggle> ov, Toggle old_toggle, Toggle new_toggle) -> { if (groupEffect.getSelectedToggle() != null) { Effect effect = (Effect)

Page 398: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

MenuSample.java

A-54 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

groupEffect.getSelectedToggle().getUserData(); pic.setEffect(effect); noEffects.setDisable(false); } else { noEffects.setDisable(true); } }); menuEdit.getItems().addAll(menuEffect, noEffects); // --- Menu View Menu menuView = new Menu("View"); CheckMenuItem titleView = createMenuItem ("Title", name); CheckMenuItem binNameView = createMenuItem ("Binomial name", binName); CheckMenuItem picView = createMenuItem ("Picture", pic); CheckMenuItem descriptionView = createMenuItem ( "Decsription", description); menuView.getItems().addAll(titleView, binNameView, picView, descriptionView); menuBar.getMenus().addAll(menuFile, menuEdit, menuView); // --- Context Menu final ContextMenu cm = new ContextMenu(); MenuItem cmItem1 = new MenuItem("Copy Image"); cmItem1.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { Clipboard clipboard = Clipboard.getSystemClipboard(); ClipboardContent content = new ClipboardContent(); content.putImage(pic.getImage()); clipboard.setContent(content); }); cm.getItems().add(cmItem1); pic.addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED, (MouseEvent e) -> { if (e.getButton() == MouseButton.SECONDARY) cm.show(pic, e.getScreenX(), e.getScreenY()); }); ((VBox) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(menuBar, vbox); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } private void shuffle() { int i = currentIndex; while (i == currentIndex) { i = (int) (Math.random() * pages.length); } pic.setImage(pages[i].image); name.setText(pages[i].name); binName.setText("(" + pages[i].binNames + ")"); description.setText(pages[i].description); currentIndex = i; } private static CheckMenuItem createMenuItem (String title, final Node node){ CheckMenuItem cmi = new CheckMenuItem(title); cmi.setSelected(true);

Page 399: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ColorPickerSample.java

UI Control Samples A-55

cmi.selectedProperty().addListener( (ObservableValue<? extends Boolean> ov, Boolean old_val, Boolean new_val) -> { node.setVisible(new_val); }); return cmi; } private class PageData { public String name; public String description; public String binNames; public Image image; public PageData(String name, String description, String binNames) { this.name = name; this.description = description; this.binNames = binNames; image = new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(name + ".jpg")); } }}

ColorPickerSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package colorpickersample; import javafx.application.Application;

Page 400: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ColorPickerSample.java

A-56 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ColorPicker;import javafx.beans.value.ChangeListener;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.control.ComboBox;import javafx.scene.control.ToolBar;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.image.Image;import javafx.scene.image.ImageView;import javafx.scene.layout.StackPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.SVGPath;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ColorPickerSample extends Application { ImageView logo = new ImageView( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream("OracleLogo.png")) ); public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("ColorPickerSample"); Scene scene = new Scene(new VBox(20), 300, 300); //scene.getStylesheets().add("colorpickersample/ControlStyle.css"); scene.setFill(Color.web("#ccffcc")); VBox box = (VBox) scene.getRoot(); ToolBar tb = new ToolBar(); box.getChildren().add(tb); final ComboBox logoSamples = new ComboBox(); logoSamples.setPromptText("Logo"); logoSamples.setValue("Oracle"); logoSamples.getItems().addAll( "Oracle", "Java", "JavaFX", "Cup"); logoSamples.valueProperty().addListener(new ChangeListener<String>() { @Override public void changed(ObservableValue ov, String t, String t1) { logo.setImage( new Image(getClass().getResourceAsStream(t1+"Logo.png")) ); } }); final ColorPicker colorPicker = new ColorPicker(); colorPicker.setValue(Color.CORAL); tb.getItems().addAll(logoSamples, colorPicker);

Page 401: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

DatePickerSample.java

UI Control Samples A-57

StackPane stack = new StackPane(); box.getChildren().add(stack); final SVGPath svg = new SVGPath(); svg.setContent("M70,50 L90,50 L120,90 L150,50 L170,50" + "L210,90 L180,120 L170,110 L170,200 L70,200 L70,110 L60,120 L30,90" + "L70,50"); svg.setStroke(Color.DARKGREY); svg.setStrokeWidth(2); svg.setEffect(new DropShadow()); svg.setFill(colorPicker.getValue()); stack.getChildren().addAll(svg, logo); colorPicker.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { svg.setFill(colorPicker.getValue()); }); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); }}

DatePickerSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package datepickersample;

Page 402: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

DatePickerSample.java

A-58 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import java.time.LocalDate;import java.time.temporal.ChronoUnit;import java.util.Locale;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.geometry.HPos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.DateCell;import javafx.scene.control.DatePicker;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.Tooltip;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Callback; import java.time.chrono.*; public class DatePickerSample extends Application { private Stage stage; private DatePicker checkInDatePicker; private DatePicker checkOutDatePicker; public static void main(String[] args) { Locale.setDefault(Locale.US); launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage; stage.setTitle("DatePickerSample "); initUI(); stage.show(); } private void initUI() { VBox vbox = new VBox(20); vbox.setStyle("-fx-padding: 10;"); Scene scene = new Scene(vbox, 400, 400); stage.setScene(scene); checkInDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkOutDatePicker = new DatePicker(); checkInDatePicker.setValue(LocalDate.now()); final Callback<DatePicker, DateCell> dayCellFactory = new Callback<DatePicker, DateCell>() { @Override public DateCell call(final DatePicker datePicker) { return new DateCell() { @Override public void updateItem(LocalDate item, boolean empty) { super.updateItem(item, empty); if (item.isBefore( checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1)) ) { setDisable(true); setStyle("-fx-background-color: #ffc0cb;");

Page 403: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

PaginationSample.java

UI Control Samples A-59

} long p = ChronoUnit.DAYS.between( checkInDatePicker.getValue(), item ); setTooltip(new Tooltip( "You're about to stay for " + p + " days") ); } }; } }; checkOutDatePicker.setDayCellFactory(dayCellFactory); checkOutDatePicker.setValue(checkInDatePicker.getValue().plusDays(1)); checkInDatePicker.setChronology(ThaiBuddhistChronology.INSTANCE); checkOutDatePicker.setChronology(HijrahChronology.INSTANCE); GridPane gridPane = new GridPane(); gridPane.setHgap(10); gridPane.setVgap(10); Label checkInlabel = new Label("Check-In Date:"); gridPane.add(checkInlabel, 0, 0); GridPane.setHalignment(checkInlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkInDatePicker, 0, 1); Label checkOutlabel = new Label("Check-Out Date:"); gridPane.add(checkOutlabel, 0, 2); GridPane.setHalignment(checkOutlabel, HPos.LEFT); gridPane.add(checkOutDatePicker, 0, 3); vbox.getChildren().add(gridPane); }}

PaginationSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. *

Page 404: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

PaginationSample.java

A-60 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package paginationsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Pagination;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.layout.AnchorPane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class PaginationSample extends Application { private Pagination pagination; String[] fonts = new String[]{}; public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { launch(args); } public int itemsPerPage() { return 15; } public VBox createPage(int pageIndex) { VBox box = new VBox(5); int page = pageIndex * itemsPerPage(); for (int i = page; i < page + itemsPerPage(); i++) { Label font = new Label(fonts[i]); box.getChildren().add(font); } return box; } @Override public void start(final Stage stage) throws Exception { fonts = Font.getFamilies().toArray(fonts); pagination = new Pagination(fonts.length/itemsPerPage(), 0); pagination.getStyleClass().add(Pagination.STYLE_CLASS_BULLET); pagination.setPageFactory((Integer pageIndex) -> createPage(pageIndex)); AnchorPane anchor = new AnchorPane(); AnchorPane.setTopAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setRightAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setBottomAnchor(pagination, 10.0); AnchorPane.setLeftAnchor(pagination, 10.0); anchor.getChildren().addAll(pagination);

Page 405: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

FileChooserSample.java

UI Control Samples A-61

Scene scene = new Scene(anchor); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("PaginationSample"); scene.getStylesheets().add("paginationsample/ControlStyle.css"); stage.show(); }}

FileChooserSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package filechoosersample; import java.awt.Desktop;import java.io.File;import java.io.IOException;import java.util.List;import java.util.logging.Level;import java.util.logging.Logger;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.layout.GridPane;import javafx.scene.layout.Pane;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.FileChooser;

Page 406: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

FileChooserSample.java

A-62 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.stage.Stage; public final class FileChooserSample extends Application { private final Desktop desktop = Desktop.getDesktop(); @Override public void start(final Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("File Chooser Sample"); final FileChooser fileChooser = new FileChooser(); final Button openButton = new Button("Open a Picture..."); final Button openMultipleButton = new Button("Open Pictures..."); openButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { configureFileChooser(fileChooser); File file = fileChooser.showOpenDialog(stage); if (file != null) { openFile(file); } }); openMultipleButton.setOnAction( (final ActionEvent e) -> { configureFileChooser(fileChooser); List<File> list = fileChooser.showOpenMultipleDialog(stage); if (list != null) { list.stream().forEach((file) -> { openFile(file); }); } }); final GridPane inputGridPane = new GridPane(); GridPane.setConstraints(openButton, 0, 1); GridPane.setConstraints(openMultipleButton, 1, 1); inputGridPane.setHgap(6); inputGridPane.setVgap(6); inputGridPane.getChildren().addAll(openButton, openMultipleButton); final Pane rootGroup = new VBox(12); rootGroup.getChildren().addAll(inputGridPane); rootGroup.setPadding(new Insets(12, 12, 12, 12)); stage.setScene(new Scene(rootGroup)); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } private static void configureFileChooser( final FileChooser fileChooser) { fileChooser.setTitle("View Pictures"); fileChooser.setInitialDirectory( new File(System.getProperty("user.home"))

Page 407: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

FileChooserSample.java

UI Control Samples A-63

); fileChooser.getExtensionFilters().addAll( new FileChooser.ExtensionFilter("All Images", "*.*"), new FileChooser.ExtensionFilter("JPG", "*.jpg"), new FileChooser.ExtensionFilter("PNG", "*.png") ); } private void openFile(File file) { try { desktop.open(file); } catch (IOException ex) { Logger.getLogger(FileChooserSample.class.getName()).log( Level.SEVERE, null, ex ); } }}

Page 408: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

FileChooserSample.java

A-64 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Page 409: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

B

Chart Samples B-1

BChart Samples

This appendix lists code for the following JavaFX samples:

■ PieChartSample.java

■ LineChartSample.java

■ AreaChartSample.java

■ BubbleChartSample.java

■ ScatterChartSample.java

■ BarChartSample.java

For the descriptions of this source files, see Working with JavaFX Charts.

PieChartSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE

Page 410: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

PieChartSample.java

B-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package piechartsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.scene.chart.*;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.input.MouseEvent; public class PieChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { Scene scene = new Scene(new Group()); stage.setTitle("Imported Fruits"); stage.setWidth(500); stage.setHeight(500); ObservableList<PieChart.Data> pieChartData = FXCollections.observableArrayList( new PieChart.Data("Grapefruit", 13), new PieChart.Data("Oranges", 25), new PieChart.Data("Plums", 10), new PieChart.Data("Pears", 22), new PieChart.Data("Apples", 30)); final PieChart chart = new PieChart(pieChartData); chart.setTitle("Imported Fruits"); final Label caption = new Label(""); caption.setTextFill(Color.DARKORANGE); caption.setStyle("-fx-font: 24 arial;"); chart.getData().stream().forEach((data) ->{ data.getNode().addEventHandler(MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED, (MouseEvent e) -> { caption.setTranslateX(e.getSceneX()); caption.setTranslateY(e.getSceneY()); caption.setText(String.valueOf(data.getPieValue()) + "%"); }); }); ((Group) scene.getRoot()).getChildren().addAll(chart, caption); stage.setScene(scene); //scene.getStylesheets().add("piechartsample/Chart.css"); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 411: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

LineChartSample.java

Chart Samples B-3

LineChartSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package linechartsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.LineChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class LineChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Line Chart Sample"); final CategoryAxis xAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(); xAxis.setLabel("Month"); final LineChart<String,Number> lineChart = new LineChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); lineChart.setTitle("Stock Monitoring, 2010"); lineChart.setCreateSymbols(false); lineChart.setAlternativeRowFillVisible(false); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series();

Page 412: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

LineChartSample.java

B-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

series1.setName("Portfolio 1"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 23)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 14)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 15)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 24)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 34)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 36)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 22)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 45)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 43)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 17)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 29)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 25)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("Portfolio 2"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 33)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 34)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 25)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 44)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 39)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 16)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 55)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 54)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 48)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 27)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 37)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 29)); XYChart.Series series3 = new XYChart.Series(); series3.setName("Portfolio 3"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jan", 44)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Feb", 35)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Mar", 36)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Apr", 33)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("May", 31)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jun", 26)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Jul", 22)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Aug", 25)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Sep", 43)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Oct", 44)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Nov", 45)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data("Dec", 44)); Scene scene = new Scene(lineChart); lineChart.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); //scene.getStylesheets().add("linechartsample/Chart.css"); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 413: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

AreaChartSample.java

Chart Samples B-5

AreaChartSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package areachartsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.AreaChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class AreaChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Area Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 30, 1); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(-5, 27, 5); final AreaChart<Number,Number> ac = new AreaChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); xAxis.setForceZeroInRange(true); ac.setTitle("Temperature Monitoring (in Degrees C)"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("March"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0, -2)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, -4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 0));

Page 414: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

BubbleChartSample.java

B-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 5)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, -4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 6)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 14)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 6)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(30, 6)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("April"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0, 4)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 10)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 15)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 8)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 5)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 15)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 13)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 19)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 21)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(30, 21)); XYChart.Series series3 = new XYChart.Series(); series3.setName("May"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0, 20)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 15)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6, 13)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9, 12)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 14)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 18)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18, 25)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(21, 25)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 23)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(27, 26)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(30, 26)); Scene scene = new Scene(ac,800,600); //scene.getStylesheets().add("areachartsample/Chart.css"); ac.setHorizontalZeroLineVisible(true); ac.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

BubbleChartSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions

Page 415: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

BubbleChartSample.java

Chart Samples B-7

* are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package bubblechartsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.BubbleChart;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class BubbleChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Bubble Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(1, 53, 4); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(0, 80, 10); final BubbleChart<Number,Number> blc = new BubbleChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); xAxis.setLabel("Week"); xAxis.setTickLabelFill(Color.CHOCOLATE); xAxis.setMinorTickCount(4); yAxis.setLabel("Product Budget"); yAxis.setTickLabelFill(Color.CHOCOLATE); yAxis.setTickLabelGap(10); yAxis.setTickLabelFormatter( new NumberAxis.DefaultFormatter(yAxis,"$ ",null) ); blc.setTitle("Budget Monitoring"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("Product 1"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3, 35, 2));

Page 416: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ScatterChartSample.java

B-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12, 60, 1.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 15, 7)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(22, 30, 2.5)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(28, 20, 1)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(35, 41, 5.5)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(42, 17, 9)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(49, 30, 1.8)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("Product 2"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8, 15, 2)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(13, 23, 1)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(15, 45, 3)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(24, 30, 4.5)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(38, 78, 1)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(40, 41, 7.5)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45, 57, 2)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(47, 23, 3.8)); Scene scene = new Scene(blc); blc.getData().addAll(series1, series2); //scene.getStylesheets().add("bubblechartsample/Chart.css"); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

ScatterChartSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY

Page 417: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

ScatterChartSample.java

Chart Samples B-9

* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package scatterchartsample; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.ScatterChart;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class ScatterChartSample extends Application { @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Scatter Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(0, 10, 1); final NumberAxis yAxis = new NumberAxis(-100, 500, 100); final ScatterChart<Number,Number> sc = new ScatterChart<>(xAxis,yAxis); xAxis.setLabel("Age (years)"); yAxis.setLabel("Returns to date"); sc.setTitle("Investment Overview"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("Option 1"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.2, 193.2)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.8, 33.6)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6.2, 24.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1, 14)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.2, 26.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.4, 114.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(8.5, 323)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(6.9, 289.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(9.9, 287.1)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(0.9, -9)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(3.2, 150.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(4.8, 20.8)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.3, -42.3)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(1.8, 81.4)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(7.3, 110.3)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(2.7, 41.2)); sc.setPrefSize(500, 400); sc.getData().addAll(series1); Scene scene = new Scene(new Group());

Page 418: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

BarChartSample.java

B-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

final VBox vbox = new VBox(); final HBox hbox = new HBox(); final Button add = new Button("Add Series"); add.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (sc.getData() == null) sc.setData(FXCollections.<XYChart.Series<Number, Numbe>>observableArrayList()); ScatterChart.Series<Number, Number> series = new ScatterChart.Series<>(); series.setName("Option "+(sc.getData().size()+1)); for (int i=0; i<100; i++) series.getData().add( new ScatterChart.Data<>(Math.random()*100, Math.random()*500)); sc.getData().add(series); }); final Button remove = new Button("Remove Series"); remove.setOnAction((ActionEvent e) -> { if (!sc.getData().isEmpty()) sc.getData().remove((int)( Math.random()*(sc.getData().size()-1))); }); final DropShadow shadow = new DropShadow(); shadow.setOffsetX(2); shadow.setColor(Color.GREY); sc.setEffect(shadow); hbox.setSpacing(10); hbox.getChildren().addAll(add, remove); vbox.getChildren().addAll(sc, hbox); hbox.setPadding(new Insets(10, 10, 10, 50)); ((Group)scene.getRoot()).getChildren().add(vbox); //scene.getStylesheets().add("scatterchartsample/Chart.css"); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

BarChartSample.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright

Page 419: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

BarChartSample.java

Chart Samples B-11

* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package barchartsample; import javafx.animation.Animation;import javafx.animation.KeyFrame;import javafx.animation.Timeline;import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.chart.BarChart;import javafx.scene.chart.CategoryAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.NumberAxis;import javafx.scene.chart.XYChart;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.util.Duration; public class BarChartSample extends Application { final static String austria = "Austria"; final static String brazil = "Brazil"; final static String france = "France"; final static String italy = "Italy"; final static String usa = "USA"; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.setTitle("Bar Chart Sample"); final NumberAxis xAxis = new NumberAxis(); final CategoryAxis yAxis = new CategoryAxis(); final BarChart<Number, String> bc = new BarChart<>(xAxis, yAxis); bc.setTitle("Country Summary"); xAxis.setLabel("Value"); xAxis.setTickLabelRotation(90); yAxis.setLabel("Country"); XYChart.Series series1 = new XYChart.Series(); series1.setName("2003"); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(25601.34, austria)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(20148.82, brazil)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(10000, france));

Page 420: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

BarChartSample.java

B-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(35407.15, italy)); series1.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(12000, usa)); XYChart.Series series2 = new XYChart.Series(); series2.setName("2004"); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(57401.85, austria)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(41941.19, brazil)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45263.37, france)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(117320.16, italy)); series2.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(14845.27, usa)); XYChart.Series series3 = new XYChart.Series(); series3.setName("2005"); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(45000.65, austria)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(44835.76, brazil)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(18722.18, france)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(17557.31, italy)); series3.getData().add(new XYChart.Data(92633.68, usa)); Timeline tl = new Timeline(); tl.getKeyFrames().add(new KeyFrame(Duration.millis(500), (ActionEvent actionEvent) -> { bc.getData().stream().forEach((series) -> { series.getData().stream().forEach((data) -> { data.setXValue(Math.random() * 1000); }); }); })); tl.setCycleCount(Animation.INDEFINITE); tl.setAutoReverse(true); tl.play(); Scene scene = new Scene(bc, 800, 600); bc.getData().addAll(series1, series2, series3); stage.setScene(scene); stage.show(); } public static void main(String[] args) { launch(args); }}

Page 421: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

C

CSS Samples C-1

CCSS Samples

This appendix lists code for the following JavaFX samples:

■ DownloadButton.java

■ DownloadButtonStyle1.css

■ DownloadButtonStyle2.css

■ StyleStage.java

■ UIControlCSS.java

■ controlStyle1.css

■ controlStyle2.css

For the descriptions of this source files, see Skinning JavaFX Applications with CSS.

DownloadButton.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT

Page 422: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

DownloadButtonStyle1.css

C-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */package uicontrolcss; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import uicontrolcss.StyleStage.SceneCreator; /** * * @author Alexander Kouznetsov */public class DownloadButton extends Application implements SceneCreator { public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { StyleStage styleStage = new StyleStage(stage); styleStage.add("Style1", "DownloadButtonStyle1.css"); styleStage.add("Style2", "DownloadButtonStyle2.css"); stage.show(); styleStage.setSceneCreator(this); } @Override public Scene createScene() { Button download = new Button("Download"); download.getStyleClass().add("button1"); Button go = new Button("Go"); Button submit = new Button("Submit"); submit.getStyleClass().add("button2"); HBox hBox = new HBox(10); hBox.getChildren().addAll(download, go, submit); return new Scene(hBox, 400, 100); } }

DownloadButtonStyle1.css/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license:

Page 423: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

DownloadButtonStyle2.css

CSS Samples C-3

* * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* Document : controlStyle*/ .button { -fx-text-fill: #e4f3fc; -fx-font: bold 20pt "Tahoma"; -fx-padding: 10; -fx-color: #2d4b8e} .button:hover{ -fx-color: #395bae;}

DownloadButtonStyle2.css/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its

Page 424: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

DownloadButtonStyle2.css

C-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* Document : controlStyleLong*/ .button { -fx-text-fill: #e4f3fc; -fx-font: bold 20pt "Tahoma"; -fx-padding: 10; -fx-color: #2d4b8e} .button:hover{ -fx-color: #395bae;} .button1 { -fx-font: 20pt "Verdana"; -fx-text-fill: #5086bb; -fx-padding: 10; -fx-background-color: linear-gradient(#cbd0d7, white); -fx-background-radius: 23; -fx-border-radius: 23; -fx-border-color: #767676; } .button1:hover { -fx-background-color: linear-gradient(white, #cbd0d7);} .button2 { -fx-background-color: #a0b616; -fx-text-fill: white; -fx-font: bold 22pt "Courier New"; -fx-padding: 10; -fx-background-radius: 10; -fx-border-radius: 10; -fx-border-style: dotted; -fx-border-color: #67644e; -fx-border-width: 2;} .button2:pressed { -fx-scale-x: 0.8;

Page 425: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

StyleStage.java

CSS Samples C-5

-fx-scale-y: 0.8;}

StyleStage.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */package uicontrolcss; import javafx.beans.Observable;import javafx.beans.property.SimpleStringProperty;import javafx.beans.property.StringProperty;import javafx.beans.value.ObservableValue;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.ToggleButton;import javafx.scene.control.ToggleGroup;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import javafx.stage.WindowEvent; /** * * @author Alexander Kouznetsov */public class StyleStage { private final StylePanel stylePanel;

Page 426: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

StyleStage.java

C-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

private final Stage stage; private Stage demoStage; public StyleStage(Stage stage) { this.stage = stage; stylePanel = new StylePanel(); Scene scene = new Scene(stylePanel); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Choose style"); stage.setOnCloseRequest((WindowEvent t) -> { demoStage.close(); }); } public void add(String name, String styleSheetName) { stylePanel.add(name, styleSheetName); } public void setSceneCreator(final SceneCreator sceneCreator) { if (demoStage == null) { demoStage = new Stage(); demoStage.setTitle("Demo"); demoStage.setX(stage.getX()); demoStage.setY(stage.getY() + stage.getHeight()); } demoStage.setScene(sceneCreator.createScene()); demoStage.show(); stylePanel.selected.addListener((ObservableValue<? extends String> ov, String t, String t1) -> { demoStage.setScene(sceneCreator.createScene()); if (t1 != null) { demoStage.getScene().getStylesheets().setAll( UIControlCSS.class.getResource(t1).toString()); } }); } public static interface SceneCreator { Scene createScene(); }} class StylePanel extends HBox { public StringProperty selected = new SimpleStringProperty(); ToggleGroup stylesheetToggleGroup = new ToggleGroup(); public StylePanel() { super(5); StyleButton defaultStylesheetButton = new StyleButton("Default", null); defaultStylesheetButton.setSelected(true); defaultStylesheetButton.setToggleGroup(stylesheetToggleGroup); setPadding(new Insets(0, 0, 30, 0));

Page 427: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

UIControlCSS.java

CSS Samples C-7

setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_LEFT); getChildren().addAll(defaultStylesheetButton); } public void add(String name, String styleSheetName) { StyleButton styleButton = new StyleButton(name, styleSheetName); styleButton.setToggleGroup(stylesheetToggleGroup); getChildren().addAll(styleButton); } class StyleButton extends ToggleButton { public StyleButton(String text, final String styleSheetName) { super(text); selectedProperty().addListener((Observable ov) -> { selected.set(styleSheetName); }); } }}

UIControlCSS.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */package uicontrolcss; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.beans.binding.Bindings;import javafx.collections.FXCollections;

Page 428: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

UIControlCSS.java

C-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.event.ActionEvent;import javafx.geometry.Insets;import javafx.geometry.Orientation;import javafx.geometry.Pos;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.Button;import javafx.scene.control.CheckBox;import javafx.scene.control.ChoiceBox;import javafx.scene.control.Label;import javafx.scene.control.PasswordField;import javafx.scene.control.ProgressIndicator;import javafx.scene.control.RadioButton;import javafx.scene.control.ScrollPane;import javafx.scene.control.Separator;import javafx.scene.control.Slider;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.control.ToggleGroup;import javafx.scene.control.Tooltip;import javafx.scene.layout.HBox;import javafx.scene.layout.VBox;import javafx.stage.Stage;import uicontrolcss.StyleStage.SceneCreator; /** * * @author Alexander Kouznetsov */public class UIControlCSS extends Application implements SceneCreator { /** * @param args the command line arguments */ public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage stage) { StyleStage styleStage = new StyleStage(stage); styleStage.add("controlStyle1", "controlStyle1.css"); styleStage.add("controlStyle2", "controlStyle2.css"); stage.show(); styleStage.setSceneCreator(this); } @Override public Scene createScene() { ToggleGroup toggleGroup = new ToggleGroup(); RadioButton radioButton1 = new RadioButton("High"); radioButton1.setToggleGroup(toggleGroup); radioButton1.setSelected(true); RadioButton radioButton2 = new RadioButton("Medium"); radioButton2.setToggleGroup(toggleGroup); RadioButton radioButton3 = new RadioButton("Low");

Page 429: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

UIControlCSS.java

CSS Samples C-9

radioButton3.setToggleGroup(toggleGroup); VBox vBox1 = new VBox(2); vBox1.getChildren().addAll(radioButton1, radioButton2, radioButton3); TextField textField = new TextField(); textField.setPrefColumnCount(10); textField.setPromptText("Your name"); PasswordField passwordField = new PasswordField(); passwordField.setPrefColumnCount(10); passwordField.setPromptText("Your password"); VBox vBox2 = new VBox(); vBox2.getChildren().addAll(textField, passwordField); ChoiceBox<String> choiceBox = new ChoiceBox<>( FXCollections.observableArrayList("English", "???????", "Fran\u00E7ais")); choiceBox.setTooltip(new Tooltip("Your language")); choiceBox.getSelectionModel().select(0); HBox hBox1 = new HBox(5); hBox1.setAlignment(Pos.BOTTOM_LEFT); hBox1.getChildren().addAll(vBox1, vBox2, choiceBox); final Label label1 = new Label("Not Available"); label1.getStyleClass().add("borders"); Button button1 = new Button("Accept"); button1.getStyleClass().add("button1"); button1.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { label1.setText("Accepted"); }); Button button2 = new Button("Decline"); button2.getStyleClass().add("button2"); button2.setOnAction((ActionEvent t) -> { label1.setText("Declined"); }); HBox hBox2 = new HBox(10); hBox2.setAlignment(Pos.CENTER_LEFT); hBox2.getChildren().addAll(button1, button2, label1); CheckBox checkBox1 = new CheckBox("Normal"); Separator separator = new Separator(Orientation.VERTICAL); separator.setPrefSize(1, 15); CheckBox checkBox2 = new CheckBox("Checked"); checkBox2.setSelected(true); CheckBox checkBox3 = new CheckBox("Undefined"); checkBox3.setIndeterminate(true); checkBox3.setAllowIndeterminate(true); HBox hBox3 = new HBox(12); hBox3.getChildren().addAll(checkBox1, separator, checkBox2, checkBox3);

Page 430: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

controlStyle1.css

C-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Label label2 = new Label("Progress:"); label2.getStyleClass().add("borders"); Slider slider = new Slider(); ProgressIndicator progressIndicator = new ProgressIndicator(0); progressIndicator.progressProperty().bind(Bindings.divide( slider.valueProperty(), slider.maxProperty())); HBox hBox4 = new HBox(10); hBox4.getChildren().addAll(label2, slider, progressIndicator); final VBox vBox = new VBox(20); vBox.setPadding(new Insets(30, 10, 30, 10)); vBox.setAlignment(Pos.TOP_LEFT); vBox.getChildren().setAll(hBox1, hBox2, hBox3, hBox4); ScrollPane scrollPane = new ScrollPane(); scrollPane.setContent(vBox); return new Scene(scrollPane, 500, 350); }}

controlStyle1.css/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* Document : controlStyle1

Page 431: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

controlStyle2.css

CSS Samples C-11

*/ .root{ -fx-font-size: 14pt; -fx-font-family: "Tahoma"; -fx-base: #DFB951; -fx-background: #A78732; -fx-focus-color: #B6A678;} .button1{ -fx-text-fill: #006464; -fx-background-color: #DFB951; -fx-border-radius: 20; -fx-background-radius: 20; -fx-padding: 5;} .button2{ -fx-text-fill: #c10000; -fx-background-color: #DFB951; -fx-border-radius: 20; -fx-background-radius: 20; -fx-padding: 5;} .slider{ -fx-border-color: white; -fx-border-style: dashed; -fx-border-width: 2;}

controlStyle2.css/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,

Page 432: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

controlStyle2.css

C-12 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* Document : controlStyle2*/ .root{ -fx-font-size: 16pt; -fx-font-family: "Courier New"; -fx-base: rgb(132, 145, 47); -fx-background: rgb(225, 228, 203);} .button{ -fx-text-fill: rgb(49, 89, 23); -fx-border-color: rgb(49, 89, 23); -fx-border-radius: 5; -fx-padding: 3 6 6 6;} .borders{ -fx-border-color: rgb(103, 100, 78); -fx-border-style: dotted; -fx-border-width: 1.5; -fx-border-insets: -5;}

Page 433: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

D

Text Samples D-1

DText Samples

This appendix lists code for the following JavaFX samples:

■ TextEffects.java

■ NeonSign.java

For the descriptions of the source files, see Applying Effects to Text.

TextEffects.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package texteffects;

Page 434: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextEffects.java

D-2 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.collections.ObservableList;import javafx.geometry.VPos;import javafx.scene.Group;import javafx.scene.Node;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.effect.*;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.scene.text.Font;import javafx.scene.text.FontWeight;import javafx.scene.text.Text;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class TextEffects extends Application { Stage stage; Scene scene; @Override public void start(Stage stage) { stage.show(); scene = new Scene(new Group(), 900, 600); ObservableList content = ((Group)scene.getRoot()).getChildren(); /// Perspective content.add(perspective()); /// DropShadow content.add(dropShadow()); /// Bloom content.add(bloom()); /// BoxBlur content.add(boxBlur()); /// DisplacementMap content.add(displacementMap()); /// InnerShadow content.add(innerShadow()); /// Lighting content.add(lighting()); /// MotionBlur content.add(motionBlur()); /// Reflection content.add(reflection()); /// GaussianBlur content.add(gaussianBlur()); /// DistantLight content.add(distantLight()); stage.setScene(scene); stage.setTitle("Text Effects"); } static Node distantLight() { Light.Distant light = new Light.Distant(); light.setAzimuth(-135.0f); light.setElevation(30.0f); Lighting l = new Lighting();

Page 435: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextEffects.java

Text Samples D-3

l.setLight(light); l.setSurfaceScale(5.0f); final Text t = new Text(); t.setText("DistantLight"); t.setFill(Color.RED); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 70)); t.setX(10.0f); t.setY(10.0f); t.setTextOrigin(VPos.TOP); t.setEffect(l); final Rectangle r = new Rectangle(); r.setFill(Color.BLACK); Group g = new Group(); g.getChildren().add(r); g.getChildren().add(t); g.setTranslateY(470); return g; } static Node perspective() { Group g = new Group(); PerspectiveTransform pt = new PerspectiveTransform(); pt.setUlx(10.0f); pt.setUly(10.0f); pt.setUrx(310.0f); pt.setUry(40.0f); pt.setLrx(310.0f); pt.setLry(60.0f); pt.setLlx(10.0f); pt.setLly(90.0f); g.setEffect(pt); g.setCache(true); Rectangle r = new Rectangle(); r.setX(10.0f); r.setY(10.0f); r.setWidth(280.0f); r.setHeight(80.0f); r.setFill(Color.BLUE); Text t = new Text(); t.setX(20.0f); t.setY(65.0f); t.setText("Perspective"); t.setFill(Color.YELLOW); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36)); g.getChildren().add(r); g.getChildren().add(t); return g; } static Node gaussianBlur() {

Page 436: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextEffects.java

D-4 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

Text t2 = new Text(); t2.setX(10.0f); t2.setY(140.0f); t2.setCache(true); t2.setText("Blurry Text"); t2.setFill(Color.RED); t2.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36)); t2.setEffect(new GaussianBlur()); return t2; } static Node reflection() { Text t = new Text(); t.setX(10.0f); t.setY(50.0f); t.setCache(true); t.setText("Reflections on JavaFX..."); t.setFill(Color.RED); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 30)); Reflection r = new Reflection(); r.setFraction(0.7f); t.setEffect(r); t.setTranslateY(400); return t; } static Node motionBlur() { Text t = new Text(); t.setX(100.0f); t.setY(100.0f); t.setText("Motion"); t.setFill(Color.RED); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 60)); MotionBlur mb = new MotionBlur(); mb.setRadius(15.0f); mb.setAngle(-30.0f); t.setEffect(mb); t.setTranslateX(300); t.setTranslateY(150); return t; } static Node lighting() { Light.Distant light = new Light.Distant(); light.setAzimuth(-135.0f); Lighting l = new Lighting(); l.setLight(light); l.setSurfaceScale(5.0f); Text t = new Text(); t.setText("Lighting!"); t.setFill(Color.RED);

Page 437: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextEffects.java

Text Samples D-5

t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 70)); t.setX(10.0f); t.setY(10.0f); t.setTextOrigin(VPos.TOP); t.setEffect(l); t.setTranslateX(0); t.setTranslateY(320); return t; } static Node innerShadow() { InnerShadow is = new InnerShadow(); is.setOffsetX(4.0f); is.setOffsetY(4.0f); Text t = new Text(); t.setEffect(is); t.setX(20); t.setY(100); t.setText("InnerShadow"); t.setFill(Color.YELLOW); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 80)); t.setTranslateX(350); t.setTranslateY(300); return t; } static Node displacementMap() { int w = 220; int h = 100; FloatMap map = new FloatMap(); map.setWidth(w); map.setHeight(h); for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) { double v = (Math.sin(i / 50.0 * Math.PI) - 0.5) / 40.0; for (int j = 0; j < h; j++) { map.setSamples(i, j, 0.0f, (float) v); } } Group g = new Group(); DisplacementMap dm = new DisplacementMap(); dm.setMapData(map); Rectangle r = new Rectangle(); r.setX(80.0f); r.setY(40.0f); r.setWidth(w); r.setHeight(h); r.setFill(Color.BLUE); g.getChildren().add(r); Text t = new Text();

Page 438: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

TextEffects.java

D-6 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

t.setX(100.0f); t.setY(80.0f); t.setText("Wavy Text"); t.setFill(Color.YELLOW); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36)); g.getChildren().add(t); g.setEffect(dm); g.setCache(true); g.setTranslateX(300); g.setTranslateY(180); return g; } static Node boxBlur() { Text t = new Text(); t.setText("Blurry Text!"); t.setFill(Color.RED); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36)); t.setX(10); t.setY(40); BoxBlur bb = new BoxBlur(); bb.setWidth(15); bb.setHeight(15); bb.setIterations(3); t.setEffect(bb); t.setTranslateX(350); t.setTranslateY(100); return t; } static Node dropShadow() { DropShadow ds = new DropShadow(); ds.setOffsetY(3.0f); ds.setColor(Color.color(0.4f, 0.4f, 0.4f)); Text t = new Text(); t.setEffect(ds); t.setCache(true); t.setX(10.0f); t.setY(270.0f); t.setFill(Color.RED); t.setText("JavaFX drop shadow..."); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 32)); return t; } static Node bloom() { Group g = new Group(); Rectangle r = new Rectangle(); r.setX(10);

Page 439: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

NeonSign.java

Text Samples D-7

r.setY(10); r.setWidth(160); r.setHeight(80); r.setFill(Color.DARKBLUE); Text t = new Text(); t.setText("Bloom!"); t.setFill(Color.YELLOW); t.setFont(Font.font(null, FontWeight.BOLD, 36)); t.setX(25); t.setY(65); g.setCache(true); g.setEffect(new Bloom()); g.getChildren().add(r); g.getChildren().add(t); g.setTranslateX(350); return g; } /** * @param args the command line arguments */ public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch (args); }}

NeonSign.java/* * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. * All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. * * This file is available and licensed under the following license: * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * - Neither the name of Oracle nor the names of its * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived * from this software without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT

Page 440: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

NeonSign.java

D-8 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components

* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ package neonsign; import javafx.application.Application;import javafx.scene.Scene;import javafx.scene.control.TextField;import javafx.scene.effect.Blend;import javafx.scene.effect.BlendMode;import javafx.scene.effect.DropShadow;import javafx.scene.effect.InnerShadow;import javafx.scene.layout.Pane;import javafx.scene.paint.Color;import javafx.scene.shape.Rectangle;import javafx.scene.text.Text;import javafx.stage.Stage; public class NeonSign extends Application { /** * @param args the command line arguments */ public static void main(String[] args) { Application.launch(args); } @Override public void start(Stage primaryStage) { primaryStage.setTitle("Text Effects: Neon Sign"); double width = 600; double height = 300; Pane root = new Pane(); Scene scene = new Scene(root, width, height); Rectangle rect = new Rectangle (width, height); rect.getStyleClass().add("myrect"); Text text = new Text(); text.setId("fancytext"); text.setX(20); text.setY(150); Blend blend = new Blend(); blend.setMode(BlendMode.MULTIPLY); DropShadow ds = new DropShadow(); ds.setColor(Color.rgb(254, 235, 66, 0.3)); ds.setOffsetX(5); ds.setOffsetY(5); ds.setRadius(5); ds.setSpread(0.2); blend.setBottomInput(ds); DropShadow ds1 = new DropShadow(); ds1.setColor(Color.web("#f13a00")); ds1.setRadius(20);

Page 441: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

NeonSign.java

Text Samples D-9

ds1.setSpread(0.2); Blend blend2 = new Blend(); blend2.setMode(BlendMode.MULTIPLY); InnerShadow is = new InnerShadow(); is.setColor(Color.web("#feeb42")); is.setRadius(9); is.setChoke(0.8); blend2.setBottomInput(is); InnerShadow is1 = new InnerShadow(); is1.setColor(Color.web("#f13a00")); is1.setRadius(5); is1.setChoke(0.4); blend2.setTopInput(is1); Blend blend1 = new Blend(); blend1.setMode(BlendMode.MULTIPLY); blend1.setBottomInput(ds1); blend1.setTopInput(blend2); blend.setTopInput(blend1); text.setEffect(blend); TextField textField = new TextField(); textField.setText("Neon Sign"); text.textProperty().bind(textField.textProperty()); textField.setPrefColumnCount(40); textField.setLayoutX(50); textField.setLayoutY(260); root.getChildren().addAll(rect,text,textField); primaryStage.setScene(scene); scene.getStylesheets().add(NeonSign.class.getResource("brickStyle.css").toExternalForm()); primaryStage.show(); }}

Page 442: Using JavaFX UI Controls - Oracle Help Center II Using JavaFX UI Controls 2 Label Creating a Label..... 2-1 Setting a Font..... 2-2 ... Altering Default Behavior..... 29-4 Implementing

NeonSign.java

D-10 JavaFX Working with JavaFX UI Components


Recommended